2013 competition rules - USA Track & Field

2013 COMPETITION RULES

u Track&Fieldu LongDistanceRunningu RaceWalking q Open q Junior q YouthAthletics q Masters

Rules Editor JohnC.Blackburn

Associate Rules EditorsBobHersh,GeorgeKleeman,BobPodkaminer,DanPierce

Layout EditorJaredSlinde

Layout byMatchbookCreative,Indianapolis,IN

Copyright©2013AnofficialpublicationofUSATrack&Field

132E.WashingtonSt.,Indianapolis,IN46204-3723317-261-0500|Fax317-261-0514|www.usatf.org

USATrack&FieldistheNationalGoverningBodyforTrackandField,LongDistanceRunningandRaceWalking,andistheUnitedStatesmemberofthe

InternationalAssociationofAthleticsFederations

2013

JAnuARy S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 56 7 8 9 10 11 1213 14 15 16 17 18 1920 21 22 23 24 25 2627 28 29 30 31

FEBRUARYS M T W T F S 1 23 4 5 6 7 8 910 11 12 13 14 15 1617 18 19 20 21 22 2324 25 26 27 28

mARchS M T W T F S 1 23 4 5 6 7 8 910 11 12 13 14 15 1617 18 19 20 21 22 2324 25 26 27 28 29 3031

ApRiLS M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 67 8 9 10 11 12 1314 15 16 17 18 19 2021 22 23 24 25 26 2728 29 30

mAYS M T W T F S 1 2 3 45 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 14 15 16 17 1819 20 21 22 23 24 2526 27 28 29 30 31

JUNES M T W T F S 12 3 4 5 6 7 89 10 11 12 13 14 1516 17 18 19 20 21 2223 24 25 26 27 28 2930

JULYS M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 67 8 9 10 11 12 1314 15 16 17 18 19 2021 22 23 24 25 26 2728 29 30 31

AUGUSTS M T W T F S 1 2 34 5 6 7 8 9 1011 12 13 14 15 16 1718 19 20 21 22 23 2425 26 27 28 29 30 31

SEPTEmBERS M T W T F S1 2 3 4 5 6 78 9 10 11 12 13 1415 16 17 18 19 20 2122 23 24 25 26 27 2829 30

OcTOBERS M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 56 7 8 9 10 11 1213 14 15 16 17 18 1920 21 22 23 24 25 2627 28 29 30 31

NOvEmBERS M T W T F S 1 23 4 5 6 7 8 910 11 12 13 14 15 1617 18 19 20 21 22 2324 25 26 27 28 29 30

DEcEmBERS M T W T F S1 2 3 4 5 6 78 9 10 11 12 13 1415 16 17 18 19 20 2122 23 24 25 26 27 2829 30 31

2014

JAnuARy S M T W T F S 1 2 3 45 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 14 15 16 17 1819 20 21 22 23 24 2526 27 28 29 30 31

FEBRUARYS M T W T F S 12 3 4 5 6 7 89 10 11 12 13 14 1516 17 18 19 20 21 2223 24 25 26 27 28

mARchS M T W T F S 12 3 4 5 6 7 89 10 11 12 13 14 1516 17 18 19 20 21 2223 24 25 26 27 28 2930 31

ApRiLS M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 56 7 8 9 10 11 1213 14 15 16 17 18 1920 21 22 23 24 25 2627 28 29 30

mAYS M T W T F S 1 2 34 5 6 7 8 9 1011 12 13 14 15 16 1718 19 20 21 22 23 2425 26 27 28 29 30 31

JUNES M T W T F S1 2 3 4 5 6 78 9 10 11 12 13 1415 16 17 18 19 20 2122 23 24 25 26 27 2829 30

JULYS M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 56 7 8 9 10 11 1213 14 15 16 17 18 1920 21 22 23 24 25 2627 28 29 30 31

AUGUSTS M T W T F S 1 23 4 5 6 7 8 910 11 12 13 14 15 1617 18 19 20 21 22 2324 25 26 27 28 29 3031

SEPTEmBERS M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 67 8 9 10 11 12 1314 15 16 17 18 19 2021 22 23 24 25 26 2728 29 30

OcTOBERS M T W T F S 1 2 3 45 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 14 15 16 17 1819 20 21 22 23 24 2526 27 28 29 30 31

NOvEmBERS M T W T F S 12 3 4 5 6 7 89 10 11 12 13 14 1516 17 18 19 20 21 2223 24 25 26 27 28 2930

DEcEmBERS M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 67 8 9 10 11 12 1314 15 16 17 18 19 2021 22 23 24 25 26 2728 29 30 31

2015

JAnuARy S M T W T F S 1 2 34 5 6 7 8 9 1011 12 13 14 15 16 1718 19 20 21 22 23 2425 26 27 28 29 30 31

FEBRUARYS M T W T F S1 2 3 4 5 6 78 9 10 11 12 13 1415 16 17 18 19 20 2122 23 24 25 26 27 28

mARchS M T W T F S1 2 3 4 5 6 78 9 10 11 12 13 1415 16 17 18 19 20 2122 23 24 25 26 27 2829 30 31

ApRiLS M T W T F S 1 2 3 45 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 14 15 16 17 1819 20 21 22 23 24 2526 27 28 29 30

mAYS M T W T F S 1 23 4 5 6 7 8 910 11 12 13 14 15 1617 18 19 20 21 22 2324 25 26 27 28 29 3031

JUNES M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 67 8 9 10 11 12 1314 15 16 17 18 19 2021 22 23 24 25 26 2728 29 30

JULYS M T W T F S 1 2 3 45 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 14 15 16 17 1819 20 21 22 23 24 2526 27 28 29 30 31

AUGUSTS M T W T F S 12 3 4 5 6 7 89 10 11 12 13 14 1516 17 18 19 20 21 2223 24 25 26 27 28 2930 31

SEPTEmBERS M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 56 7 8 9 10 11 1213 14 15 16 17 18 1920 21 22 23 24 25 2627 28 29 30

OcTOBERS M T W T F S 1 2 34 5 6 7 8 9 1011 12 13 14 15 16 1718 19 20 21 22 23 2425 26 27 28 29 30 31

NOvEmBERS M T W T F S1 2 3 4 5 6 78 9 10 11 12 13 1415 16 17 18 19 20 2122 23 24 25 26 27 2829 30

DEcEmBERS M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 56 7 8 9 10 11 1213 14 15 16 17 18 1920 21 22 23 24 25 2627 28 29 30 31

2013 USATF Competition Rules • i

TABLE OF CONTENTSARTIcLE I

championship Events and USA Olympic Team Selection

SEcTION I GENERAL

Rule page NationalChampionships............................................................. 1............... 14RegionalChampionships............................................................. 2............... 15AssociationChampionships........................................................ 3............... 16EligibilityforTeamChampionships.............................................. 4............... 16Awards........................................................................................ 5............... 17General......................................................................................... 6............... 18TeamScoring............................................................................... 7............... 19AutomaticQualification................................................................ 8............... 20Non-ChampionshipCompetitions................................................ 9............... 21

SEcTION II mEN’S AND WOmEN’S TRAcK AND FIELD chAmPIONShIPS

OutdoorTrackandFieldChampionships.................................. 10............... 23IndoorTrackandFieldChampionships.................................... 11............... 26NationalTrackandFieldClubChampionships.......................... 12............... 27OtherChampionships............................................................... 13............... 28TransferringMembershipPriortoChampionships.................... 14............... 30

SEcTION III cROSS cOUNTRY & LONG DISTANcE RUNNING chAmPIONShIPS

Men’sandWomen’sCrossCountryChampionships................ 15............... 31LongDistanceRunningChampionships-Men......................... 16............... 32Trail/MountainRunningChampionships-Men.......................... 17............... 33LongDistanceRunningChampionships-Women.................... 20............... 33Trail/MountainRunningChampionships-Women.................... 21............... 35

2013 USATF Competition Rules • ii

SECTiOn iV RACE WALKinG CHAMpiOnSHipS

Rule page ChampionshipEvents-MenandWomen................................. 25............... 35

SECTiOn V OLyMpiC TEAM SELECTiOn

U.S.OlympicSelection.............................................................. 27............... 36

ARTiCLE ii MEDiCAL SERViCES AnD DOpinG COnTROL

Doping........................................................................................ 32............... 37AthleteFitnessandWaiver......................................................... 49............... 39

ARTiCLE iii Officials

MeetPersonnel........................................................................ 110............... 40GamesCommittee................................................................... 111............... 42NationalTechnicalOfficials..................................................... 115............... 42PhotoFinishOperator............................................................. 118............... 43JuryofAppeal.......................................................................... 119............... 43TechnicalManager.................................................................. 123............... 44EventPresentationManager.................................................... 124............... 45Referee..................................................................................... 125............... 45Judges...................................................................................... 126............... 47Umpires.................................................................................... 127............... 48Timers,PhotoFinishJudges,TransponderTimingJudges..... 128............... 48StarterandRecallStarter......................................................... 129............... 50LapScorers.............................................................................. 131............... 51CompetitionSecretary............................................................. 132............... 52Marshal..................................................................................... 133............... 52Announcer............................................................................... 134............... 52Surveyor.................................................................................... 135............... 53WindGaugeOperator............................................................. 136............... 53ElectronicMeasurementJudge............................................... 137............... 53ClerkofCourse....................................................................... 138............... 54AdditionalOfficials................................................................... 139............... 54CompetitionArea..................................................................... 140............... 55

ARTiCLE iVRules of Competition

SECTiOn i GEnERAL

Classifications.......................................................................... 141............... 56CompetitorCheck-In................................................................ 142............... 56AthleticAttire............................................................................ 143............... 57AssistancetoAthletes............................................................. 144............... 59Disqualification......................................................................... 145............... 61

2013 USATF Competition Rules • iii

Rule page Protests.................................................................................... 146............... 62MixedCompetition................................................................... 147............... 64MeasurementsandWeights..................................................... 148............... 64ValidityofPerformance............................................................ 149............... 65VideoRecording....................................................................... 150............... 65ElectronicDevices.................................................................... 159............... 65TrackLanesandMeasurements.............................................. 160............... 65StartingBlocks........................................................................ 161............... 67TheStart................................................................................... 162............... 68TheCompetition....................................................................... 163............... 71TheFinishLine......................................................................... 164............... 74Timing....................................................................................... 165............... 74

SECTiOn ii TRACK EVEnTS

RegulationsforFormingHeats................................................ 166............... 79RunningEventTies................................................................. 167............... 85Hurdles..................................................................................... 168............... 85Steeplechase............................................................................ 169............... 87RelayRaces............................................................................. 170............... 88

SECTiOn iii FiELD EVEnTS

GeneralRules........................................................................... 180............... 92HighJumpandPoleVault........................................................ 181............... 98HighJump................................................................................ 182............. 103PoleVault................................................................................. 183............. 103HorizontalJump....................................................................... 184............. 105LongJump............................................................................... 185............. 106TripleJump............................................................................... 186............. 107ThrowingEvents-GeneralRules............................................... 187............. 108PuttingtheShot....................................................................... 188............. 113ThrowingtheDiscus................................................................. 189............. 114Hammer,Discus,andWeightThrowingCage......................... 190............. 114ThrowingtheHammer.............................................................. 191............. 115ThrowingtheJavelin................................................................ 193............. 116ThrowingtheWeight................................................................ 195............. 120TheUltraweight........................................................................ 196............. 121

SECTiOn iV COMBinED EVEnTS

Events-GeneralRules............................................................ 200............. 124ThrowsPentathlon................................................................... 201............. 128Throw-A-Thon.......................................................................... 202............. 128UltraweightPentathlon............................................................. 203............. 128

2013 USATF Competition Rules • iv

SECTiOn VinDOOR COMpETiTiOnS

Rule pageApplicabilityofIndoorRules.................................................... 210............. 131IndoorStadium......................................................................... 211............. 131TrackLanes&Measurement.................................................... 212............. 131RegulationsforFormingHeats................................................ 214............. 133Shoes....................................................................................... 215............. 135Hurdles..................................................................................... 216............. 135RelayRaces............................................................................. 217............. 136HighJump................................................................................ 218............. 136PoleVault................................................................................. 219............. 136HorizontalJumps..................................................................... 220............. 137ShotPut/WeightThrow............................................................ 221............. 137CombinedEvents..................................................................... 222............. 138

SECTiOn Vi RACE WALKinG

JudgesofRaceWalking.......................................................... 230............. 139RaceWalkingOfficials.............................................................. 231............. 141GeneralRules........................................................................... 232............. 141

SECTiOn ViiLOnG DiSTAnCE AnD ROAD EVEnTS RunninG AnD WALKinG

CourseCertification................................................................. 240............. 143MedicalandRefreshmentServicesforRoadEvents.............. 241............. 143StartingaRunningEvent......................................................... 242............. 144CourseMarkingandMonitoring.............................................. 243............. 145TheFinishLine......................................................................... 244............. 146FinishLineRecordingandTiming............................................ 245............. 146ScoringRunningEvents........................................................... 246............. 147

SECTiOn Viii CROSS COunTRy

General..................................................................................... 250............. 148Course...................................................................................... 251............. 148Start.......................................................................................... 252............. 149Apparel..................................................................................... 253............. 149Finish........................................................................................ 254............. 150

SECTiOn iX TRAiL AnD MOunTAin RunninG

General..................................................................................... 255............. 150

ARTiCLE V Records

WorldRecords.......................................................................... 260............. 151NationalRecords...................................................................... 261............. 152RulesApplicabletoAllRecords............................................... 262............. 154

2013 USATF Competition Rules • v

Rule page RulesApplicabletoTrackEvents............................................. 263............. 155RulesApplicabletoFieldEvents............................................. 264............. 157RulesApplicabletoLongDistanceRunningEvents............... 265............. 158RulesApplicabletoRaceWalkingEvents............................... 266............. 159EventsinWhichRecordsAreRecognized.............................. 267............. 160Men’sTrackandField.............................................................. 267............. 160JuniorRecords......................................................................... 267............. 161Women’sTrackandField......................................................... 267............. 161JuniorRecords......................................................................... 267............. 162Men'sandWomen'sEvents.................................................... 267............. 163Men’sLongDistanceRunning................................................. 267............. 164Women’sLongDistanceRunning............................................ 267............. 164MastersLongDistanceRunning.............................................. 267............. 164MastersTrackandField........................................................... 267............. 164YouthAthletics......................................................................... 267............. 164NoteworthyPerformances....................................................... 268............. 164

ARTiCLE Vi Special programs

SECTiOn i yOuTH ATHLETiCS

GeneralRules........................................................................... 300............. 165TrackandFieldEvents............................................................. 301............. 168RegulationsandSpecifications................................................ 302............. 170RegulationsforLanesandHeats............................................. 303............. 175NationalCrossCountryProgram............................................. 304............. 178JuniorOlympicsProgram......................................................... 305............. 178SpecialEventsandPrograms.................................................. 306............. 181

SECTiOn ii MASTERS ATHLETiCS

GeneralRules........................................................................... 320............. 182

SECTiOn ii-A MASTERS TRACK AnD FiELD AnD RACEWALKinG

GeneralRules........................................................................... 330............. 182MastersTrackandFieldChampionships................................. 331............. 183CompetitiveRulesandStandardsforMastersTrackandField332............ 185MastersRaceWalkingChampionships................................... 333............. 189

SECTiOn ii-B MASTERS LOnG DiSTAnCE RunninG

GeneralRules........................................................................... 340............. 190MastersLongDistanceChampionships.................................. 341............. 190

Illustrations................................................................................................... 193SpecialSection............................................................................................ 207

2013 USATF Competition Rules • vi

nOTES

2013 USATF Competition Rules • 1

nATiOnAL HEADQuARTERS STAFF

132 E. Washington St.., Suite 800 Main Switchboard: 317-261-0500Indianapolis, IN 46204-3723 Main Fax: 317-261-0481 Website: www.usatf.org

EXECuTiVE OFFiCE

chief Executive Officer Max Siegel 317-713-4696 [email protected] Operating Officer Renee Washington 317-713-4657 [email protected] Office managerPatty Hogan 317-713-4696 [email protected]

LEGAL DEpARTMEnT

General counsel/chief of Business AffairsNorman Wain 317-713-4683 [email protected] Affairs managerSarah Austin 317-713-4653 Sarah [email protected]

HiGH pERFORMAnCE pROGRAMS

chief of Sport PerformanceBenita Fitzgerald Mosley 317-713-4691 [email protected] of high Performance ProgramsPeter J. “Duffy” Mahoney 317-713-4673 [email protected] of coachingTerry Crawford 805-431-5695 [email protected] Performance Programs managerSariyu “Beka” Suggs 317-713-4689 [email protected] of International Teams & championshipsSandy Snow 770-392-1027 [email protected] Director, championships and International TeamsAron McGuire 317-713-4692 [email protected] Director, Sports Science and medicineRobert Chapman 317-713-4669 [email protected] Programs managerShayna Sangster 317-713-4667 [email protected] Performance Operations AdministratorKimberly Sims 317-713-4668 [email protected], Sports Science & medicineBejan Abtahi 317-713-4669 [email protected]


MEMBERSHip AnD ASSOCiATiOnS

Associations and member Services managerSherry Quack 317-713-4685 [email protected] managerLori Bird 317-713-4665 [email protected]

member Services RepresentativeMarilyn Turner 317-713-4693 [email protected] Programs coordinatorCarmen Triplet 317-713-4694 [email protected]

yOuTH pROGRAMS

Associate Director of Youth ProgramsArionne Allen 317-713-4695 [email protected] Programs coordinatorDana Leenheer 317-713-4648 [email protected]

FinAnCE AnD OpERATiOnS

chief Financial OfficerGina A. Miller 317-713-4681 [email protected] managerMelissa Bowlby 317-713-4651 [email protected] ServicesDorothy Hawkins 317-713-4687/877-203-3799 [email protected] of Business DevelopmentJed Cornforth 317-713-4655 [email protected] Facey 317-713-4662 [email protected] Applications managerJason Hayes [email protected] Support TechnicianNeal Johantgen 317-713-4660 [email protected] & merchandise managerBlake Roebuck 317-713-4674 [email protected] Sales coordinatorsChelsey Chang [email protected] Chan [email protected] Innis 317-713-4680 [email protected] and Operations coordinatorsRyley Miller [email protected] Nickerson [email protected]


EVEnTS

Director of EventsJim Estes 317-713-4661 [email protected] managerJeff Mlynski 317-713-4679 [email protected] coordinatorVeronica Rodriguez 317-713-4663 [email protected] coordinatorMatt Weingardt 317-713-4658 [email protected]

inTEGRATED MARKETinG AnD COMMuniCATiOnS

chief Public Affairs OfficerJill M. Geer 508-520-1529 [email protected] Director of Public AffairsSusan Hazzard 317-713-4664 [email protected] Director of BroadcastingAdam Schmenk 317-713-4686 [email protected] Accounts managerTaylor Payne 317-713-4670 [email protected] managerJared Slinde 317-713-4690 [email protected] marketing managerKristina Hervey 317-713-4684 [email protected] & communications managerKatie Branham 317-713-4672 [email protected]

nATiOnAL OFFiCERS

chairman and PresidentStephanie Hightower 614-774-4736223 Woodland Avenue Fax 614-252-0886Columbus, OH 43203 [email protected] chairmanSteve Miller 3883 Howard Hughes Pkwy, 8th Fl. 312-259-9151Las Vegas, NV 89169 [email protected] SecretaryDarlene Hickman 1960 Ninth Ave W 206-284-1028Seattle, WA 98119 [email protected] Taylor 3114 Juniper Lane 703-533-0651 Falls Church, VA 22044 [email protected]


HiGH pERFORMAnCE pROGRAMS DiViSiOn

Division chair Sue Humphrey 512-918-31709711A Copper Creek Drive Fax 512-918-3171Austin, TX 78729-3548 Office 512-414-5006 [email protected]’s Track & FieldEd Gorman 201-745-024426 Locust Drive, Apt. 52 Fax 908-273-3401 Summit, NJ 07901 [email protected]

Women’s Track & FieldSue Humphrey (See Division Chair)

Race WalkingRon Daniel 860-669-90081 Rosemarie Ln. Cell 860.304.3396Clinton, CT 06413 [email protected]

coaching EducationLarry Judge Office 765-285-42112512 W Petty Rd. Cell 352-246-5561Muncie, IN 47304 [email protected]

men’s DevelopmentTonie Campbell 619-254-5372645 Vista Santa Rosalia San Diego, CA 92154 [email protected]

Women’s DevelopmentRita Somerlot 740-881-07497544 Fairfield Lakes Drive Cell 614-560-1059Powell, OH 43065 [email protected]

Sports medicine & Sports Science Bob Adams 425-883-498812303 NE 130th Lane Ste. 220 Fax 455-899-6078Kirkland, WA 98034 [email protected]


LOnG DiSTAnCE RunninG DiViSiOn

Division chairBill Roe 360-739-21051003 32nd Street Fax 360-737-8820Bellingham, WA 98225 [email protected]’s Long Distance RunningEdwardo Torres 3711 Florentine Drive 303-517-7434Longmont, CO 80503 [email protected]’s Long Distance RunningKim Keenan-Kirkpatrick 21 Finn Road 908-735-6536Pittstown, NJ 08867 [email protected] Long Distance RunningDon Lein 13 Crosswinds Estates 919-542-4790Pittsboro, NC 27312 [email protected] country councilMichael Scott Home/Fax 401-848-512123 Burdick Avenue Office 401-874-7556Newport, RI 02840 [email protected] Running Technical councilGene Newman920 N Night Heron Drive 520-904-7805Green Valley, AZ 85614 [email protected]/Ultra/Trail council (mUT)Nancy Hobbs Office 719-573-4405PO Box 9454 Fax 719-573-4408Colorado Springs, CO 80932 [email protected]

GEnERAL COMpETiTiOn DiViSiOn

Associations Karen Krsak4788 Crazy Horse Lane 614-889-6073Westerville, OH 43081 [email protected] Track & FieldGary Snyder 617-536-6797239 Commonwealth Avenue Fax 617-734-6322Boston, MA 02116 [email protected]

yOuTH DiViSiOnLionel Leach 973-373-1072202 Maple Avenue Cell 917-913-5505Irvington, NJ 07111 [email protected]


ADMiniSTRATiVE COMMiTTEE CHAiRS

Athletes AdvisoryJon Drummond2537 Clearlake Dr. 702-325-3704Grand Prairie, TX 75054 [email protected] for the DisabledSteve Cuomo49 Lombardy Dr. 631-399-5564Shirley, NY 11967 [email protected] AdvisoryRalph Lindeman2169 Field House Dr. Suite 11 719-598-5093Colorado Springs, CO 80840 [email protected] and LeadershipDexter McCloud4060 Runnymede Drive, SW 404-964-5781Lilburn, GA 30047 [email protected] EthicsFrank Sullivan5854 Lawton Loop West 317-549-3926 Indianapolis, IN 46206 [email protected] & LegislationJim Murphy 509-326-91576415 N Catherine Drive Fax 509-456-5714Spokane, WA 99208 [email protected] Krsak4788 Crazy Horse Lane 614-889-6073Westerville, OH 43081 [email protected] ServicesEdward R. Koch130 Grant St. 201-244-9117Haworth, NJ 07641 [email protected] Kuo Home 617-731-988939 Oakland Road Fax 617-731-9062Brookline, MA 02445 Office 617-731-9062 [email protected] C. Blackburn 102 Russell St. Apt 104 843-814-2907Easley, SC 29640 [email protected]


inTERnATiOnAL ASSOCiATiOn OF ATHLETiCS FEDERATiOnS

President Lamine Diack Tel: +377 93 10 88 88 BP 88 Dakar, Senegal or Fax: +377 93 15 95 1517 rue Princesse Florestine, Tele 221 827-4057 (CAAA) /BP359, MC 98007 Monaco Cedex 221 827-4114 (CRD) / 221 839-7700 (SONES)

Fax 221 827-8179 (CAAA) / 221 823-2038 (SONES)

General Secretary Essar GabrielPostal Add: BP 359, MC98007 Monaco Street Add: 17 Rue Princesse Florestine, Tele (377 93) 10 8888 MC 98000 Monaco Fax (377 93) 15 95 15

www.iaaf.org

Robert M. Hersh, Senior Vice President and Competition Commission Chair 516-484-1793Stephanie Hightower, Delegate ........................................................................360-734-8892Max Siegel, Delegate .......................................................................................317-713-4676Dr. Evie Dennis, Delegate ................................................................................303-333-1896Rex Harvey, Masters Committee......................................................................440-954-8122David Katz, Technical Committee ....................................................................516-883-5599Anne Timmons, Women’s Committee ..............................................................406-721-7030David Oliver, Athletes Commission ..................................................................407-927-7292Terry Crawford, Coaches Commission .............................................................317-713-4671Dr.. Bob Adams, Medical & Anti-Doping Commission ......................................425-883-4988Gene Cherry, Press CommissionMary Wittenberg, Road Running Commission .................................................212-717-1456Peter Diamond, TV Commission ......................................................................212-664-4444

United States Olympic committee (USOc)27 S Tejon 719-632-5551Colorado Springs, CO 80903 Fax 719-578-4654Peter Uberroth, President www.usoc.orgScott Blackmun, CEOUnited States Anti-Doping Association (USADA)5555 Tech Center Drive, Suite 200 719-785-2000Colorado Springs, Colorado 80919-2372 Toll Free 866-601-2632 Fax 719-785-2001 Hotline 800-233-0393U.S. ParalympicsCharlie Huebner, Chief Executive Officer 719-866-2030One Olympic Plaza Fax 719- 866-2029Colorado Springs, CO 80909 [email protected] www.usparalympics.org [email protected]


nATiOnAL 5-C MEMBERS

National Association of Intercollegiate Athletics (NAIA)Jim Carr, CEO & President 816-595-5000 x1051200 Grand Blvd. Fax 816-595-8200Kansas City, MO 64106 [email protected] www.naia.orgJack Hazen (USATF Rep) [email protected]

National collegiate Athletic Association (NcAA)Mark Emmert, President PO Box 6222 317-917-6222Indianapolis, IN 46206-6222 Fax 317-917-6888 www.ncaa.orgHolly Sheilley (USATF Rep) [email protected]

National Federation of State high School Associations (NFShSA)Becky Oakes (USATF Rep) 317-972-6900PO Box 690 Fax 317-822-5700Indianapolis, IN 46206-0690 [email protected] www.nfsha.org

National Junior college Athletic Association (NJcAA)Art Becker, PresidentScottsdale Community College 480-423-66169000 E. Chaparral Road Fax 480-423-6663Scottsdale, AZ 85256-2626 [email protected] www.njcaa.orgKevin Reid (USATF Rep)

Road Runners club of America (RRcA)Brent Ayer, President 703-525-38901501 Lee Highway, Suite 140 Fax 703-525-3891 Arlington, VA 22209 [email protected] www.rrca.org Jean Knaack, Executive Director [email protected] Darman (USATF Rep) [email protected]

Running USA (RUSA)Susan Weeks (USATF Rep)PO Box 1988 719-434-2575Colorado Springs, CO 80901 [email protected] www.runningusa.org


uSATF MEMBER ARTiCLE 5-D ORGAniZATiOnS

All American Trail Running Association (AATRA)Nancy Hobbs, Executive Director Office 719-573-4405PO Box 9454 Fax 719-573-4408Colorado Springs, CO 80932 www.trailrunner.com Amateur Athletic Union (AAU) Louis Stout, PresidentAAU National Headquarters Office 407-934-7200PO Box 22409 Fax 407-934-7242Lake Buena Vista, FL 32830 www.aausports.org American Ultrarunning Association (AUA)Dan Brannen4 Strawberry Lane 973-898-1261 Morristown, NJ 20814 [email protected] National Senior Games Association (NSGA)Phil Godfrey, President/CEO 225-766-6800PO Box 82059 Fax 225-766-9115Baton Rouge, LA 70884-2059 www.nsga.com U.S. Armed Forces Sports (USAF)Suba Saty, Chief, Armed Forces SportsArmed Forces Sports - Summit Centre 703-681-16144700 King Street Fax 703-681-1616Alexandria, VA 22302-4418 dticam.dtic.mil/dodsports/ United States corporate Athletics Association (UScAA)Kevin Holtzclaw844 Racquet Lane 303-494-0107Boulder, CO 80303 [email protected] U.S. meet Directors Association (USmDA)William ClarkTFSI Commonwealth Home 781-647-4036738 Main Street, Suite 212 Fax 781-647-4037Waltham, MA 02451 [email protected] YmcA of the USA (YmcA)Kevin Gladish, Executive Director 800-872-9622101 N. Wacker Dr.. 312-977-0031Chicago, IL 60606 Fax 312-977-9063 www.ymca.net


SuMMARy OF 2012 RuLE CHAnGES

ThefollowingsummarizesrulechangesadoptedbyUSATFatits2012AnnualmeetinginDaytonaBeach,FL.

Rule Amendment

2.2 Redefine Race Walking region composition4.2 Change out-of-Association club membership allowance for Masters XC and LDR6.3 New Rule to specify that tie-breaking to qualify for a team is published in advance10 Specify information to be included in entry material10.5 Deleted team score and trophy for Rule 1025.1(b) Modify race distances for Indoor RW championship119 Specify Jury of Appeal jurisdiction for non-Referee decisions125.3, 129.5 Replace “false start” concept with “illegal reaction time” 126.7 Rewording 141.1(a) Make LDR consistent with minimum age of 16. Other Open women remain at 14.142.3 Honest effort only in effect at scored competitions143.1 No restriction on size or number of logos on uniforms143.4 Number or name on bib needs to be legible/readable.143.7, .9 Move use of transponders to new 143.9146.4 Clarify use of other information to disqualify an athlete at the start160.4, 162.1 Allow for reverse running direction on straightaway161.4 Decouple detection by automatic block with automatic charging of false start which is a decision made by Starter162.6 Rewording162.7 Change language to “Shall” immediately rise162.10 Rewording162.12 Clarify that motion alone is not a false start. Loss of contact is162.13 Clarify false start procedure162.15 Define close proximity167.1 Clarify ability to break ties using automatic timing180.7(b) Introduce ability to use flights scored against each other for large field event groups180.13(c) Referee to allow a warm-up period for a delayed competition183.3 Gloves are allowed in pole vault184-6 Reorganize Long Jump and Triple Jump rules195.1 Rewording195.4 Rewording of weight implement definition196.2 Allow for 100# units to be combined to form 200 or 300# implement200.5(c) Rewording203.1 Event may be conducted indoors or outdoors203.6 Define variant measuring procedure for Ultraweights203.8 Revamp implement grid230.1(b), (d) Process to select Chief Judge and use of Assistants


230.2(b) Transition to individual violation paddles from current two sided261.3 Remove doping control for American Junior records261.5 Add Masters LDR Championship as event for expedited record processing264.3 Refine which judges shall read the electronic measurement device for a record265.10 Rewording267 Add 1000m to outdoor junior record event Remove Marathon Relay as record event300 Throughout rules change Youth age group names to correspond to age number302.3 Modify entry procedures302.5 Make hand taping consistent with open rule302.5(l) Modify acceptable position of uprights302.5(o) Specify starting heights for Regional JO PV and HJ302.6(d) Specify a warm-up jump302.6(h) Specify warm-up period at National JO303.1(c) Rewording303.1(d) Rewording305.2(b) Allow World Youth Trials participant a bye into the National JO305.3 Change number of qualifiers for JO XC331.1(d) Add SHR to May be Held event331.2(a) Clarify how to score relays341.1 Modify number per team for age groups341.8 Allow specific non-resident exception341.9 Apparel specification341.10 Specify timing requirements for Masters LDR championships


RULES chAIRJohn C. Blackburn Home 843-814-2907 [email protected]

vIcE chAIRGeorge Kleeman Home 925-229-2927 [email protected]

SEcRETARYBob Podkaminer Home 707-545-1781 [email protected]

Rich Benoy [email protected] Amber Campbell Janay DeLoach Jon Drummond [email protected] Kenny Emerick Home 206-361-2234 [email protected] Glenn Fortune Home 541-782-3771 [email protected] Bridget Franek [email protected] Ed Gorman Home 201-489-1130 [email protected] Phil Greenwald [email protected] David Greifinger Office 310-452-7923 [email protected] Dawn Harper Jeff Hartwig [email protected] Bill Hickman Home 206-284-1028 [email protected] Kibwe Johnson David Katz Home 516-883-5599 [email protected] Mark Kostek [email protected] Nina Kuscik [email protected] Dexter McCloud [email protected] Bill McKee Home 918-832-9820 [email protected] Dennis Mitchell [email protected] Becky Oakes [email protected] Dan Pierce 303-931-4690 [email protected] Raymond Pierre [email protected] Patrick Pretty [email protected] Graeme Shirley [email protected] Lloyd Stephenson [email protected] Steve Vaitones 781-893-6213 [email protected] Russ Winger

EDiTOR’S nOTE

The rules applicable to domestic competition in Athletics -- track and field, race walking, road running and cross country -- are approved by USA Track & Field. These rules generally conform to those of the International Association of Athletics Federations (IAAF). Amendments to USA Track & Field's rules may be adopted at its Annual Meeting, based upon the recommendations of its Rules Committee. Inquiries regarding USATF or IAAF rules of competition may be addressed to the undersigned.


ATHLETiCS RuLESThese Rules of Competition shall apply to all events

sanctioned by USA Track & Field (“USATF”)

CLASSiFiCATiOnSExcept as otherwise provided herein or in USATF's Operating Regulations, the following championship classifications shall be open to all member athletes of USATF who have complied with the requirements of these Rules, the Bylaws, and the Operating Regulations:

(a) Open: The Open classification shall have no maximum age limit.Inmen'sandwomen'slongdistancerunning,theOpenclassificationshallbelimitedtoathletessixteen(16)yearsandolderonthedayofthe competition. In Openmen's race walking and all other Openwomen'scompetition,athletesshallbefourteen(14)yearsorolderonthedayofthecompetition.

(b) Junior:TheJuniorclassificationshallbe limitedtoathleteswhoarefourteen(14)yearsorolderonthedayofcompetitionandwillnotbecometwenty(20)yearsofageduringtheyearofthecompetition.

(c) Youth:TheYouthclassificationshallbelimitedtoathleteswhohavenot attained nineteen (19) years of age as of the final day of theNational Junior Olympic Track and Field meet of the year ofcompetition.

(d) Masters: In Track and Field and Race Walking, the Mastersclassificationshallbelimitedtoathleteswhoareatleastthirty-five(35)yearsoldonthefirstdayofthemeet.InLongDistanceRunning,theMastersclassificationshallbelimitedtoathleteswhoareatleastforty(40)yearsoldonthefirstdayofthemeet.

NOTE:This information is being moved to Rule 141.


ARTICLE ICHAMPIONSHIPS

AND OLYMPIC TEAM SELECTION

SECTION IGENERAL

RULE 1NATIONAL CHAMPIONSHIPS

1. Eligibility:(a) In the Open Men's and Women's Indoor and Outdoor Track and Field

Championships, the Junior Men's and Women's Track and FieldChampionships,theMen'sandWomen'sRaceWalkingChampionships,theMen's and Women's Open, Junior, and Masters Cross CountryChampionships, and the Men's and Women's Long Distance RunningChampionships, only citizens of the United States who are eligible torepresent the United States in all levels of international competition areeligibletocompete.(IntheMen'sandWomen'sRaceWalkingChampionships,Men'sLongDistanceRunningChampionships,andMastersCrossCountryChampionships, others may compete in a separate non-scoring divisionorrace.)

(b) Inaddition, inLongDistanceRunningandRaceWalking,UScitizenswhoarenoteligibletorepresenttheUSAinInternationalcompetitionareallowedto participate in any USA National Championship that is not the soleselectioneventforaninternationalteam.

(c) TheMastersTrackandFieldChampionshipsareopentoallmemberathletesofUSATForofotherIAAFmemberfederations.

(d) TheMastersLongDistanceRunningChampionshipsareopentoallmemberathletes of USATF, including Permanent Residents. However, only U.S.citizens shall be awarded individual championship awards or score forateam.

(e) TheYouthAthleticsChampionshipsareopentoallmemberathletesofUSATF,includingalienslivingintheUnitedStatesandforeignexchangestudents.

(f) The Club Track and Field Championships are also open to PermanentResidents(greencardholders).

2. Non-residentalienathletes,unlessotherwiseprovided in these rules,maycompeteasinvitedguestsonlyonareciprocalbasis.TheymaynotdisplaceotherwisequalifiedUSATFmemberathletesfornationaltitles,teamscoring,andchampionshipawards.Whenpossible,aUScitizenshallbeaddedtothefinalsifdisplacedbyanon-UScitizen.

3. WhenaNationalChampionshipisusedasaselectionmeetforaninternationalcompetition, a Sport Committee may permit competition in the NationalChampionshipbyanon-UScitizeniftheSportCommitteehasbeenprovided


withproofthatthecompetitorwillacquireeligibilitytorepresenttheUnitedStatesaftertheChampionshipbutpriortotheinternationalcompetition.

RULE 2REGIONAL CHAMPIONSHIPS

1. RegionalChampionshipsmaybeannuallyconducted.

2. For Open and Junior Championships, except Cross Country and RaceWalking,theRegionswillcompriseAssociationsasfollows:

Region Associations

East Adirondack,Connecticut,Long Island,Maine,Mid-Atlantic, New England, New Jersey, New York, Niagara, Virginia, PotomacValley,andThreeRivers

South Alabama, Arkansas, Florida, Georgia, Gulf, North Carolina, Oklahoma, Southern, South Texas, Southwestern, South Carolina,Tennessee,andWestTexas

North Dakotas, Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kentucky, Lake Erie, Michigan, Ohio, Ozark, Minnesota, Missouri Valley, Nebraska,WestVirginia,andWisconsin

West Alaska,Arizona,Border,CentralCalifornia,Colorado,Hawaii, InlandNorthwest,Montana,Nevada,NewMexico,Oregon, Pacific,PacificNorthwest,SanDiegoImperial,SnakeRiver, SouthernCalifornia,Utah,andWyoming

3. ForOpenandJuniorCrossCountry,OpenandJuniorRaceWalkingandallMastersChampionships,theRegionswillcompriseAssociationsasfollows:

Region Associations

East Adirondack,Connecticut,Long Island,Maine,Mid-Atlantic, New England, New Jersey, New York, Niagara, Potomac Valley,andThreeRivers

Southeast Alabama, Florida,Georgia,NorthCarolina, SouthCarolina, Tennessee,andVirginia

Midwest Illinois, Indiana,Kentucky, LakeErie,Michigan,Ohio,West Virginia,andWisconsin

Mid-America Colorado, Dakotas, Iowa, Minnesota, Missouri Valley,Nebraska,andOzark


Southwest Arkansas,Border,Gulf,Oklahoma,Southern, South Texas, Southwestern,andWestTexas

Northwest Alaska, Inland Northwest, Montana, Oregon, Pacific Northwest,SnakeRiver,Utah,andWyoming

West Arizona, Central California, Hawaii, Nevada, New Mexico, Pacific,SanDiego-Imperial,andSouthernCalifornia.

4. ForthedefinitionoftheYouthAthleticsRegions,seeRule300.4.

5. ResidentaliensshallbepermittedtocompeteinRegionalChampionships.

RULE 3ASSOCIATION CHAMPIONSHIPS

1. All members of an Association shall be permitted to compete in thatAssociation’sChampionships.

2. AnathletewhohascompetedintheChampionshipsofoneAssociationshallnot be eligible to compete in the same Championships of any otherAssociation during the same year except as a non-scoring guest at thediscretion of theAssociationmeet director or the appropriateAssociationsportscommittee.

3. AthleteswhoarenotmembersofaparticularAssociationmaycompeteasinvitedguestsonanon-scoringbasisatthediscretionofthemeetdirectorortheappropriateAssociationsportscommittee.

NOTE:See USATF Operating Regulations 3, 4, 5, and 7 for other provisions affecting eligibility for Association Championships.

RULE 4ELIGIBILITY FOR TEAM CHAMPIONSHIPS

1. InallUSATFTeamChampionships,whetherNational,RegionalorAssociation,onlyteamsconsistingofdulyaccreditedrepresentativesofamemberclubshallbeeligibletowinsuchteamChampionship.InRegionalChampionships,theteamChampionshipmaybecontestedonthebasisofAssociationteamsinadditiontoscoringbyclubteams,attheoptionoftheGamesCommittee.

2. InLongDistanceRunning,OpenCrossCountry,andOpenTrack&FieldClubcompetition, anathletewho is anon-residentmemberof anAssociation iseligibletocompeteforateaminthatAssociationonlyiftheathlete:(a) residesinanadjoiningAssociationwithinthegovernment-definedMetropolitan

StatisticalArea(MSA)ofacitywhichisprimarilyintheneighboringAssociationasapprovedbytheappropriatesportcommitteeorcouncilor

(b) hashistoricalmembershipbaseduponAssociationresidency(atleastthreecontinuousUSATFmembershipyears)iseligibletocompeteforthatclub.

SeeRule341.8forMastersLDR


RULE 5AWARDS

1. Unlessotherwiseprovidedintheserules,thefollowingawardsshallbemadeinallChampionships:(a) In TeamChampionships, a trophy shall be awarded to thewinning team.

Teamtrophiesmaybeawardedtothesecondandthirdteams.

(b) RegulationgoldandsilverChampionshipmedalsshallbeawardedforfirstand second places in each individual Championship event. BronzeChampionship medals shall be awarded to the third through sixth placefinishers,exceptintheUSAIndoorTrackandFieldChampionships,wherebronze medals are awarded only to third and fourth place finishers. InRegional andAssociationChampionships gold, silver, andbronzemedalsmaybeawardedforfirst,second,andthirdplaces,respectively.

(c) In eventswhere there is team scoring, regulation gold, silver, and bronzeChampionship medals shall be awarded to the scoring members of theteams finishing first, second, and third except in Track and FieldChampionships.IntheMen’sandWomen’sOpen,Junior,andMastersCrossCountry Championships, such medals shall be awarded to the declaredmembersoftheteamsfinishingfirst,second,andthird.

(d) UnlessotherwisedeterminedbythenationalSportCommittee,patchesshallbeawardedtotheindividualwinners.PatchesmaybeawardedtothescoringmembersoftheteamfinishingfirstexceptinTrackandFieldChampionships.

(e) ExceptinMastersLDR,wheneveraneventincludesconcurrentage-groupand overall competition, in which a single performance can qualify forawards intheagegroupand/or intheoverallcompetition, theentryblankshallspecifyoneofthefollowing:i. that an athlete may win awards in both the overall category and in the

athlete'sagegroup,iftherearesuchawardsinthatathlete'sagegroup,orii. thatanathletemaywinonlyoneawardandmay,aftertherace,choosethe

award for overall competition or for the competition in the athlete's agegroup,butnotboth.

If (ii) is specified, competitors in the category not selected by the athleteeligible formore thanoneawardshall beadvanced inposition so that allpossibleawardsineachcategoryareawarded,iftherearesufficientnumbersofcompetitors.

(f) InMasters LDR, includingcross country,masters shall be allowed towinawardsinallcategories(e.g.,overall,agegroupandage-graded).

2. Otherindividualprizes,whichshallbespecifiedontheentryblank,maybepresented as determined by the Championship sponsor subject to theapprovaloftheappropriatesportcommitteeofUSATF.


RULE 6GENERAL

1. USATFOperatingRegulation 18 governsbids, biddingprocedures, awardprocedures,selectionofdates,rightsforbroadcast,andfinancialrelationsofUSATFNationalChampionships.

2. AllentriesforChampionshipsshallbemadeusingtheentryformatadoptedbyUSATF.NoentryformatforanyChampionshipshallbedistributeduntilithasbeensubmittedtoandapprovedbytheChair(s)ofthesportcommittee(s)involved and theChief ExecutiveOfficer ofUSATF. The entry format shallincludeallpertinentinformationregardingfilingdates,lateentries,fees,entryappealandprotestprocedures,anddeclarationprocedures.

3. Whentheplacingofacompetition isusedfor teamselectionor toqualifyathletestoanothercompetition,thesystemforselectionand/oradvancementshall be determined in advance of the event, and published in theentrymaterial.

4. ThefinaldateforentriestoaNationalChampionshipshallbedesignatedbytheChairofthesportcommitteeinvolved.Fortrackandfield,thisdateshallbe at least 14 days (outdoors) or 10 days (indoors) prior to the firstcompetitionthatispartoftheChampionship.FortheNationalTrack&FieldClubChampionships, this date shall be at least 14 days prior to the firstcompetitionthatispartoftheChampionship.Alateentryperiod,ifany,shallbedesignatedbytheChairofthesportcommitteeinvolved.

5. EntryfeesandlatefeesforallChampionshipsshallbeestablishedbyeachsportcommittee,subject to theapprovalofUSATF,and,unlessotherwiseprovidedbyitsBylawsortheseRules,shallbethepropertyofUSATF.EntryfeesfortheNationalTrack&FieldClubChampionshipsandalllongdistancerunningeventsarethepropertyoftheevent.

6. Theofficials,andtheGamesandSeedingCommitteeswhoareresponsiblefortheconductofaChampionship,shallbeappointedbyorsubjecttotheapprovaloftheappropriatesportcommittee(s).

7. QualifyingstandardsandproceduresmaybeestablishedforChampionshipsand for qualifying competition for international competition by the sportcommitteeconcerned.

8. TherightsofdefendingUSAOpenindividualeventNationalchampionsshallbegovernedbythefollowing:(a) Each individual winner of the previous year's USA Open Championships

shallbeentitledtoreceivefromthesponsoringorganizationfullexpensestoenable the athlete to defend his or her title if, in the opinion of the sportcommitteeconcerned,thechampionisinconditiontodefendthetitle.


(b) Wheretwoormoreathletesareco-holdersofaChampionship,anallotmentin an amount equal to the expenses of the co-holder who resides thegreatestdistancefromthecityinwhichthemeetoreventisbeingheldshallbeprovidedandeachco-holdershallreceiveaproratepercentageofsuchallotment,calculatedonamileagebasis.Wherepossible,co-holdersshouldbepaidfullexpenses.

(c) Forreasonsappearinggoodandsufficient,theExecutiveCommitteeofthesport committee concerned, unless otherwise provided by USATF, by amajorityvoteofthosevoting,maysuspendorabrogateallrequirementsorprovisions for the payment of expenses of any and all champions asprovidedforherein.

(d) If funds are available, all individual eventwinners of theNational Track&FieldClubChampionshipsshallreceiveanequalshareofsuchfunds.

(e) ThesponsoringorganizationofanyChampionship,withtheapprovalofthesport committee concerned,may allocate additional funds to other placewinnersofthepreviousyear'sChampionshiporfornoteworthyperformers.

9. ATechnicalInformationCentershallbeestablishedfortheChampionshipsinRules10and11,andmaybeusedforothercompetitions.Themainfunctionof the Technical Information Center is to ensure smooth communicationbetweenthecompetitors,GamesCommitteeandcompetitionadministrationregardingtechnicalandothermattersrelatingtothecompetition.

RULE 7TEAM SCORING

1. For meets that have team scoring, the procedure for scoring, includingeventsandcalculationmethods,shallbeincludedintheentrymaterial.Priortothestartoftheevent,theteamcoachorotherrepresentativeshalldeclaretheteamentrieseligibleforscoring.

2. RegionalChampionshipsmaybescoredonthebasisofAssociationteamsinsteadofclubteamsattheoptionoftheGamesCommittee.

TRACk ANd FIELd3. Theteamscoreshallbethetotalofallpointsearnedbyeligiblecompetitorsfora

giventeam.Scoringshallbefive(5)pointsforeachfirstplacescored,three(3)pointsforsecond,two(2)pointsforthird,andone(1)pointforfourth.Eventsnotincludedontheentryblanks,andevents(otherthannoviceevents)notopentoallUSATFmemberathletesshallnotcountinthescoringforteampointtrophies.Relayracesshallbescoredasanyotherevent.Incombinedevents,theteamscoreshallbethesumofthescoresofthetopthreemembersofeachteam.ForMastersexemptionseeRule331.2

LONg dISTANCE RUNNINg, CROSS COUNTRy, ANd RACE WALkINg4. TwomethodsexistforscoringteamChampionships:scoringbyplaceand

scoringbytime.


5. TheteamChampionshipsinLongDistanceRunningandRaceWalkingshallbescoredbytime.TheteamChampionshipsforOpen,Masters,JuniorandYouthCrossCountryshallbescoredbyplace.

6. Scoringbyplace:(a) The teamscore shall be the total of the finishingpositionsof the scoring

members.Theteamwiththelowesttotalpointsistheteamwinner.

(b) Runnersof incomplete teams, teamentries notdeclaredeligible for teamscoring, and unattached or individual competitorswill be eliminated fromteamscoring.Non-scoringdeclaredmembersofcompleteteamsshallretaintheirfinishingpositionsandtherebydisplaceotherrunners.

(c) Whenseparatecompetitionsareconductedsimultaneously,eachshallbescoredindependently.Runnersonteamsnoteligibleforagivencompetitionwillbeeliminatedfromteamscoringinthatcompetition.

(d) Intheeventofatiebetweentwoormoreindividualrunners,eachshallscorethenumberofpointsdeterminedbydividingthetotalofthefinishplacesbythenumberofrunnerswhohavetied.

7. Scoringbytime: The teamscoreshallbe theaggregate timeof thescoringmembers.The

teamwiththelowestaggregatetimeistheteamwinner.

8. InteamChampionshipsscoredbytime,iftheGamesCommitteedeterminesthatscoresfor thewinningteamscannotbedeterminedbecauseofclockfailureorotherreasons,teamChampionshipsshallbedeterminedbyscoringbyplace.

9. Whetherscoringbytimeorplace:(a) If a team fails to finishwithacompletescoring team, the teammembers

finishing shall be counted as individuals in the race results and shall beeligibletoreceiveindividualawards.

(b) Ties between twoormore teams shall be resolvedbydeterminingwhichteam wins the most one-on-one match-ups among their five scoringmembers,comparingfirsttofirst,secondtosecond,andsoonthroughthefinalscoringplace.

RULE 8AUTOMATIC QUALIFICATION

Automaticqualification,as listed in thissection,shallnotabrogateanyentryrequirementsotherthanthequalifyingrequirementsforachampi-onship. Any athletewho attains any of the following shall be affordedautomatic qualification into a USA Indoor, Outdoor, Race Walking orMarathonChampionship orUSAOlympic TeamSelection in the sameeventinwhichtheperformancewasattained:


1. TrackandField.(a) During the current or four previous calendar years, earned an individual

medalintrackandfieldinanOlympicGamesorinanIAAFWorldIndoororOutdoorChampionship.

(b) IsthereigningUSAIndoororOutdoorchampion.

(c) Has a World or Olympic ‘A’ Standard that would apply to the currentchampionshipteamselection.

(d) Finishasoneofthetopthreeattheprecedingyear’scorrespondingnationalchampionship(IndoorqualifiesforIndoor,OutdoorqualifiesforOutdoor).

2. RaceWalking.Duringthecurrentorfourpreviouscalendaryears:(a) Earned an individual medal in an Olympic Games or in an IAAF World

Championships.

(b) WonanindividualChampionshipataUSAOpenTrackChampionships.

(c) WonaUSAChampionshipintheMen’s50-KilometerWalk.

(d) EarnedaUSAOlympicTeamSelection.

3. Marathon.Duringthecurrentorfourpreviouscalendaryears:(a) Earned an individual medal in an Olympic Games or in an IAAF World

Championships.

(b) WonanindividualUSAMarathonChampionship.

(c) EarnedaUSAOlympicTeamSelection.

RULE 9NON-CHAMPIONSHIP COMPETITIONS

1. Sofaraspossible,therulesfortheChampionshipsshallapplytoallothercompetitionsconductedorsanctionedbyUSATForanyofitsAssociations.IncompetitionsotherthanNationalChampionships,eventsmaybeheldinadifferentformattothatprovidedundertheUSATFRulesofCompetition,butbroaderRules,givingmorerightstotheathletes,cannotbeapplied.Theseformatsshallbedecidedby the respectivebodieshaving thecontroloverthecompetition.

2. Unless otherwise provided in these rules, age limitations or divisions forChampionship competition apply to open events or meets sanctioned orconductedbyUSATF.InLongDistanceRunningnon-championshipevents,agedivisionsmaybedeterminedbytheAssociationsportcommitteeorthesponsoringorganization.

3. Points for track and field meets shall be scored in accordance with theappropriateprovisionsofRule13, except that eventsnot includedon theentryblanks,andevents (other thannoviceevents)notopentoallUSATF


memberathletesshallnotcountinthescoringforteampointtrophies.Relayracesshallbescoredasanyotherevent.

4. Whenaprizeortrophy isawardedfor individualhighscoring inanymeet,pointsshallbescoredinthesamemanneraspointswouldbescoredfortheteamChampionshipsorpointtrophyinthatmeet,exceptthatpointsscoredforrelayracesshallnotbecounted.Incaseofatie,thetrophyorprizeshallbeawardedtothecompetitorwinningthemostfirstplaces.


SECTION IIMEN'S AND WOMEN'S TRACK AND FIELD

CHAMPIONSHIPS

RULE 10USA OUTDOOR TRACK AND FIELD CHAMPIONSHIPS

1. TheMen'sandWomen'sTrackandFieldCommitteesshallannuallyconductthe USA Outdoor Open and Junior Track and Field Championships. TheMen's and Women's Championships may be conducted jointly, or eachChampionshipmaybeconductedseparately.TheChairsof theTrackandFieldCommitteesand/ortheirappointedrepresentative(s)shallbeReferee(s)oftheChampionships.It isrecommendedthatsuchReferee(s)becertifiedofficialsattheNationalorMasterlevel.(a) TheOpenChampionships,atthediscretionoftheNationalTrackandField

Committees,shallbeheldasatwo-,three-orfour-daymeetinaccordancewithatimescheduleofeventsdeterminedbytheNationalTrackandFieldCommittees.

(b) The Junior Championships may be held separately from the OpenChampionships.

NOTE: See Rule 12 for The National Track & Field Club Championships. See Rule 13 for Regional and Association Championships.

2. (a) FollowingarethestandardeventsfortheUSAOpenandJuniorOutdoorTrackandFieldChampionships:

Men's Events

100Meters HighJump 200Meters PoleVault 400Meters LongJump 800Meters TripleJump 1500Meters ShotPut(7.26kg)(Jr.-6kg) 5000Meters DiscusThrow(2kg)(Jr.-1.75kg) 10,000Meters HammerThrow(7.26kg)(Jr.-6kg) 20,000MeterWalk JavelinThrow(800g) 110MeterHurdles 400MeterHurdles 3000MeterSteeplechase


Women's Events

100Meters HighJump 200Meters PoleVault 400Meters LongJump 800Meters TripleJump 1500Meters ShotPut(4kg) 5000Meters DiscusThrow(1kg) 10,000Meters HammerThrow(4kg) 20,000MeterWalk JavelinThrow(600g) 100MeterHurdles 400MeterHurdles 3000MeterSteeplechase

(b) IntheJuniorMen'sandWomen'sChampionships,thedistanceoftheracewalkshallbe10,000meters.

(c) OpenUSARaceWalkingChampionshipsshall,wherepractical,startand/orfinishonthetrack.

3. IntheUSATrackandFieldChampionships,(a) allenteredcontestantsshallhavemetthequalifyingrequirements/

meetentryguidelinesadoptedbytherespectivesportcommittee,or bytheproperlyauthorizedsubcommitteethereoformustbe approvedbyaspecialappealsubcommitteeappointedbytheChairs oftherespectivesportcommittees.(b) Qualifyingrequirements/entryguidelinesshallbepublishedinthe entrymaterial.

(c) Inappointingtheappealsubcommitteeeveryeffortshallbemadeto includerepresentationfromathlete,coach,andsportcommittees. Petitionstotheappealsubcommitteemustbepresentedinwriting, includingelectroniccommunication,withoutthepossibilityoffurther appealbeyondtheappealsubcommittee.Petitionsanddecisions shallbepostedatthesubcommitteework-site.Theadditionofan athletebypetitionshallnotpreventanotherwisequalifiedathlete fromparticipation.

4. (a) TheMeetDirector,GamesCommittee,and/orsponsoringorganizationoftheUSATrackandFieldChampionshipsmust:i. ProvideandmakeavailableallmaterialspecifiedinRule6.2atleast60days

priortothecompetitionviaapostingontheUSATFwebsite.

ii. Provideviaapostingon theUSATFwebsite,by9p.m. twodaysprior tocompetition, a list of entrants in each event, arranged in order of theirperformances, if any,used forentry into thecompetition. If thereareanycorrections or appeals necessary to the posted entries or performances,theseshallbesubmittedinwriting,whichincludeselectroniccommunication,totheappropriateTrackandFieldCommitteeChair,ortheChair'sappointedrepresentative,by1p.m.onthedaypriortothestartoftheChampionships.


iii. Notify the entrant or his/her representative of any irregularity in anapplication, that would prevent the individual from being considered forselection tocompete in theChampionship,at least threedaysbefore themeet.ThepostedstatusofanapplicationontheUSTAFwebsitemayserveasthisnotification.

iv. TogetherwiththeNationalTrackandFieldCommitteeChairortheChair'sappointedrepresentative(s),finalizeallevents,formtheheatsforcompetition,andpublishthematleast24hourspriortothetimeofcompetitionforeacheventviaapostingontheUSATFwebsite.

(b) Thecoaches,athleterepresentativesorindividualathletesintheUSATrackandFieldChampionshipsmust:i. Properlysubmitentriesonformsprovidedforthatpurpose.Allentriesmust

besubmittedinaccordancewiththeprocedurestatedontheentryformorintheentrymaterial.

ii. Submit finaldeclarations fororbyeachathlete foreachenteredeventasstatedintheentrymaterial.

a. Declarationsbyofficiallydesignatedwebsite,orothermethodauthorizedintheentrymaterial,mustbereceivednolaterthan8p.m.twodayspriortothestartoftheIndoorChampionshipsandnolaterthan12noontwodayspriortothestartoftheOutdoorChampionships.

iii. SubmittotheGamesCommitteenolaterthanthedaypriortothefirstdayoftheChampionshipcompetition,evidenceofmembershipinUSATF.Suchevidencemayconsistoftheathlete’smembershipcard(orcopiesthereof),or,whentheforegoingisunobtainable,ofawrittenstatementsignedbytheChairoftheMemberServicesCommitteeortheSecretaryofanAssociation,ontheletterheadorappropriateformoftheAssociation,indicatingthatthenamedathleteswereathletemembersofaregisteredclub.

NOTE: Competitors who have not complied with these provisions will not be entered in the Championships unless they appeal in person to the National Track and Field Committee Chair or the Chair's appointed representative. Petitions for late declarations must be based on corroborated evidence that a declaration was made during the proper declaration period. The National Track and Field Committees shall establish a procedure to process appeals.

5. SeeRule5forawards.


RULE 11USA INDOOR TRACK AND FIELD CHAMPIONSHIPS

1. TheMen'sandWomen'sTrackandFieldCommitteesshallannuallyconductthe USA Open Indoor Track and Field Championships. The Men's andWomen'sChampionshipsmaybeconductedjointly,oreachChampionshipmaybeconductedseparately.TheChairsoftheTrackandFieldCommitteesand/or their appointed representative(s) shall be Referee(s) of theChampionships.ItisrecommendedthatsuchReferee(s)becertifiedofficialsattheNationalorMasterlevel.

2. (a) Following are the standard Championship events for the USA IndoorTrackandFieldChampionships(OpenorJunior).

Men's Events

60MeterDash HighJump 200MeterDash PoleVault 400MeterDash LongJump 800MeterRun TripleJump 1500Meteror1MileRun* ShotPut(7.26kg)(Jr.-6kg) 3000MeterRun WeightThrow(35lb.) 3000MeterWalk 60MeterHurdles 4x400MetersRelay 4x800MetersRelay DistanceMedleyRelay(1200-400-800-1600)

Women's Events

60MeterDash HighJump 200MeterDash PoleVault 400MeterDash LongJump 800MeterRun TripleJump 1500Meteror1MileRun* ShotPut(4kg) 3000MeterRun WeightThrow(20lb.) 3000MeterWalk 60MeterHurdles 4x400MetersRelay DistanceMedleyRelay(1200-400-800-1600)

*In years of IAAF World Indoor Championships, if the qualifying standards for the IAAF meet do not include a standard for the mile, the 1500 Meters shall be run.

(b) The order of events shall be determined by the National Track and FieldCommitteesortheirrepresentatives.

(c) The200meventmaybeconductedatthediscretionoftheappropriateTrackandFieldCommittee,eitherasaChampionshipornon-Championshipevent.


(d) Nomorethantwoteamsmaybeenteredbyanyclubinanyrelayrace.

(e) TherelayslistedmaybeconductedatthediscretionoftheappropriateTrackandFieldCommittee,eitherasChampionshipornon-Championshipevents.

3. (a) Eachcompetitorinalltrackevents,includingeachrelayteam,must,inpersonor throughanauthorized representative, report to theClerkofCourseonehourbeforethestartofthefirstlistedroundoftheeventandconfirm their declaration as to whether he/she/they will or will notcompeteintheevent.Directlythereafter,theClerkofCourseshallturnover the actual list of starters to the Chair of the Track and FieldCommitteewho,withtheRefereeandsuchotherpersonsasheorshemayappoint,willdeterminewhetherthenumberofroundsintheevent,or the number of heats in each round or the seeding of athletes inparticular heats should remain as previously announced or shouldinsteadbechanged.

(b) Wherethereareinsufficiententrantswhohavemetthequalifyingstandardsandwhohavedeclaredthattheywillcompete,tomakeafinalofaneventcompetitive,theGamesCommitteeoritsrepresentatives,priortothedayoftheChampionships,mayapproveforthatfinalalimitednumberofadditionalentriesfromthosewhohaveenteredtheeventpriortotheclosingdateforentries, but who have not met the qualifying standards for that event,provided that such additional entries be approved in the order of bestqualifying performance. The Games Committee shall exercise reasonableeffortstonotifythoseentrantsoftheopportunitytocompete.

(c) The provisions of Rules 10.3 and 10.4 pertaining to the conduct of theOutdoorChampionshipsshallbeapplicable to the IndoorChampionshipsunlessotherwiseprovidedinthisRule.


RULE 12NATIONAL TRACK & FIELD CLUB CHAMPIONSHIPS

1. TheAssociationsCommittee,throughitsClubCouncil,andwithassistanceandrepresentationfromtheMen’sandWomen’sTrack&FieldCommitteesandtheRaceWalkingCommittee,shallannuallyconducttheNationalTrack&FieldClubChampionships.Thiswillbeacombinedmen’sandwomen’schampionship.TheClubCouncilchair,withtheconsentofthechairoftheAssociations Committee shall appoint the Games Committee, Referee(s),andchiefofficials,whoshallbecertifiedofficialsat theNationalorMasterlevel.

2. Regional club championships may be held in each region and used forqualificationintothenationalmeet.

3. All participants shall be amember of aUSATFmember club.Unattachedathletesandnon-residentaliensmaynotcompete.


4. Rule 10 shall apply to the National Track & Field Club Championshipsexceptthat:(a) Themeetshallbeatwo-daymeet.

(b) ThetimescheduleshallbedeterminedbytheGamesCommittee.

(c) Thefollowingrelaysareincludedasstandardevents: 4x100MetersRelay 4x400MetersRelay 4x800MetersRelay SprintMedleyRelay(200-200-400-800) DistanceMedleyRelay(1200-400-800-1600);

(d) The Race Walk distance shall be set in consultation with the RaceWalkingchair.

5. Qualifying:IntheClubTrack&FieldChampionships,allenteredcontestantsshallhavemetthequalifyingrequirementsadoptedbytheClubCouncilorbytheproperlyauthorizedsubcommitteethereofandlistedinthepublishedentrymaterial,ormustbethesingleentrantinaneventforthatclub.

6. ConductoftheChampionships:TheCouncilChair,GamesCommitteeChair,andMeetDirector shall finalizeall events,makemodifications to the timeschedule, formulate the heats, advancement, and timed-final parameters,and publish them at least forty-eight (48) hours in advance of the firstscheduledcompetitionontheUSATFwebsite.

7. Scoringandawards:Teamscoringshallbeaccording to theprovisionsofRule 7. Awards shall generally be governed by Rule 5. A most valuabletrophyshallbepresentedtothemaleandfemaleathletewhoscorethemostpoints for their team, including one quarter of relay points. A bestperformancetrophyshallbeawardedtothemaleandfemaleathletewhoseindividualperformancescoreshighestontheapprovedIAAFpointtables.Asuitable recognitionmay also bemadeof theAssociationwhose athletesscorethegreatestnumberofpointsinthechampionships.

RULE 13OTHER CHAMPIONSHIPS

1. In addition to the USA Open and Junior Outdoor, the USA IndoorChampionships, and the National Track & Field Club Championships, asabove,thefollowingChampionshipsmaybeconductedatthediscretionoftheNationalTrackandFieldCommittees:

Men

(a) USAJuniorIndoorTrackandFieldChampionships.

(b) ClubRelayChampionships 400MetersRelay(4x100)


800MetersRelay(4x200) 1600MetersRelay(4x400) 3200MetersRelay(4x800) 6000MetersRelay(4x1500) 440MetersShuttleHighHurdlesRelay(4x110) 1600MetersSprintMedleyRelay(400-200-200-800) 4000MetersDistanceMedleyRelay(1200-400-800-1600) (Allrelaysmayberunintheequivalentyarddistances.)

(c) Decathlon(seeRule200)

(d) Pentathlon(seeRule200)

(e) IndoorPentathlon(seeRule200)

(f) IndoorHeptathlon(seeRule200)

(g) 56lb.WeightThrow(seeRule195).ThiseventshallbeheldindependentlyoftheUSATrackandFieldChampionships.

Women

(a) Heptathlon(seeRule200)

(b) IndoorPentathlon(seeRule200)

(c) ClubRelayChampionships(alleventslistedunderMen(b)above).

2. Regional and Association, Open and Junior Outdoor Track and FieldChampionshipsmaybeheld.Rule 10 shall apply to suchChampionshipsexcept:(a) TheMilemaybeconductedinsteadofthe1500Meters,atthediscretionof

theappropriatesportscommittee.

(b) A5000or10,000MeterRaceWalkmaybeconductedinsteadofthe20,000MeterRaceWalk.

(c) SeeRule13.5forscoring.

3. Regional and Association Open and Junior Indoor Track and FieldChampionships may be held. Rule 11 shall apply to all suchChampionshipsexcept:(a) In AssociationChampionships, theMen’sRaceWalkmay be either 3000

Metersor5000Meters.

(b) SeeRule13.5forscoring.

4. The declaration procedures for Championships in this Rule shall beestablished by the Games Committee of each Championship and madeknownthroughtheinclusionofsuchproceduresintheentrymaterialfortheChampionship.At the timeof thedeclarationofentries, thedeclarermustindicatewhetherornotrelayteamsenteredaretocompete,butdesignation


ofthemake-upofarelayfromtheathleteslistedfortherelayteamenteredneednotbemadeuntilthedesignatedtimebeforethestartofthefirstroundoftheeventasdeterminedbytheGamesCommitteeorbytheserules.Theentry form for the Combined Events at any National Championship shallincludeprovisiontoenterbestindividualperformancesforeacheventoftheCombinedEventduringthedefinedqualificationperiod.

POINT SCORE - TROPhIES

5. (a) Theremay be a team Championship, scoring or point trophies in allevents listed in this Rule and for other meets sanctioned by anyAssociation.RegionalChampionshipsmaybe scoredon thebasis ofAssociation teams instead of club teams at the option of theGamesCommittee.Scoring inallChampionships in thisRuleshallbe five (5)points foreach firstplacescored, three (3)points for second, two (2)pointsforthird,andone(1)pointforfourth.

(b) TheprovisionsofRule10.5(b)and(c)pertainingtotiesandtrophiesshallbeapplicabletoalleventslistedinthisRule.

(c) Incombinedevents,theteamscoreshallbethesumofthescoresofthetopthreemembersofeachteam.


RULE 14TRANSFERRING MEMBERSHIP PRIOR TO CHAMPIONSHIPS

InMen'sandWomen'sTrackandField,anathletewhoisanathletememberofoneclub,otherthananeducationalinstitution,atthedateofclosingofentriesforChampionships under the jurisdiction of the track and field sport committees,maynotchangemembershiptoanotherclubpriortotheChampionshipsorbeeligibletorepresentorscorepointsfortheclubtowhichhe/sheseekstochangemembership.Iftheathletedoesnotdesiretocompetefortheoriginalorganization,heorshemaycompeteunattached,representingnoclub.Notwithstandingtheabove, an athlete may transfer from an educational institution to a club inaccordancewithUSATFOperatingRegulation4.


SECTION IIICROSS COUNTRY & LONG DISTANCE RUNNING

CHAMPIONSHIPS

RULE 15MEN'S AND WOMEN'S CROSS COUNTRY CHAMPIONSHIPS

1. ThereshallbetwoNationalCrossCountryChampionships,theFallNationalChampionshipsandtheWinterNationalChampionships,bothconductedbytheCrossCountryCouncil.RunnersmaycompeteinboththeFallandWinterevents as individuals. The Cross Country Council may add additionalMastersCrossCountryChampionshipstothenationalschedule.

2. Eligibility for theNationalChampionshipsshallbeasstated inRule1.1(a).AssociationChampionshipsareopentoallathletemembersofUSATF.AgelimitationsareasstatedintheClassificationsprovisionsprecedingRule1.

3. There shall be Open and Masters competition at the Fall NationalChampionships.ThereshallbeOpen,Masters,andJuniorcompetitionattheWinterNationalChampionships.

4. The distances contested at the Fall National Championships are 10,000meters (or as close as feasible) formenand6000meters (or as close asfeasible) for women. The distances contested at the Winter NationalChampionshipsshallbeascloseasfeasibletothedistancestobecontestedthatyearattheIAAFWorldCrossCountryChampionships,orwhenthereisnoWorld Championship in that year, 12,000 meters for open men, 8000metersforopenwomenandjuniormen,and6000metersforjuniorwomen.Themeasureddistancesshouldbeprintedintheprogramandtheresults.

5. The number of entries for a team shall be unlimited. In the Fall NationalChampionshipsandinAssociationandRegionalChampionships,amaximumofeightentriesshallbedeclaredandthefirstfivedeclaredmembersofeachteamshallcountinthatteam'sscore.IntheWinterNationalChampionshipsa maximum of six entries shall be declared and the first four declaredmembersofeachteamshallcountinthatteam'sscore.Thefollowingchartshows the race distances (as close as is feasible) and team scoringmembers. The distances shown for theWinter Championships are thosecurrentlyusedbytheIAAF.

Championship Men's dist. Women's dist. declared Scorers Fall 10,000m 6000m 8 5 Winter Open 12,000m 8000m 6 4 Junior 8000m 6000m 6 4

6. AttheFallNationalChampionships,teamcompetitionshallbeconductedinallracesforAssociationclubteams.AttheWinterNationalChampionships,


teamcompetitionmaybeconductedinallracesforAssociationclubteams,andadditionallyintheopenracesincludingteamsrepresentingthebranchesoftheArmedServices.

7. SeeRule7forscoringfortheFallNationalChampionships.SeeRule341.1forMasters'distances,declaration,andscoring.SeeRule5forawards.

8. Ifaclubentersmorethanoneteam,eachteamshouldbeclearlyidentified.

RULE 16LONG DISTANCE RUNNING CHAMPIONSHIPS - MEN

1. The Men's Long Distance Running (LDR) Committee may conduct USAOpen and JuniorChampionships in the events shown in the table on thefollowing page. In addition to these championships, the Men’s LDRCommitteemay,onanannualbasis,awardNationalChampionshipsatotherdistancesundertheirjurisdictionincludingtheRoadMile.

2. RegionalChampionshipsmaybeconductedat thedistances listed in thesame table. (See Rule 2 for regions). Regional Championships shall beawarded by a vote of Men's LDR committee representatives from theAssociations in that region. Eligibility and awards are the same as forNational Championships. Associations are encouraged to conductChampionshipsatthedistanceslistedinthetable.

3. Eligibility for the Championships shall be as stated in Rule 1.1(a). AgelimitationsareasstatedintheClassificationsprecedingRule1.

4. Themaximumnumberofentriesperteamshallbeunlimited.Thenumberofentriestobedeclared,andthescoringforateamforNational,Regional,andAssociationChampionships,unlessotherwiseprovidedintheserules,issetforthinthetablebelow.

5. The Men’s LDR Committee may contest additional team championships,withaseparatesetofawards.

6. NationalandRegionalMarathonChampionshipsmaybeconductedusingtime limitswhichmust be stated in thebid application to theMen's LDRCommitteeandonallentry/informationforms.

7. Inthemarathonroadrelay,teamsshallconsistofsixrunnerswithlegsinthefollowing order: 10km, 5km, 10km, 5km, 5km, and 7.2km, or five runnerswithlegsinthefollowingorder:10km,5km,10km,5km,and12.2km.

8. ThecoursesofallNational,Regional,andAssociationRoadChampionshipsmustmeetcertificationrequirementsstatedinRule240.

9. SeeRule7forscoring.SeeRule5forawards.


TABLE OF EVENTS

Event Open Junior declared Scorers

Road

5km X X 8 5

8km X X 8 5

10km X X 8 5

12km X X 8 5

15km X X 8 5

20km X X 8 5

HalfMarathon X X 8 5

25km X 8 5

30km X 5 3

Marathon X 5 3

MarathonRelay X X Unlimited Team

Road or Track

50km X 5 3

50Miles X 5 3

100Miles X 5 3

12hours X 5 3

24hours X 5 3

Track

1hour* X X 5 3

*Maybepostalevent

RULE 17TRAIL/MOUNTAIN RUNNING CHAMPIONSHIPS - MEN

The Men's Long Distance Running Committee may annually conduct OpenTrail and/orMountain Running Championships at such distances as it deemsappropriate.TheseChampionshipsshallbeconductedusingLDRrules.

RULE 20LONG DISTANCE RUNNING CHAMPIONSHIPS - WOMEN

1. TheeventslistedonthefollowingpagemaybeconductedbytheWomen'sLong Distance Running (LDR) Committee as USA Championships forwomen.InadditiontotheseChampionships,theWomen'sLDRCommitteemay,onanannualbasis,awardNationalChampionshipsatotherdistancesundertheirjurisdiction.


ChAMPIONShIP dISTANCES

Track or Road Track Road 15,000Meters Mile 20,000Meters *1hour 5km 25,000Meters *2hour 8km 30,000Meters 10km 50,000Meters *Postalevent 12km 50miles Half-Marathon 100km Marathon 100miles MarathonRelay 12hours Track, Road or Indoor Track 24hours2. Regional Championships in the foregoing eventsmay be conducted after

being awarded by the Regional Chair of the Women's LDR Committee.AssociationChampionshipsshouldbeconductedbyeachAssociationintheforegoingevents.

3. Themaximumnumberofentriesforateamshallbefivewomenandonlythefirstthreemembersofeachteamtofinishshallcountintheteamscoring.InAssociationchampionships,themaximumnumberofentriesforateam,andthenumberofmembersofeachteamforscoringmaybedeterminedbytheGamesCommitteeandshallbestatedintheentrymaterial.

4. Inthemarathonroadrelay,teamsshallconsistofsixrunnerswithlegsinthefollowingorder:10km,5km,10km,5km,5km,and7.195km,orfiverunnerswithlegsinthefollowingorder:10km,5km,10km,5km,and12.195km.

5. InadditiontotheUSA,RegionalandAssociationChampionshipsset forthabove, theAgeGroupChampionships for ages 30-34 and 35-39may beconductedaspartoftheWomen'sLDRChampionships.

6. There may be a qualifying standard for entry into a National LDRChampionship.

7. Eligibility for the Championships shall be as stated in Rule 1.1(a). AgelimitationsareasstatedintheClassificationsprovisionsprecedingRule1.

8. ThecoursesofallNational,Regional,andAssociationRoadChampionshipsmustmeetthecertificationrequirementsstatedinRule240.

9. SeeRule7forscoring.SeeRule5forawards.


RULE 21TRAIL/MOUNTAIN RUNNING CHAMPIONSHIPS - WOMEN

TheWomen'sLongDistanceRunningCommitteemayannuallyconductOpenTrail and/orMountain Running Championships at such distances as it deemsappropriate.TheseChampionshipsshallbeconductedusingLDRrules.

SECTION IVRACE WALKING CHAMPIONSHIPS

RULE 25CHAMPIONSHIP EVENTS - MEN AND WOMEN

1. Upon receipt of acceptable bids, the following USA Open and JuniorChampionships may be conducted by the RaceWalking Committee (theevents may be conducted as Association or Regional ChampionshipsfollowingtherulesfortheUSAChampionships):(a) OutdoorChampionships:

Men Open Junior

5000Meters 50,000Meters 5000Meters10,000Meters 100,000Meters 10,000Meters15,000Meters 100Miles 15,000Meters20,000Meters 1hour 20,000Meters30,000Meters 1hour40,000Meters

Women Open Junior

5000Meters 50,000Meters 5000Meters10,000Meters 100,000Meters 10,000Meters15,000Meters 100Miles 15,000Meters20,000Meters 1hour 20,000Meters30,000Meters 1hour40,000Meters

(b) IndoorChampionships: Men–OneMile;3000Meters(heldwithTrackandField

Championship);5000Meters

Women–OneMile;3000Meters(heldwithTrackandField Championship);5000Meters

2. TeamsandReserves:(a) ForotherthanNationalChampionships,eachteammayenteranunlimited

numberofathletes.AmaximumoffiveandminimumofthreeathletesformateamforNationalChampionships.Teammembersmustbedeclaredpriortothecompetition.Thefirstthreefinishersofeachteamshallscore.Aclubmayentermorethanoneteam,butallmembersofeachscoringteammustbeappropriatelydeclaredpriortothecompetition.


(b) Membersineligibleatthedeclarationoftheteamforteamcompetitionmayraceas individualentries; individualentrieswillbeaccepted.Membersofdepletedteamsthatareunabletofieldthenecessaryscoringnumbermayraceasindividualentries.

3. ThecoursesforallNational,Regional,andAssociationRoadChampionshipsmustmeetcertificationrequirementsstatedinRule240.

4. SeeRule5forawards.SeeRule7forscoring.

SECTION VOLYMPIC TEAM SELECTION

RULE 27U.S. OLYMPIC SELECTION COMPETITION

1. The provisions of Rule 6, Rule 8, Rule 10.3 and Rule 10.4 pertaining toqualifying requirements, entry information, entry procedure, forms, fees,entry appeals, competition procedures and competition regulations of theUSA Outdoor Championships shall be applicable to the USA OlympicSelectionCompetitionunlessotherwiseprovidedinthisRuleorintheentryinformation.

2. ThepersonnelconductingtheU.S.OlympicSelectionCompetitionshallbeselectedinthefollowingmanner:(a) MembersoftheJuryofAppealshallbenominatedbytheapplicablesport

committee(s).

(b) Referees shall be nominated by the joint subcommittee of the applicablesport committee(s) and, for events held entirely within the stadium, theNationalOfficialsCommittee.

(c) The provisions of Rule 6.5 shall apply to the USA Olympic SelectionCompetition.

(d) Track and Field competition officials shall be selected as described inRegulation18-J.

(e) AllMarathon officials shall be selected by the appropriate LongDistanceRunningCommittee.


ARTICLE IIMEDICAL SERVICES AND DOPING CONTROL

RULE 32DOPING

1. Under the Rules of the International Association of Athletics Federations(IAAF)andtheOperatingRegulationsofUSATF,dopingisstrictlyforbidden.The governing provisions are those of IAAF Rules 30-45 and USATFRegulation20.ThisRule32isintendedonlyasahelpfulsummaryofthoseprovisionsandnotasanofficialsource.

2. Anti-DopingRuleViolations:(a) Presence of a prohibited substance or its metabolite or markers in an

athlete'ssample.

(b) Useorattemptedusebyanathleteofaprohibitedsubstanceoraprohibitedmethod.

(c) Admittingtohavingusedaprohibitedsubstanceoraprohibitedmethod.

(d) Refusing or failing without compelling justification to submit to samplecollection.

(e) Administrationorattemptedadministration,toanyathletein-competition,ofanyprohibitedmethodorprohibitedsubstance.

(f) Tamperingorattemptedtamperingwithanypartofdopingcontrol.

(g) Possessionofprohibitedsubstancesandprohibitedmethods.

(h) Traffickingorattemptedtraffickinginanyprohibitedsubstanceorprohibitedmethod.

(i) Violationofapplicablerequirementsregardingathleteavailabilityforout-of-competitiontesting.

3. The list of prohibited substances is included in the IAAF's ProceduralGuidelinesforDopingControl.Thatlistmaybeamendedfromtimetotime.Metabolitesofprohibitedsubstancesarealsoprohibited.AsofJanuary1,2013,thelistincludesthefollowingsubstances:(a) Stimulants: e.g. adrafinil, adrenaline, amfepramone, amiphenazole,

amphetamine,amphetaminil,benzphetamine,benzylpiperazine,bromantan,carphedon (4-phenylpiracetam), cathine*, clobenzorex, cocaine,dimethylamphetamine,ephedrine*,etilamphetamine,etilefrine,famprofazone,fencamfamin, fencamine, fenetylline, fenfluramine, fenproporex, furfenorex,mefenorex, mephentermine, mesocarb, methamphetamine,me thy l amphe tam ine , me thy l ened ioxyamphe tam ine ,methylenedioxymethamphetamine, methylephedrine**, methylphenidate,modafinil, nikethamide, morfenfluramine, parahydroxyamphetamine,pemoline, phendimetrazine, phemetrazine, phentermine, prolintane,


selegiline, strychnine, tuaminoheptane, and other substances with similarchemicalstructureorsimilarbiologicaleffects.

(b) Narcotic Analgesics: e.g., buprenorphine, dextromoramide, diamorphine(heroin),fentanylanditsderivatives,hydromorphine,methadone,morphine,oxycodone,pentazocine,andpethidine.

(c) Cannabinoids(e.g.hashish,marijuana).(d) Steroids and anabolic agents: e.g., androstenediol, 1-androstenedione,

bolandiol, bolasterone, boldenone, boldione, calusterone, clenbuterol,clostebol,danazol,dehydrochlormethyltestosterone,dehydroepiandrosterone(DHEA), desoxymethyltestosterone, dihydrotestosterone, drostanolone,ethylestrenol, fluoxymesterone, formebolone, furazabol, gestrinone,4-hydroxytestosterone, 4-hydroxy-19-nortestosterone, mestanolone,mesterolone, methandienone, metenolone, methandriol, methyldienolone,methyltestosterone, methylnortestosterone, methyl-trienolone, mibolerone,nandrolone, 19-norandrostendiol, 19-norandrostendione, norbolethone,norclostebol, norethandrolone, oxabolone, oxandrolone, oxymesterone,oxymetholone,prasterone,prostanozol,quinbolone,stanozolol,stenbolone,1-testosterone, tetrahydrogestrinone, tibolone, trenbolone, zeranol,zilpaterol,andothersubstanceswithasimilarchemicalstructureorsimilarbiologicaleffect(s).

(e) Peptide Hormones, Mimetics, and analogs: e.g., Corticotrophin (ACTH),Glucocorticosteroids**, Gonadotrophins*** (LH, HCG), Growth Hormone(hGH, somatotrophin), Erythropoietin (EPO) and other erythropoiesis-stimulatingproteins(e.g.NESP,Nynepo),Mechanogrowthfactors(MGFs),Insulin-likeGrowth Factor (IGF-1), Insulin*****, and all respective releasingfactorsofthesesubstances.

(f) Anti-Estrogenic agents including Aromatase inhibitors, clomiphene,cyclofenil, Estrogen Receptor Modulators (SERMs), and tamoxifenareprohibited.

(g) Diuretics and other masking agents: e.g., probenecid and chemically orpharmacologicallyrelatedcompounds.Alsomanydiuretics.

*Cathineisprohibitedwhenitsconcentrationinurineisgreaterthan5micrograms

per milliliter. For ephedrine and methylephedrine, the definition of a positivefinding is one inwhich the concentration in urine exceeds10microgramspermilliliter. For phenylpropanolamine and pseudoephedrine, the definition of apositivefindingisoneinwhichtheconcentrationinurineexceeds25microgramspermilliliter.

**USATFandtheIAAFmay,onnotificationandmedicalrecommendationpriortouse, approve inhalation therapy and local or intraarticular injections ofcorticosteroidsandinhalationofcertainbeta-2agonists.

***Circumstances under which samples will be deemed to be positive fordihydrotestosterone,testosteroneandHCGaredescribedinSchedule1oftheIAAF'sProceduralGuidelines,whichappearsintheUSATFGovernanceManual.

****TheadministrationofcertainbetaagonistsispermittedwiththepriorwrittenauthorizationofUSATFand/ortheIAAF.


*****Permittedonly to treat insulin-dependentdiabetes,withwrittennotificationbyanendocrinologist. (For exemptionprocedure, seeChapter5of the IAAF’sProceduralGuidelines.)

This list is not exhaustive. Other substances may be banned by theInternational Olympic Committee (IOC) and the United States OlympicCommittee(USOC).Someothersubstancesnotlistedheremaybeconsideredto be banned because they are related to specifically banned substances.Athletes are urged to call the U.S. Anti-Doping Agency (USADA) DrugReferenceLineat1-800-233-0393beforetakinganymedicationand/orfoodsupplement.TheIAAF Handbook and Procedural Guidelines for Doping Controlareavailableatwww.iaaf.org.Otherusefulsitesare:www.wada-ama.organdwww.usantidoping.org.

4. Prohibitedtechniquesincludetheexogenoususeofepitestosteronetoaltertheratiooftestosteronetoepitestosterone,blooddoping,genedoping,andtheuseofsubstances(e.g.,diuretics,probenecid,andrelatedcompounds)andmethods (e.g.,catheterization,urinesubstitutionand/or tampering) thataltertheintegrityandvalidityofurinesamplescollectedduringdopingcontrol.

5. Individualswhohavecommitteddopingoffensesmaybedeclaredineligibleandmaylosemedalswonandrecordssetsubsequenttotheoffense.Iftheoffense is based on in-competition testing, prizes or appearance moneyearned at that competition and subsequent competitions are subjecttoforfeiture.

6. USATFparticipatesinout-of-competitionandin-competitiondopingcontrolprograms conducted by various drug testing authorities. One program isconductedbytheUnitedStatesAnti-DopingAgency(USADA)onbehalfofthe United States Olympic Committee (USOC). Another is conducted byIDTM on behalf of the International Association of Athletics Federations(IAAF).On occasion, USADA conducts testing on behalf of the IAAF. TheIAAF has also contracted with the World Anti-Doping Agency (WADA) toconducttestingoftrackandfieldathletesonitsbehalf.Therefore,aUSATFathlete may be drug tested by USADA, IDTM, or WADA. The relevantprotocolsaresetforthinthe2013USATFGovernanceHandbook.

RULE 49ATHLETE FITNESS AND WAIVER

1. Athletes are responsible for their own physical health and for their ownmedicalsupervision.

2 By entering into a USATF sanctioned competition, an athlete specificallyreleasesUSATF(anditsperspectivemembers,directors,officers,employees,volunteers,contractorsoragents) fromany liabilitytotheextentpermittedbylawforanyloss,injuryordamagethatmaybesufferedinrelationtoorasaresultofparticipationinsuchcompetition.


ARTICLE IIIOFFICIALS

RULE 110MEET PERSONNEL

1. Thereshallbeasmanyofficialsatameetasarenecessaryforitsorderlyandefficientoperation,andcompliancewith these rules.Thesizeof themeetandthe levelofcompetitionbothplayarole indeterminingthenumberofofficials to be used at an event. In some cases, the number of officialsconductinganeventmaybereducedsignificantly.

2. Officialsassignedascompetitionofficialsshouldbe thosecertifiedby theNationalOfficialsCommitteeofUSATF.

NOTE: The training and certifying of officials for athletics is supervised by the National Officials Committee and by the Officials Committee of each Association of USATF as authorized by USATF Regulation 16-I. Information may be obtained by contacting the Association Officials Chair or emailing [email protected].

3. Except for Competition Officials appointed in accordance with USATFRegulation 18-J, the Games Committee shall determine the number andappointmentofCompetitionOfficialsincludingwhenandhowtheappointmentsaremade.

4. The followingpersonnel are recommendedasaminimum, includingChiefJudgeswhereapplicable,fortheUSATFNationalChampionshipsspecifiedinRule10andRule11:

Event Management PersonnelMeetDirectorGamesCommitteeCompetitionDirectorAssistantCompetitionDirectors,asneeded

Management Officials Minimum Indoor Minimum OutdoorTechnicalManager 1 1JuryofAppeal 3 3Referee-Track 1 1Referee-Start 1 1Referee-Field 1 1Referee-Combined 1 1Referee-OutsideStadium - 1NationalTechnicalOfficials 1 3PhotoFinishOperator 1 1CompetitionSecretary 1 1StartCoordinator 1 1


Competition Officials Minimum Indoor Minimum OutdoorEventPresentationManager 1 1ClerksofCourse 4 6*FinishLineJudges 9 12FinishLineCoordinator 1 1FieldJudgesPoleVault,HighJump 4 4LongJump,TripleJump 4 4ShotPut,Weight 6 6Discus,Javelin,Hammer - 6ElectronicMeasurementJudge 1 1Umpires 8 12*Timers 12 12PhotoFinishJudges 2 2TransponderTimingJudges 2 2Starter 1 1RecallStarter 1 2LapScorers 2 2Marshals 4 5WindGaugeOperator - 2InspectorofImplements 1 2WalkJudges 5 5RaceWalkingOfficials 2 2RecorderofRecords 1 1

*Whereadequateautomaticphotofinishdevicesareavailable,thisnumbershouldbereducedsubstantially.SeeRules126.2and128.4.

Support Personnel (as needed)Announcer DoctorSurveyor PerformanceBoardOperatorsPressSteward AwardsCustodian

5. The following officials and support personnel are recommended for theconductofcrosscountryandroadevents:

Referee CourseUmpiresStarter CourseRecordersClerkofCourse ChuteUmpiresChiefFinishJudge ChuteControllerFinishJudges CompetitionSecretariesJudges'Recorder MarshalsTimers DoctorsTimers'Recorder PressStewardJuryofAppeal LapCounters


6. Referees, National Technical Officials, and Chief Judges should wear adistinctivearmbandorbadge.

7. Itisrecommendedthattherebe6to9RaceWalkingJudges,plusasufficientnumberofRaceWalkingOfficials.

8. Wherefeasible,noofficialshouldactinadualcapacitywithinthedecisionmakingchainofofficials.AcoachshouldnotserveasanofficialorRefereeforanysingleevent(s)inwhichanathletewhomhe/shecoachescompetes.

9. NotrackteamorclubteammanagerorcoachshouldactasanofficialataChampionship, international selection competition, or international meetheldunder IAAFRule1.1(a) through (d) foranysingleevent(s) inwhichanathletewhomhe/shecoachescompetes.

RULE 111GAMES COMMITTEE

1. InChampionshipmeets, theGamesCommitteeshallbeappointedby thesportcommitteeorcommitteesofUSATF.

2. Innon-championshipmeets,thisCommitteemaybeappointedbytheentityholdingthemeet.

3. ThisCommitteeshallberesponsibleforthecorrectconductofthemeet.Itshallprovideaplaceproperly laidoutandmeasuredtoconformtoall therequirementsoftheserules,theappropriatesectionsoftheIAAFTrackandFieldFacilitiesManualand,shallalsofurnishallimplementsandequipmentnecessary for the satisfactory competition of the events scheduled in theofficial program,andshall have jurisdictionof allmattersnot assignedbytheserulestotheRefereeorotherofficials.TheymaydelegateoperationalresponsibilityforsomeorallortheseareastoaCompetitionDirector.

4. Innon-championshipmeets,ameetdirectorormeetmanager,orboth,mayexclusively,orwiththeentityholdingthemeet,carryoutanyoftheabove-describedfunctions.

5. TheCompetitionDirector,oranAssistant,shallcheckthatallofficialshavereported for duty, appoint substitutes when necessary, and shall haveauthoritytoremovefromdutyanyofficialforcause.IncooperationwiththeappointedMarshall, he/sheshall arrange thatonlyauthorizedpersonsareallowedinthecompetitionarea.

RULE 115NATIONAL TECHNICAL OFFICIALS

1. At the discretion of theGamesCommittee, National Technical Officials (NTOs)serveasassistantstotheRefereetoprovideeventoversightatmajorChampionships.


2. TheNTOsshallappointoneChiefamong thosealreadyappointed for thecompetitionifonewasnotpreviouslyappointed.

3. Wheneverpossible,theChiefNTOshallassignanNTOforeveryindividualevent,andthecombinedevents,inthecompetition.TheNTOshallprovideallnecessarysupporttotherespectiveRefereeoftheevent.

4. TheNTOmustbepresentatalltimeswhenanevent,towhichhe/shehasbeen assigned, is in progress and should ensure that the conduct of thecompetitionisinfullconformitywiththeseRulesandtherelevantdecisionsmadebytheGamesCommittee.

5. If a problem arises, or if they observe any matter, which in their opinionrequirescomment,theyshould,inthefirstinstance,bringittotheattentionof theChief Judgeof the event and if necessary, offer advice as towhatshouldbedone.IftheadviceisnotacceptedandthereisaclearinfringementoftheseRulesordecisionsmadebytheGamesCommittee,theNTOshallbringittotheattentionoftheappropriateRefereeforimmediateresolution.

6. AttheconclusionoffieldeventstheNTOshallalsosigntheresultssheets.

RULE 118PHOTO FINISH OPERATOR

ThePhotoFinishOperatorshavetheresponsibility forassembling,positioning,connecting,andproperlyoperatingallcomponentsusedinthecaptureofimagesusedby thePhotoFinishJudges.At thebeginningofeachsession, theChiefPhotoFinishOperator shall provide the technical expertise to theChiefPhotoFinish Judge to ensure that the official and backup fully automatic timingequipment(i)isstartedautomaticallybytheStarter'spistol/startingdeviceand(ii)iscorrectlyalignedwiththefinishline.NOTE: For additional information see Rules 128.6 and 165.10(a).

RULE 119JURY OF APPEAL

1. AJuryofAppealcomposedof3or5persons,preferablycertifiedofficials,may be established by theGamesCommittees to consider appeals fromdecisionsoforreferralsfromtheRefereeastomattersthatdevelopduringtheconductof theevent. In instanceswherethere isanappealrelatingtoRuleRaceWalking,at leastonememberof theJuryshouldbeacertifiedRaceWalkjudgeasdefinedinRule230.1(e).

2. One of its members shall be the Chair. If and when it is consideredappropriate, a Secretary, whomay be a nonmember of the Jury,may beappointed.Oneormorealternatesshouldalsobenamed.RefereesshallnotserveasmembersoftheJuryofAppeal.InnocaseshallanymanagementpersonnelorcompetitionofficialserveonaJuryofAppealinconsideringany


appealwheresuchpersonhaspreviouslyperformedanofficial function inrespectofthematterbeingappealed.NomemberoftheJuryofAppealshallbe present during any deliberations concerning an appeal that affects,directlyorindirectly,anathleteaffiliatedwiththatmember.

3. ForNational,Regional,andAssociationLongDistanceRunningandCrossCountryChampionshipeventsandeventssanctionedunderRegulation23-Aor23-B,aJuryofAppealshallbeappointed.Forallnon-championshiplongdistance running and cross country events, a Jury of Appeal should beappointed,wherefeasible.

4. (a) TheJuryofAppealshall,asitssolefunctioninmattersresultingfroma Refereedecision,determineifthedecisionoftheRefereeortheChief RaceWalkingJudgeisbaseduponadequateevidenceandwithinthe scopeoftheauthoritygiventosuchperson.Ifsuchdeterminationisin doubt,theJuryofAppealshallconsultwithallrelevantpersonsand mayconsiderotheravailableevidence,includinganyavailablevideo evidence.ThedecisionoftheRefereeortheChiefRaceWalkingJudge shallbeupheldunlessshowntobeclearlyerroneous.

(b) FormattersnottheresultofaRefereedecision,thedeliberationsand actionsoftheJuryofAppealshallbegovernedbyRule125.

(c) ThedecisionoftheJuryofAppealshallbefinal.Thereshallbenofur their right to appeal. The Jury of Appeal may, however, reconsider

decisions if newconclusiveevidence ispresented. InYouthAthletics, onlyvideodesignatedasofficialby theGamesCommitteebefore the competitionmaybeused.

NOTE: For appeal procedures, see Rule 146.8.

RULE 123TECHNICAL MANAGER

ThE TEChNICAL MANAgER ShALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR:1. Ensuringthatthetrack,runways,circles,arcs,sectors,landingareasforfield

eventsandallequipmentareinaccordancewiththeRulesandshallverifythecalibrationofelectronicmeasuringequipment.Certificationofsuchshallbe made to the appropriate Referee prior to the commencement of thecompetition.

2. The placement and removal of equipment according to the technicalorganizationalplanforthecompetitionasapprovedbytheGamesCommittee.

3. Ensuringthetechnicalpresentationofthecompetitionareasisinaccordancewithsuchplan.

4. EnsuringthatthenecessarycertificationunderRule135hasbeenreceivedbeforethecompetition.


RULE 124EVENT PRESENTATION MANAGER

1. The Event Presentation Manager shall plan, in conjunction with theCompetitionDirector,theeventpresentationarrangementsforacompetitionincooperationwiththeGamesCommitteeasandwhereapplicable.

2. TheEventPresentationManagershallensurethattheplanisaccomplished,resolvinganyrelevantproblemstogetherwiththeCompetitionDirectorandtherelevantmembersoftheGamesCommittee.

3. The Event Presentation Manager shall direct the interaction between themembersoftheeventpresentationteam(announcers,awards,broadcast),usingacommunicationsystemtobeincontactwitheachofthem.

RULE 125REFEREE

1. OneormoreReferees,asappropriate,shallbeappointedfortrackevents,forfieldevents,forCombinedEvents,andforrunningandRaceWalkingeventsoutsidethestadium.TheRefereefortrackeventsandforeventsoutsidethestadiumshallhaveno jurisdictionovermatterswithintheresponsibilitiesoftheChiefJudgeofRaceWalkingevents.Seerules230and232.

2. TheRefereeshallensure that the rulesandapplicableUSATFcompetitionregulations are observed and shall decide upon any matters which ariseduringthemeet,includinganymatterarisingatcompetitorcheck-in,withinthewarm-upareaandaftertheactualcompetition,includingawards,andforwhich provision has not been made in these rules or any applicablecompetitionregulation.TheRefereefortrackeventsandforeventsoutsidethestadiumshallhavejurisdictiontodecideplacinginaraceonlywhentheChiefFinishJudgeisunabletoarriveatadecision.TheRefereeshallnotactinadualcapacitybutmaytakeanyactionordecisionaccordingtotheRulesbasedonpersonalobservation.

3. A Track Refereewhen appointed to oversee the starts, is designated theStartReferee.TheStartRefereehastheauthoritytomakeafinaldecisiononany facts relatedto thestartofa racewhere there isdisagreementwithadecisionoftheStarter.Thisauthorityisnotgrantedincaseswhenthestartinvolvesthe‘commencementofastart’coupledwithanillegalreactiontimedetectedby a false start detection apparatus, unless, for any reason, theReferee determines that the information provided by the apparatus isobviously inaccurate or not fully considered in the determination of theruleviolation.

4. ThedecisionoftheReferee inallmattersshallbefinalandwithoutfurtherrighttoappealexceptinthosemeetsoreventsforwhichaJuryofAppealhasbeenestablishedforthatspecialpurpose.


5. To assist the Starter in races using crouch starts, a false start detectionapparatusmaybeused.Whensuchanapparatusisused,theStarter,oranassigned Recall Starter, shall wear headphones in order to hear clearlyacoustic signals that are emitted to indicate the orderly operation of theapparatusandtoindicateanillegalreactiontime.

6. The appropriate Referee shall check all final results, shall deal with anydisputed points and where there is no Measurement Judge (electronics),shallsupervisethemeasurementsofrecordperformances.Attheconclusionofeachevent,theofficialcompetitionresultsshallbecompletedimmediately,verifiedbysignatureifpossiblebytheappropriateRefereeordesignee,anddeliveredtotheCompetitionSecretary.

7. Intheeventofrecordperformances,theappropriateRefereeshallcertifytheresultanddulynotesuchontheappropriateform.

8. ARefereeshallhave theauthority towarnanycompetitor foracting inanunsportingorimpropermanner.Warningsmaybeindicatedtothecompetitorbyshowingayellowcard,exclusionsbyshowingaredcard.Warningsanddisqualificationsshallbeenteredon the resultscard.Thosewarningsanddisqualifications decided by the Referee shall be communicated to theCompetitionSecretaryandtotheotherReferees.

9. Forroadevents,theRefereeshall,whereverpracticable,giveawarningpriortodisqualification.SeeRule243.4.

10. If,intheopinionoftheappropriateReferee,circumstancesariseatanymeetsuchthatjusticedemandsthatanyeventoranypartofaneventshouldbecontested again, except as indicated in the authority of the Starter, theRefereeshall haveauthority todeclare theevent voidand it shallbeheldagain,eitheronthesamedayoronsomefutureoccasion,astheRefereeshalldecide.

11. TheCombinedEventsRefereeshallhavejurisdictionovertheconductofthe

CombinedEventscompetition.ThisRefereeshallalsohavejurisdictionovertheconductoftherespectiveindividualeventswithintheCombinedEventscompetition. However, the track and field event Referees shall retainjurisdictionover theconductof the respective individualeventswithin thecombinedeventscompetitionifthereisnoCombinedEventsReferee.

12. Theorderofeventsstatedintheofficialprogramshallnotbechanged,norshall the announced arrangement of heats in any event be added to oraltered,exceptbytheReferee.

13. TheRefereeshallhavethepowertocancelorpostponetoafuturedateanyevent,even though thesamehasactuallycommenced, if in theReferee’sjudgmentthecompetitioncannotbeconductedorcompletedinasatisfactorymannerand in fairness to thecompetitorsandofficials.Shouldanyeventhaveactuallycommenced, it shallbeconducted (by thecompetitorswho


reportedonthefirstdate)atafuturedateinthesamemannerasthoughthecompetitionhadneverbeenstarted.Ineventswhereanycompetitorshavebeeneliminated,theRefereeshalldeterminewhetheranysuchathletesmaycompeteonthepostponeddateandatwhichpointorroundthecompetitionshouldcommence.

RULE 126JUDGES

FINISh JUdgES1. Whenanapprovedimagingdeviceisproperlyfunctioningatthefinishofan

event,theimagemustbereferredtothePhotoFinishJudgesfortheprimarydetermination of the order of finish. In the absence of such a device, theprimarydeterminationoftheorderofthefinishshallbemadebytheJudgesatthefinish.

2. ItisrecommendedthattherebeatleastfourJudges,andnormallyonemoreJudge than there are lanes used, at the finish, one of whom shall bedesignatedasChiefFinishJudge,whoshalldecidetheorder inwhichthecompetitors finish and who shall assign the other finish Judges to theirrespectiveduties.TheChiefFinishJudgeshallonlyobservethefinishesandhis/herdecisionshallbegivenonlyinthecaseofatievoteonthepartoftheother Judges. In case of a disagreement, the majority of the Judgesconcernedwiththedisputedplace(s)shalldecide,andifthereisatievoteonthepartofsuchJudges,theChiefFinishJudgeshalldecide.

NOTE: When two or more independent photo finish systems are being used, the number of finish line officials may be reduced to no less than four with Timers and Finish Judges.

3. Whenpossible,Judgesshallbeplacedonthesamesideofthetrack,atleast5mbackfromandinlinewiththefinish,onanelevatedplatform.

FIELd JUdgES4. AHeadFieldJudgeshallbeappointed,ifthereisnoFieldEventReferee.

5. TheChief Field Judgeof each event shall perform the appropriate facilityverificationandcertificationifforanyreasonsuchcertificationisnotgivenbytheTechnicalManager.TheChiefFieldJudgeshallallocatethedutiesofeachJudgeintheevent,andcoordinatetheworkoftheJudges.

6. TheChiefFieldJudge ineach fieldeventshouldnothaveorassumeanydutiesthatwillpreventorinterferewiththeabilitytodeterminethevalidityofanyperformancebyanycompetitor.

7. TwoJudgesshouldkeeparecordofalltrials.

8. TheappropriateFieldJudge(s)shall,atthecompletionofatrial, indicateavalidperformancebyraisingawhiteflagandshallindicateafoulornon-validperformancebyraisingaredflag.SeeRule180.9.


RULE 127UMPIRES

1. TheChiefUmpire,whoisdirectlyresponsibletotheReferee,shallgenerallysuperviseUmpires.TheChiefUmpireshall:(a) briefandreviewwithUmpirestheappropriaterulesofcompetitionandany

specialregulationsestablishedforthecompetitionbytheGamesCommitteeortheReferee;

(b) placeUmpiresatlocationswheretheymaybestperformtheirduties;

(c) securefromUmpirescompletedetails,orallyandinwriting,ofanyallegedviolationsandimmediatelysubmitthereportoftheallegedviolationtotheReferee;and

(d) checkthenumber,condition,andheightofthehurdlesandtheplacementand distance between hurdles in the event no Hurdle Inspector or otherofficialhasbeenappointedtodoso.

2. Umpires are assistants to the Referee, to whom the Chief Umpire shallreport,andhavenoauthoritytomakefinaldecisions.

3. Umpires,amongotherthings,shouldbeassignedtooverseetheconductofhurdleracesandthepassingofbatonsattheexchangezonesinrelayevents.

4. ItshallbethedutyofanUmpireto:(a) standatsuchpointastheRefereeorChiefUmpiremaydesignate;

(b) watchthecompetitioncloselyand,incaseofafoulorviolationoftherulesbyacompetitororotherperson,communicatesuchbreachbyeitherraisingayellowflagorusingotherreliablemeansapprovedbytheGamesCommittee;and

(c) report, orally and inwriting, to theChief Umpirewhat he/she saw of theincident,evenifthecompetitororteamdoesnotfinishtherace.

5. WhenanUmpireobservesthatacompetitorhasruninalaneotherthantheassigned laneor thata relaybatonhasbeenpassedoutside the takeoverzone,itisrecommendedthattheumpiremarkthetrackwithasuitablenon-permanentmaterialwheretheathleteranoutsidethelaneorwherethebatonwaspassed.

6. Inwalkingevents,theassignedUmpiresshallperformtheirdutiesasinanyotherevent,butshallnotberesponsiblefortechniquerules,whicharetheresponsibilityoftheJudgesofRaceWalking.

RULE 128TIMERS, PHOTO FINISH JUDGES, TRANSPONDER TIMING JUDGES

1. Whenanapprovedimagingdeviceisproperlyfunctioningatthefinishofanevent,theimagemustbereferredtothePhotoFinishJudgesfortheprimary


determination of the finish times for each competitor. In the absence, orfailure,ofsuchadevice,theprimarydeterminationofthefinishtimesshallbemadeby theTimersat the finish.Timersat the finishshallalsobe theback-up for racesauthorized tousea transponder timingsystem.Timers,PhotoFinishJudgesandTransponderTimingJudgesshallactinaccordancewithRule165.

2. AcertifiedofficialshallbedesignatedasChiefTimer.

3. TheChiefTimer,amongotherthings,shall:(a) determinethatallrunningandwalkingeventsarehandtimedinaccordance

withtheserules;

(b) assigntoTimerstheirassignments;

(c) supervisetherecordingofallhandtimestaken;

(d) makenoteoftherecordsfortheeventstobetimed,soanimmediatecheckcanbemadeintheeventofrecordperformances;

(e) in the event of a record performance, inspect thewatches of the Timersinvolvedandinthecaseofnotfully-automatictiming,certifyontheofficialrecordapplicationformthetimesrecordedbysuchTimers,whoshallalsosigntherecordapplicationform;and

(f) when feasible, examine all watches prior to competition to determinetheiraccuracy.

4. Thereshallbe threeOfficialTimersandoneor twoAlternateTimers,whoshall time the winner of each event. The time recorded by the AlternateTimers shall not be consideredunlessoneormoreof theOfficial Timers'watchesfailstoproperlyrecordthetime,inwhicheventtheAlternateTimersshallbecalleduponinsuchorderashasbeenpreviouslydeterminedsothat,ifpossible,inallracesthreewatchesshallhaverecordedtheofficialwinningtime.Timesforallfinishersshallberecorded.

NOTE 1: It is recommended that there be four more Timers than there are places being recorded (Chief Timer, two additional first place Timers and one alternate).

NOTE 2: When one fully automatic timing system is used, the Timers prescribed in Rule 128.4 should be used in a back-up capacity. When two independent systems are in use, a reduction may be made to one Official Timer and one Alternate Timer who should each time the winner. No back-up capacity is suggested when more than two independent systems are used.

5. Whenitisfeasibletodoso,intermediateorlaptimesshouldberecordedinracesof800metersandoverandatevery1000minracesof3000metersandover.Splittimesshouldbegiventoallcompetitorsineventslongerthan400meterseitherbyuseofavisible timeclock,orally,orboth.For racespartiallyorentirelyoffthetrack,splittimesshouldbegiventothecompetitorseither by a visible time clock, orally, or both at appropriate locations onthecourse.


6. At thebeginningof eachsession,whena fully automatic timingdevice isused, the Chief Photo Finish Judge, in cooperation with the Chief PhotoFinishOperator,theStarterandtheReferee,shallinitiateandsuperviseteststo ensure that the fully automatic timing equipment complies with thealignment,automationandzerocontrolfunctionspecifiedinRule165.10(a).

7. TheChiefPhotoFinishJudgeshalldeterminetheplacesoftheathletesandtheirrespectivetimes.Heshallthenrecordandcertifythem,orensurethattheyarecorrectlyenteredintothecompetitionresultssystemforforwardingto theCompetitionSecretaryand/orsuchotherofficialsdesignatedby theGamesCommitteeorMeetDirector.ResultsshallsubsequentlybecertifiedasofficialbytheRefereeortheReferee'sdesignee.ThedeterminationsofthePhotoFinishJudgesmaybeappealedtotheRefereeforafinaldetermination.

8. TheChiefTransponderTimingJudgeshallberesponsibleforthefunctioningoftheSystem.Beforethestartofthecompetition,this judgewillmeetthetechnicalstaffinvolved,becomefamiliarwiththeequipment,shallsupervisethetestingoftheequipmentandensurethatthepassingofthetransponderoverthefinishlinewillrecordtheathlete’sfinishtime.InconjunctionwiththeReferee, theChiefTransponderTiming judgeshallensure thatprovision ismadefortheapplicationofRule165.16(g).

9. Intheeventofrecordperformances,theRefereeshouldcertifythetimesanddulynotethemontherecordsofthePhotoFinishJudges.Intheeventofarecordperformance,theChiefPhotoFinishJudgeshallcertifyontheofficialrecordapplicationformthetimerecordedforsuchrecord,andalsosigntherecordapplicationform.Ifarecordistimedbyavideotapebasedsystemoracomputerbasedsystem,aprintedpictureshallbemadewhererequired.

RULE 129STARTER AND RECALL STARTER

1. TheChiefStartershall:(a) allocatethedutiesofthestartteamjudges,assigningthetaskofgivingthe

starttothememberoftheteamwho,intheopinionoftheChiefStarter,isbestfortheevent.

(b) supervisethedutiestobeperformedbymembersoftheteam.

(c) inform theStarter, after receiving the relevant order from theCompetitionDirectororotherwiseascertaining,thateverythingisinordertoinitiatethestartprocedure(i.e.,theapplicableTimers,Judges,PhotoFinishOperatorsandWindGaugeOperatorareready).

(d) actasan interlocutorbetween the technicalstaffof the timingequipmentcompanyandthejudges.

(e) keepallpapersproducedduringthestartprocedureincludingalldocumentsshowingthereactiontimesand/orfalsestartwaveformimagesifavailable,anddeliverthesetotheCompetitionSecretary.


2. TheStartershallhaveentirecontrolofthecompetitorsattheirmarksandshallbethesolejudge,exceptashereinotherwiseprovided,ofwhetherornotanycompetitorhascommittedafalsestart.SeeRule162formethodofstarting.

3. OneormoreRecallStartersshallbeprovidedwhenpossible toassist theStarter.TheChiefStartershallassignaspecific taskandposition toeachRecallStarter,whoisobligedtorecalltheraceifanyfaultisobserved.Theyshallhavetheauthoritytorecallthecompetitors,byappropriatemeans,inanyraceinwhich,inhis/heropinionorthatoftheStarter,thestartwasnotfair.IfRecallStartersareassignedtoobserveoneormorecompetitors,theyshallplacethemselvessothateachcompetitorcanbeclearlyseen.AfterarecalledorabortedstarttheRecallStartershallreporthisobservationstotheStarterwhoshalldecidewhetherandtowhomawarningordisqualificationshallbeissued.

NOTE: For events conducted with a staggered start, it is recommended that there be at least two Recall Starters.

4. Notificationofwarningsanddisqualificationsconcerning thestartmaybemadeonlybyorunderthedirectionoftheStarter.

5. To assist the Starter in races using crouch starts, a false start detectionapparatusmaybeused.Whensuchanapparatusisused,theStarter,oranassigned Recall Starter, shall wear headphones in order to hear clearlyacoustic signals that are emitted to indicate the orderly operation of theapparatusandtoindicateanillegalreactiontime.

6. TheStartersshallbeclearlyidentifiableandshallbepositionedsothatthereisfullvisualcontroloverallrunnersduringthestartoftherace.

RULE 131LAP SCORERS

1. LapScorersshallkeeparecordofthelapscoveredbyeachcompetitorinraceslongerthanonemile.Forracesof3milesandover(3000metersandoverinindoorraces),LapScorersshallalsorecordontheirlapscoringcardsthetimesovereachlap(asgiventhembyanOfficialTimer)ofthecompetitorsfor whom they are responsible. No Lap Scorer should be responsible formore than three competitors (six in the case of ultramarathons and roadwalkingevents).

NOTE: Whenever possible, an adequate number of trained lap scorers should be selected before the day of competition.

2. At the completion of each race, lap scoring cards shall be delivered totheReferee.

3. Onelapscorershallberesponsibleformaintainingatthefinishlineadisplayofthelapsremaining.Thedisplayshallbechangedeachlapwhentheleaderentersthestraightthatendsatthefinishline.Inaddition,manualindicationsshall be given, when appropriate, to competitors who have been, or are


about to be, lapped. The final lap shall be signaled to each competitor,usuallybyringingabell.

4. TranspondersystemscomplyingwithRule165.16maybeusedforlapscoring.

RULE 132COMPETITION SECRETARY

1. The Competition Secretary shall have the responsibility of preparing allentrant and start lists referred to in Rule 10 andRule 11, or otherwise asappropriate, and worksheets for use by other officials. The CompetitionSecretaryshallworkcloselywiththeClerkofCourseandtheRefereeinthereformingofheatsandthepreparationofstartlistsforsubsequentroundsofcompetition.TheCompetitionSecretaryshall causeall start lists, includinganyamendmentstostartlists,tobedistributedappropriatelytootherofficials.

2. TheCompetitionSecretaryshallcollect theresultsofeachevent, togetherwith times, photo finish pictures, heights or distances furnished by theJudges and Timers or other officials, and the wind gauge informationprovidedbytheWindGaugeOperator.Assoonaspossiblethereafter,he/sheshallcommunicatesuchinformationtotheAnnouncer,PressSteward,orotherappropriateofficialsand,afterrecordingtheplaces,times,heights,distances,andwindgaugereadings,he/sheshalldelivertheofficialresults,togetherwithallofficialcardsandphotofinishpictures,totheMeetDirector.

3. TheCompetitionSecretaryshalloversee thescoringof teamcompetition,combinedeventsandhandicapraces.

RULE 133MARSHAL

TheMarshal shall have full chargeof theenclosureorcourseandshallpreventanyone but officials and actual competitors from entering or remaining therein.The Marshal shall control the Marshal’s assistants and assign to them theirrespectiveduties.

RULE 134ANNOUNCER

In conjunction with the Event Presentation Manager and under the generaldirectionoftheGamesCommittee,theAnnouncershallannouncetothepublicthe names and numbers of the competitors taking part in each event and allrelevant informationsuchas thecompositionof theheatsor lanesdrawnandintermediatetimes.Theresults(placings,times,heights,anddistances)ofeacheventshouldbeannouncedattheearliestpracticalmomentaftertheAnnouncerreceives the information. The Announcer or an assistant shall keep a log thatrecords the time of day of all results announcements and shallmake this logavailable to the Referee, the Jury of Appeal and the Competition Secretaryonrequest.


RULE 135SURVEYOR

TheSurveyorshall,immediatelypriortothemeet,surveythetrackandrunways,andmeasurealldistances thatare tobecontested,andalso thecircles,arcs,sectors,andothermeasurementsrelatingtothefieldevents.TheSurveyorshallalsomeasurethelevelnessofthetrackandofallrunwaysandlandingareasandshallfurnishawrittenstatementofsuchtotheGamesCommitteeortheRefereebeforethemeet.

RULE 136WIND GAUGE OPERATOR

TheWindGaugeOperator,exceptasprovidedinRule163.14,shallmaintainthewind gauge, and take and record in writing, on the forms provided for thatpurpose by the Competition Secretary, the wind velocity in the direction ofrunningforallrunningevents(includinghurdlesevents)uptoandincludingthe200MetersandtheLongJumpandTripleJump.TheWindGaugeOperatorshallreporteachwindgaugemeasurementtotheappropriaterecorderforeacheventandshallprovideacompilationofallmeasurementstotheCompetitionSecretary.NOTE: For wind gauge placement and operation see Rule 163.10 through Rule 163.14.

RULE 137ELECTRONIC MEASUREMENT JUDGE

1. OneormoreMeasurementJudgesshallbeappointedwhentechnologicalorscientificdistancemeasurementistobeused.

2. Before the meet, this Judge shall meet with the technical staff and theoperators of electronic distancemeasuring anddata recordingdevices tobecomefamiliarwiththespecificequipmentandthepersonnel.

3. Beforeeacheventwherethedeviceisused,theJudgeshallsupervisethepositioning of themeasuring instruments, taking account of the technicalrequirementsgivenbythetechnicalstaffandtheneedsoftheeventchief.

4. Toensurethattheequipmentisoperatingcorrectly,theJudgeshall,beforeandaftereachevent,personallysuperviseorconductasetofmeasurementsin conjunction with the equipment operator under the supervision of theRefereetoverifytheaccuracyofthedeviceagainstaknowndistance,suchascertifiedsteeltapeoranindependentlycertifieddistancesuchas100m.Aformofconformityshallbeissued,signedbyallthoseinvolvedinthetestandattachedtotheresultscard.

5. During the competition the Judge shall remain in overall charge of theoperatorsandequipmentoperationsothattheJudgecanreporttotheFieldEventsRefereethattheequipmentisaccurateandoperatingproperlyduringthecompetition.


RULE 138CLERK OF COURSE

1. TheClerkofCourseshallcontroltheAssistantClerksofCourseandassignthemtosuchdutiesasdeemedproper.

2. TheClerkofCourseshallbeprovidedwiththenamesandthenumbersofallcompetitors entered in running orwalking events, and he/she shall notifythemtoappearatthestartinglineorotherassemblyareabeforethestartineacheventinwhichtheyareentered.

3. TheClerkofCourseshallsupervise the transitbetweenthewarm-upareaandthecompetitionareatoensurethatthecompetitorsafterbeingchecked-inarepresentandreadyforthescheduledstartoftheirevent.

4. TheClerkofCourseshallplaceeachathleteinthecorrectlaneorposition.TheClerkshallplace theathletes “under thecommandof theStarter”byassemblingthemineachlaneoronthecommonstartline,atthedirectionoftheStarterbetween1mand3mbehindthestartline,witheachathleteina standingpositionand facing in thedirectionof the race.When thishasbeen completed, the assigned Clerk shall signal to the Starter that all isready.Whenanewstartisordered,theassemblyshalloccuragain.

5. The Clerk of Course, and Assistants, shall ensure that competitors arewearingclothing, shoes, and spikeswhichare in accordancewithUSATFRules.TheClerkshallverifythatbibscorrespondtothoseonthestart listandareworncorrectly.TheClerkshallalsoberesponsible fordistributionand proper placement of additional identification items used to aid inannouncingandjudging.

6. In handicap events from marks, the Clerk of Course shall place eachcompetitorbehindthepropermarkandshallimmediatelynotifytheStartershouldanycompetitor attempt to advanceafter theStarter hasgiven thefinaloralcommandtothefield.

7. In time allowance handicap events, competitors shall be assigned theirpositionsbytheClerkofCourse,whoshallalsofurnishtheStarterwiththenumberandtimeallowanceofeachcompetitor.

RULE 139ADDITIONAL OFFICIALS

1. Finish Line Coordinator: TheFinishLineCoordinatorshallberesponsibleforalertingall finishlineofficialsthatatrackevent isabouttobeginandtoensurethattheseofficialsarereadytoperformtheirassigneddutiespriortothestartofthatevent.Whenthisisaccomplished,theFinishLineCoordinatorshallinformtheStarterofthiscondition.ItisalsothedutyoftheFinishLineCoordinator to ensure that the finish line area is free of all unauthorized


personnel during the start, theprogress, and the finishof a track event.AFinishLineCoordinatormaybeassignedtoassisttheChiefFinishLineJudgeand/orChiefTimerinrecordingtimesandplaces.

2. Inspector of Implements:TheInspectorofImplementsshallweighandmeasureimplementsusedincompetition,andshallplaceadesignatingmarkoneachimplementpassedascomplyingwithallrelevantspecifications.He/sheshallimpoundthenon-complyingonesforthedurationofthecompetition.In an event that includes a qualifying round, he/she shall impound allimplements that will be available for the final competition between thequalifying round and the competition proper. Under special circumstances(e.g., implementsaredamaged), theRefereemayauthorizethe InspectorofImplementstocertifyadditionalimplementsbetweenthequalifyingroundandthecompetitionproper.

3. Recorder of Records:ForallmeetsthereshallbeincludedinthelistofofficialsaRecorderofRecords.He/sheshallseethatrecordsareproperlyapplied for. He/she shall have at the site of the competition an adequatesupplyofrecordforms.He/sheshouldhavenootherduties.

4. Combined Events Coordinator:ACombinedEventsCoordinatormaybeassignedfortheCombinedEvents.He/sheshallbepresentatalltimestoassistintheconductoftheeventandshallreporttotheassignedReferee.

RULE 140COMPETITION AREA

ThecompetitionareaisdefinedbytheGamesCommittee.Itisnormallytheareawherethecompetitionisbeingstaged,physicallyseparatedfromtheareausedbyspectators.Thedesignatedareas,includingthatatroadraces,shallbeclearlymarkedwithfencing,banners,flags,orothersuitablematerialtoclearlyindicatewhich area has access restricted to competing athletes and otherauthorizedpersonnel.


ARTICLE IVRULES OF COMPETITION

SECTION IGENERAL

RULE 141 CLASSIFICATIONS

1. Exceptasotherwiseprovidedhereinor inUSATF’sOperatingRegulations,the following championship classifications shall be open to all memberathletesofUSATFwhohavecompliedwiththerequirementsoftheseRules,theBylaws,andtheOperatingRegulations:(a) The Open classification shall have no maximum age limit. In men's and

women's longdistancerunning, theOpenclassificationshallbe limitedtoathletessixteen(16)yearsandolderonthedayofthecompetition.InOpenmen'sracewalkingandallotherOpenwomen'scompetition,athletesshallbefourteen(14)yearsorolderonthedayofthecompetition.

(b) Junior:TheJuniorclassificationshallbelimitedtoathleteswhoarefourteen(14)yearsorolderonthedayofcompetitionandwillnotbecometwenty(20)yearsofageduringtheyearofthecompetition.

(c) Youth: The Youth classification shall be limited to athletes who have notattainednineteen(19)yearsofageasofthefinaldayoftheNationalJuniorOlympicTrackandFieldmeetoftheyearofcompetition.

NOTE: This is not the same as the IAAF definition of Youth.

(d) Masters:InTrackandFieldandRaceWalking,theMastersclassificationshallbelimitedtoathleteswhoareatleastthirty-five(35)yearsoldonthefirstdayofthemeet.InLongDistanceRunning,theMastersclassificationshallbelimitedtoathleteswhoareatleastforty(40)yearsoldonthefirstdayofthemeet.

NOTE: The USATF Masters starting age for LDR events is different than that defined by WMA or IAAF.

RULE 142COMPETITOR CHECK-IN

1. AllrunnersandwalkersshallreporttotheClerkofCourseimmediatelyupontheir arrival at the place of meeting and no later than the check-in timedesignated in the entry blank or the meet information distributed by theGamesCommittee.AllfieldeventcompetitorsshallreporttotheChiefFieldJudgeoftheirrespectiveeventsatthedesignatedtimeunlessinstructedtoreporttotheClerkofCourseintheentryformormeetinformationdistributedbytheGamesCommittee.

NOTE:See Rule 166.5.

2. Eachcompetitorshallinformhimself/herselfofthetimeofstarting,andshallbepromptlyatthestartingpointofeachcompetitioninwhichheorsheisentered,andtherereporttotheClerkofCourse.


3. In scored competitions, any athlete declared to compete must honestlyparticipate in each round (trial, heat, or final, etc.) of each track event forwhich the athlete is declared or the athlete will be barred from furthercompetitioninthatmeet.Thisruleshallnotapplytoeventsinwhichonlyafinalisheld,butanathletemaybebarredfromsuchaneventifpreviouslyheorshehasnothonestlyparticipated ina trackeventwithin thepurviewofthisrule.

NOTE: For Youth Athletics exception, see Rule 302.2(g).

4. TheRefereehasthediscretiontowaivethehonestparticipationruleintheeventanathleteprovidesamedicalcertificate,endorsedbyamedicalofficerappointedorapprovedbyUSATFortheGamesCommittee,attestingtothefactthattheathletebecameunabletocompeteafterbeingdeclared,oraftercompetinginapreviousround,butwillbeabletocompeteinfurthereventsonasubsequentdayofthecompetition.Otherjustifiablereasons,suchasfactors independent of the athlete’s own actions,may, after confirmation,alsobeacceptedbytheReferee.

RULE 143ATHLETIC ATTIRE

1. In all events competitorsmustwear clothing that is clean, designed, andwornsoasnottobeobjectionable.Theclothingmustbemadeofamaterialthatisnottransparentevenifwet.Thecompetitorsmustnotwearclothingthatcouldimpedetheviewofthejudges.Athletes’vestsshouldhavethesamecoloronthefrontandback.Thesizeornumberoflogosonathletes’attireshallberestrictedonlywhenrequiredbytheIAAForUSOC.ThisruleshallbeenforcedbytheClerkoftheCoursefortrackandroadeventsandtheChiefJudgeofeachfieldevent.

2. In hot weather, an athlete competing in a long distance road run maycompetewithoutatopshirt.ThisrulingwillbemadebytheRefereewiththeapprovaloftheGamesCommittee.

3. (a) Acompetitormaycompeteinbarefeetorwithfootwearononeorbothfeet. The purpose of shoes for competition is to give protection andstabilitytothefeetandafirmgripoftheground.Suchshoes,however,must not be constructed so as to give the competitor any unfairadditional assistance, including the incorporation of any technologywhichwill give thewearer any unfair advantage, such as a spring orsimilardevice.Ashoestrapovertheinstepispermissible.

(b) Thesoleandtheheeloftheshoesshallbesoconstructedastoprovide fortheuseofupto11spikes.Anynumberofspikesupto11maybe used,butthenumberofspikepositionsshallnotexceed11. NOTE: For Youth Athletics exception, see Rule 302.5(g).

(c) Whenacompetition isconductedonasyntheticsurface, thatpartof eachspikewhichprojectsfromthesoleorheel,mustnotexceed9mm,


exceptintheHighJumpandJavelinThrow,whereitmustnotexceed 12mm. Competitors shall also comply with any instruction from organizers as to length of spikes. For non-synthetic surfaces, the maximum length of spike shall be 25mm. Each spike must be constructedsothatitwill,atleastforthehalfofitslengthclosesttothe tip,fitthroughasquaresided4mmgauge.

(d) The sole and/or the heel may have grooves, ridges, indentations, or protuberances,providedthesefeaturesareconstructedofthesameor similarmaterialtothebasicsoleitself.

(e) In the High Jump and Long Jump, the sole shall have a maximum thicknessof13mm.IntheHighJump,theheelshallhaveamaximum thicknessof19mm.Inallotherevents,shoesmaybeofanythickness.

(f) Athletes may not use appliances, either inside or outside the shoe, whichwillhavetheeffectofincreasingthethicknessofthesoleabove thepermittedmaximum,orwhichcangive theweareranyadvantage whichwould not be obtained from the type of shoedescribed in the previousparagraphs.Thethicknessofthesoleshallbemeasuredasthe distance between the inside top side and the outside under side, including the above-mentioned features and any kind or formof lose innersole. NOTE: Orthotic inserts required for medical purposes are exempt from

this rule.

4. Whenbib(s)areprovided,everycompetitorshallwearthem,asindicatedintheserules,whencompeting.Noathleteshallbepermittedtoparticipateinanycompetitionwithout theappropriatebib, except as indicated in theserules. Bibs are to be worn as issued (cutting or folding numbers is notpermitted).Theidentifyinginformationonthebibneednotbenumeric.Itshallbeofsufficientfonttype,sizeandcontrastforclearvisibility.NotwearinganassignedbibmaybegroundsfordisqualificationunderRule145.2.

5. Ifonebibisprovided,itmustbewornvisiblyonthefront.Whentwobibsareprovided,theymustbewornonthesinglet,frontandback.If,pursuanttoRule143.2,asingletisnotworn,thebibsshouldbewornontheshorts,frontandback.Thecompetitorsmayalsoberequiredtowearstartlistidentifyingnumbers on the hips and in other locations determined by theGamesCommittee.

NOTE: For Masters Exception see Rule 341.6.

6. InthePoleVaultandHighJump,thecompetitorsmaywearthebibonthebackorfrontonly.

7. InCrossCountry,LongDistanceRunning,andRaceWalkingthecompetitorsshallwear abibon the front and inRaceWalking, alsoon theback.Thebib(s)shallbevisibleatalltimesduringthecompetition.Failuretodosomayresultindisqualificationfromtheevent.


8. Whereathletescompeteinwarm-upsuits,thebibsmustbewornonthatsuitassetforthherein.

9. Onceanumberhasbeenassignedtoacompetitor,noothercompetitormayuseit.

10. A transponder timingdeviceandother identification issuedby theGamesCommittee shall beworn according to instructions. Failure to do somayresultindisqualificationfromtheevent.

11. Theoverallsizeofthebibshallnotexceed16.5cmx19cm.Thenumeralsonthe bib should be at least 10cm in height. The sponsor's name shall notexceed2.5cmx15cm.

NOTE: Youth Athletics and road races, except for the size of the name of the sponsor, may vary the overall size of the bib and height of the numeral.

RULE 144ASSISTANCE TO ATHLETES

1. Competition under these Rules consists of self-propelled motion withoutassistance, except as defined by the Rules of Competition of a specificeventdiscipline.

NOTE: For rules covering disabled-only competitions see the SPECIAL SECTION beginning on page 219.

2. Exceptasprovided in road races (Rule241) and in longdistancewalkingevents (Rule 232), during the progress of an event a competitorwho hasreceived any assistance whatsoever may be disqualified by the Referee.“Assistance” is the conveying of advice, information or direct help to anathletebyanymeans,includingatechnicaldevice.

3. The following shall be considered assistance:(a) Pacinginrunningorwalkingeventsbypersonsnotparticipatingintheevent,

bycompetitors lappedorabout tobe lapped,orbyanykindof technicaldeviceotherthanthosepermittedunderRule144.3i.

(b) Thevisiblepossessionorusebyathletesofvideo,audio,orcommunicationsdevices in thecompetitionarea.TheGamesCommittee foranLDReventmay allow the use of portable listening devices not capable of receivingcommunication; however, those competing in championships for awards,medals,orprizemoneymaynotusesuchdevices.

(c) Theuseofanytechnologyorappliancethatprovidestheuserwithanunfair

advantage which would not have been obtainable using equipmentcomplyingwiththeRules.

NOTE: Shoes complying with Rule 143 are permitted.

The following shall not be considered assistance:(d) Verbalorothercommunication,withouttheuseofanytechnicaldevice,from


anindividualwhoisnotinthecompetitionareatoanathletewhoisinthecompetitionarea.Inordertofacilitatethiscommunicationandnottodisturbthestagingofthecompetition,itisrecommendedthataplaceinthestands,close to the immediate site of each field event, be reserved for theathletes’coaches.

(e) Physiotherapyand/ormedical treatmentnecessarytoenableanathletetoparticipate,orcontinueparticipationonceinthecompetitionarea,maybeprovidedbymembersoftheofficialmedicalstaffappointedbytheGamesCommittee and clearly identified as such. Accredited team medicalpersonnelapprovedbytheMeetDoctorspecificallyforthispurposemaybepermitted in the medical treatment area outside the competition area. Inneithercaseshalltheinterventiondelaytheconductofthecompetitionoracompetitor’strialinthedesignatedorder.

(f) MedicalpersonnelauthorizedbytheGamesCommitteeorRefereetodosomay perform a hands-onmedical examination during the progress of aneventforanyathletewhoappears indistress. If intheiropinionit is inthebestinterestoftheathlete’shealthandwelfare,theymayremovetheathletefromthecompetition.

(g) Anykindofpersonalsafeguard(i.e.,bandage,tape,belt,support,etc.)formedicalpurposes.TheRefereeshallhave theauthority toverifyanycaseshouldthatbedesired.

(h) Pacesettingbyanofficiallydesignatedpersonenteredinaneventforthatpurposeispermitted,providedsuchpacesettersstartintheevent.

(i) Carryingorwearingarticlesofpersonalequipmentsuchaswristchronometersandheartratemonitors,speeddistancemonitorsorstridesensorsprovidedthatsuchdevicecannotbeusedtocommunicatewithanyotherperson.

4. In a track event, any competitor competing to lose or to coach anothercompetitor shall forfeit the right to be in the competition and shallbedisqualified.

5. Inafieldevent,anathletemaynotleavetheimmediateareaoftheeventand

engageindialoguewithpersonsoutsidethearea. NOTE: Athletes competing in an event on the infield may not, during the

competition, cross to the outside of the track. 6. Any athlete giving or receiving assistance during any event other than

permittedinRule144.3mustbecautionedbytheRefereeandwarnedthatfor any repetition, he or she will be disqualified from that event. If suchdisqualificationoccurs,anyperformanceaccomplisheduptothattimeinthesameeventsessionshallnotbeconsideredvalid.Performancesaccomplishedinanypreviouseventsession,suchasaqualifyinground,shallstand.

NOTE 1: For Youth Athletics exception, see Rule 302.5(k). NOTE 2: Information conveyed to an athlete by an official is not considered

assistance provided such information is made available to all athletes. 7. Intermediatetimesandpreliminarywinningtimesmaybeofficiallyannounced

and/ordisplayed.Otherwisesuchtimesmustnotbecommunicatedtothe


athletesbypersonsinthecompetitionareawithoutthepriorapprovaloftheReferee.Thispermissionshallonlybegivenwhentherearenotimedisplaysvisible to athletes at the relevant point and in circumstanceswhere suchtimeswillbeprovidedtoallathletesintherace.

8. Noattendantorcompetitorwhoisnotactuallytakingpartinthecompetition

shallaccompanyanycompetitoronthemarkorinthecompetition,norshallanycompetitorbeallowed,withoutthepermissionoftheRefereeorJudges,toreceiveassistanceorrefreshmentfromanyoneduringtheprogressofthecompetition,exceptasprovidedbyRules144.3(b),144.9,232,or241.

9. Duringhotweatherthemeetorganizersmayfurnishcompetitorswithwater

andspongingstationsinracesof5000Metersandlongeronthetrackandinoff-trackevents.SeeRules232and241.

RULE 145DISQUALIFICATION

1. If an athlete is disqualified in an event because of an infringement of theUSATFCompetitionRules, reference to theUSATFRule infringedshallbemadeintheofficialresults.Anyperformanceaccomplisheduptothattimeinthesamesessionoftheeventshallnotbeconsideredvalid.Performancesaccomplishedinanypreviouseventsession,suchasaqualifyinground,orpreviouseventsofacombinedevent,shallstand.Thisdisqualificationshallnotpreventanathletefromparticipatinginanyfutureevent.

2. Any competitorwho shall refuse to obey the directions of the Referee orotherproperofficial,orwhoshallconducthimself/herselfinanunsportsmanlikemanner,orwhoisoffensivebyactionorlanguagetotheofficials,spectators,orcompetitorsatanycompetitionmaybedisqualifiedbytheRefereefromfuture competition at the meet. If such disqualification occurs, anyperformanceaccomplisheduptothattimeinthesameeventsessionshallnotbeconsideredvalid.Performancesaccomplishedinanypreviouseventsession,suchasaqualifyingroundorpreviouseventsofacombinedevent,shallstand.IftheRefereethinkstheoffenseworthyofadditionalaction,he/sheshallpromptlymakedetailedstatementoftheoffensetotheappropriateNationalorAssociationOfficer.

3. Ifanathleteiscitedforasecond(orsubsequent)timeunderRule125.8foractinginanunsportingorimpropermanner,indifferentroundsofoneevent,orindifferentevents,theathleteshallbedisqualifiedfromsuchsecond(orsubsequent)eventsinaccordancewiththisRule.


RULE 146PROTESTS

1. Protestsconcerning the teamstatusoreligibilityofanenteredcompetitormust be made to the Chair of the Games Committee prior to thecommencementofthemeet,ortotheRefereeduringthemeet.

2. ProtestsconcerningtheresultorconductofaneventshallbemadetotheRefereeatonceandnotlaterthan30minutesaftertheannouncementoftheresultofthatevent,exceptforthefollowing:(a) For Men’s and Women’s Long Distance Running, the time period shall

normallybe24hours,exceptfortheProfessionalSectionofroadraces,asdefinedintheracematerial(website,entryform,etc.),wherethetimeperiodshallbeonehour.

(b) ForCrossCountryandMastersLongDistanceRunningChampionshipsthetimeperiodshallbeonehour.

(c) Inthecaseofeventsinwhichfinalresultsarenotannouncedonthedayofcompetition, theGamesCommitteemaydetermine, and announce in theresultsthatarereleased,aperiodnottoexceedseven(7)daysduringwhichprotestsmaybemadetothemeetorracedirector.

3. Protests,atthediscretionoftheGamesCommitteeortheReferee,maybemadeorallyorinwriting.ForNationalChampionships,theymustbemadeinwriting. Any protest should, in the first instance, be made orally to theRefereeor to theChiefOfficialof theeventbyanathlete,orbyanofficialrepresentativeofanathlete.Suchpersonmayonlyprotestiftheyareorhaveanathletecompeting in thesameroundof theevent towhich theprotestrelatesorarecompeting inacompetitiononwhichateampointsscore isbeingconducted.

4. Inraceswhereafalsestartcontrolapparatusisused,ifanimmediateoralprotest ismaderegardingadecisionbytheStartertochargeafalsestart,the Referee may allow an athlete to compete under protest in order toprotecttherightsofallconcernedandprovidethetimerequiredtodetermineif the information provided by the apparatus is obviously inaccurate andotherevidenceisinconclusivewithregardtothecommencementofthestart.

NOTE: After being allowed to compete under a false start protest, all future false starts charged to the same athlete in the same race shall be treated independently. If in this case a subsequent false start results in disqualification, the Referee may declare all of the athlete’s previous false start protests invalid.

5. AprotestmaybebasedonthefailureoftheStartertorecallafalsestart.Theprotestmaybemadeonlyby,oronbehalfof,anathletewhohascompletedtherace.Iftheprotestisupheld,anyathletewhocommittedthefalsestart,andwhowassubjecttodisqualificationaccordingtoRule162.12,shallbedisqualified.Whetherornot there isanydisqualification, theRefereeshall


havetheauthoritytodeclaretheeventvoidandthatitshallbeheldagainifinhisorheropinionjusticedemandsit.

6. If an immediate oral protest is made, in order to protect the rights ofallconcerned:(a) Regarding a decision of a Field Judge that a jump or throw is foul or is

invalid,thejumporthrowshouldbemeasured,ifpossible.Themeasurementshouldbeannouncedonlyiftheprotestisupheld.

(b) Regardinganattemptduring the first three roundsof trialsofahorizontalfieldevent thatwouldhaveadvanced theathlete to the final three roundsonlyiftheprotestorsubsequentappealwasupheld;orregardinganattemptinaverticalfieldeventthatwouldadvancetheathletetoahigherheightonlyiftheprotestorsubsequentappealwasupheld;theRefereemayallowtheathlete to continue competing. If the protest is upheld, no athlete isdisenfranchisedfromthefinal threerounds.Theprotestedperformanceofthe athlete and any other performance achieved while competing underprotestwillbecomevalidonlyifasubsequentdecisiontothateffectismadebytheRefereeoranappealtotheJuryofAppealismadeandisallowed.

7. If possible, theGamesCommitteeor theReferee shall decideprotests atonce.Ifthenatureoftheprotestorthenecessityofobtainingtestimonyorevidencepreventsanimmediatedecision,thecompetitorshallbeallowedtocompete under protest, and the protest shall be decided by the GamesCommittee within one week, unless its subject be the eligibility of thecompetitor tocompete, inwhichcase theGamesCommitteemust reportsuchprotestwithin48hourstotheMemberServicesChairintheAssociationwherethemeetisheld.

8. Where a Jury of Appeal has been established to consider appeals ofdecisionsoftheRefereeastomatterswhichdevelopedduringtheconductoftheevent,appealsmustbemadeinwritingbyanathlete,orbyanofficialrepresentativeofanathlete,within30minutesoftheofficialannouncementof the amended result of an event arising from the decision made by aReferee, or of the advice being given to thosemaking the protest,wherethereisnoamendmentofanyresult.Inthecaseoflongdistanceraces,thetimeperiodshallbe24hours.ForcrosscountryandtheProfessionalSectionofroadracesthetimeshallbe30minutes.Suchpersonmayonlyappealifthey are or have an athlete competing in the same roundof the event towhichtheappealrelatesorarecompetinginacompetitiononwhichateampointsscoreisbeingconducted.

NOTE: The relevant Referee shall, after making a decision on a protest, immediately inform the Competition Secretary of the time of the decision. If the Referee was unable to communicate this orally to the relevant teams/athletes, the official time of the announcement will be that of posting the decision at the Technical Information Center.


RULE 147MIXED COMPETITION

Forallcompetitionsheldcompletelyinthestadium,mixedeventsbetweenmaleandfemaleparticipantsshallnotnormallybepermitted.However,authorizationforsuchmixedcompetitioninfieldeventsandinracesof5000metersorlongermaybemadeforacompetitionbytheChairordesigneeoftheappropriatesportcommitteeorcouncil.WheremixedcompetitionsareconductedinFieldEvents,separateresultcardsshouldbeusedandresultsdeclaredforeachgender.NOTE:See Rule 320.8 for Masters exception.

RULE 148MEASUREMENTS AND WEIGHTS

1. Allmeasurements,exceptasotherwisehereinprovided,mustbemadewitha certified steel tape, fiberglass tape, bar graduated in centimeters, or acertifiedelectronicmeasuringdevice.Measurementsmadewith fiberglasstapesshallnotbeacceptableforrecords. Inthecaseofarecord,seetheproceduresinRule264.

2. (a) AllmeasurementsoffieldeventsmustbereadbytheFieldJudges.In

measuring thedistancesof throwingeventsandhorizontal jumps, thepartofthetapeorbarrecordingthedistanceachievedmustbeheldbytheofficialatthecircleortake-offpoint.

(b) Distancesinfieldevents:i. Shallbemeasured inmetersandshallalwaysbe recordedto thenearest

0.01mbelowthedistancemeasuredifthedistancemeasuredisnotawholecentimeter(i.e.,fractionslessthan0.01mmustbeignored).

ii. Formethodsofmeasurementspecifictoevents,seeRule181.2,Rule185.3,andRule187.7.Inthecaseofarecord,seetheproceduresinRule264.

(c) Onlylegalattemptsshallbemeasured,unlessanimmediateprotestis madeperRule146.5.

3. Allimplementsusedonthefieldofplayshallbeweighedonagovernmentallyapprovedscale,ora scale thathasaknowncalibrationand linearity, andmeasuredtoensuretheymeetotherspecificationsrequiredherein.Implementcertification devices shall be constructed such that the gauges arewithinacceptable tolerances to assure the legality of the implements for thespecified competition. In the case of a record, the implement shall beimpoundedandremeasuredpriortocontinuedcompetitionusetoassureitmeetsthespecificationsforarecord.

NOTE 1: It is advisable to have at least one and preferably two calibration weights which are traceable to government standards in order to routinely confirm calibration and linearity from 1 kg to 8 kg.

NOTE 2: For measurement of tracks, see Rule 160. For measurement and certification of road courses, see Rule 240.


RULE 149VALIDITY OF PERFORMANCE

1. Noperformanceaccomplishedbyanathleteshallbevalidunlessithasbeenmadeduringabonafidecompetitiononafacilityand(whererelevant)usinganimplementthatconformstospecificationssetwithintheseRules.

2. Performancesmadeoutsidetraditionalathleticsfacilities(suchasthoseheldintownsquares,othersportingfacilities,beaches,etc.)shallonlybevalid,ifallofthefollowingconditionsaremet:(a) qualifiedofficialsareappointedtoandofficiateattheevent;

(b) whereapplicable,equipmentand implements inconformitywiththeRulesareused;and

(c) the event is conducted at a site or facility in conformity with the Rules,includingasurveywhereappropriate

RULE 150VIDEO RECORDING

AnofficialvideorecordingofalleventstothesatisfactionoftheappropriateSportCommitteesshallbemadeincompetitionsheldunderRule10andRule11,andmaybemadeinothercompetitions.ThevideorecordingshouldbesufficienttodemonstratetheaccuracyofperformancesandanyviolationoftheRules.

RULE 159ELECTRONIC DEVICES

ElectronicdevicesnotapprovedbytheGamesCommitteeshallnotbeusedbyanyindividualintheareaofcompetitionordesignatedwarm-uparea.

RULE 160TRACK LANES AND MEASUREMENTS

1. Inalloutdoorracesatdistancesuptoandincluding400meters,whereverpossible,eachcompetitorshallhaveaseparatelanewithawidthof1.22m±0.01m (4 ft.) measured as provided in paragraphs 2 and 4 hereof andproperlymarked by lines 5cm inwidth. On trackswhosewidth does notpermit8lanesofthatwidth,theminimumwidthofthelanesmaybe91.4cm(3ft.).Onlythe lineontherighthandofeachlaneshallbe includedinthemeasurementofthewidthofeachlane.Theinsideradiusshouldbelimitedto between 35.00m and 38.00m unless the curve is a double bend trackdesignedtofitaplayingfieldontheinfield.Inthatcasetheminimumbendradiusis24.00m.

2. Alldistancesrunorwalkedshallbedeterminedonthebasisofahypotheticalline30cmoutward from the inneredgeof the track,except that for racesuponstraightaways, thedistanceshallbemeasured ina raiseddirect line


fromthestartingmarktothefinishline.Foranytrackwithoutaraisedborderonthecurve,themeasurementshallbemade20cmfromtheouteredgeofthewhitelinemarkingtheborderofthetrack.Foreventsruninlanesaroundaturn,alllanesexcepttheoneontheinsidebordershallbemeasured20cmoutwardfromtheinnerlaneline.

NOTE: If a track with a removable curb is used without the curb in place for races longer than 10,000 meters, it must then be regarded as an uncurbed track according to Rules 160.2 and 160.3. In this case the distance, which would normally be measured 30cm from the curb, must be recalculated to a path 20cm from the line marking the inside border. Assuming that this line lies directly under the intended curb location, this reduces the measured distance by 0.63m per lap (for example, 400m would become 399.37m). This reduced distance must then be used for all calculations of the distance run.

3. The nominal length of an outdoor track shall preferably be 400meters. Itshallconsistoftwostraightsandtwoturns.Theinsideofthetrackshallbeborderedbyaraisedcurbofsuitablematerialapproximately5cmhighand5cmwide.Thecurbmayberaisedtopermitsurfacewatertodrainaway,inwhich case the maximum height shall be 6.5cm. The curb on the twostraightsmaybeomittedandawhiteline5cmwidesubstituted.Ifasectionof the curb on the curve has to be removed temporarily for field eventcompetitors, itsplaceshallbemarkedwithawhite line5cmwideandbyplasticconesorflags(minimumheight20cm)placedonthewhitelinesothattheedgeofthebaseoftheconeorflagpolecoincideswiththeedgeofthewhitelineclosesttothetrack,andplacedatintervalsnotexceeding4mtopreventanyathleterunningontheline.Thisshallalsoapplyforthesectionof the steeplechase track where runners divert from the main track tonegotiatethewaterjump,atintervalsnotexceeding10m.

4. Thedirectionoftherunningorwalkinginanyracearoundacurveontheovaltrackshallbelefthandinside,exceptthatfortrackeventslongerthan100milesor12hours,competitorsmay,atthediscretionoftheRaceDirector,bepermittedtoreversedirectionaroundthetrackatregularintervals.Directionreversalshallbedonearoundafixedobject(e.g.,atrafficcone)andshallbedoneateithertheofficialstartinglineortheofficialfinishlineoftheevent,neveratanyotherpointsonthetrack.Directionreversalshallbedoneonlyatregulartimeintervals(e.g.,every3hours),notatfixeddistanceintervals.Duringdirectionreversal,runnerswhohavereversedshallyieldright-of-waytotheinsidelanetorunnerswhohavenotyetreverseduntiltheentirefieldofcompetitorshasreverseddirection.

5. Themaximumallowanceforlateralinclinationofthetrackshallnotexceed1:100,withtheinclinationtotheinsidelane.Thedownwardinclinationintherunningdirectionshallnotexceed1:1000.

6. Thestartofaraceshallbeindicatedbyawhiteline5cmwidemarkedonthetrackorground.Inthecaseofeventsstartingoutsidethestadium,thestartline may be up to 30cm in width and may be of any color contrastingdistinctivelywiththesurfaceorthefinishline.Inallevents,thestartingline


andthefinishlineshallbesopaintedorlaiddownsothatthedistanceoftheraceshallbemeasuredfromtheedgeofthestartlinefartherfromthefinishlinetotheedgeofthefinishlinenearertothestartline.

7. Inallracesaroundturnsnotruninlanes,thestartinglineshallbecurvedsothatwhereveritoccursonthetrack,allrunnersstartthesamedistancefromthefinish.Thetrackshallbepermanentlymarkedtoshowthecut-inpointsinthe800Metersandinrelayracesthatstart,butdonotfinish,inlanes.

8. (a) The200Metersshallberuninlanesaroundoneturn.

(b) The400Metersshallberuninlanesaroundtwoturns.

(c) Whenever possible, the 800 Meters shall be run in lanes until the athleteshavepassedtheneareredgeofthebreaklineattheendofthe first turn. The starts shall be so staggered that thedistance from the start to finish shall be the same for each competitor. Small markers, such as cones or prisms 5cm x 5cm and nomore than 15cm, high preferablyofadifferentcolorfromthebreaklineandlanelines,shallbe placedonthelanelinesimmediatelybeforetheintersectionofthelane linesandthebreakline.

9. TheseparatearcedstartinglinereferredtoinRule162.17shallbemarkedinsuchawaythatallofthecompetitorsshallrunthesamedistance.Also,anarcedbreaklineshallbemarkedatthebeginningofthefollowingstraighttoindicatetotheathletesoftheoutergroupwheretheyarepermittedtojointhe competitors using the regular starting line. Small markers, as in Rule160.8(c),shallbeplacedatintervalsnotexceeding4malongtheinsidelaneboundaryoftheoutergroupfromtheirstarttothebreakline.

NOTE: Full technical information on track construction, layout and marking are contained in the IAAF's Manual on Track and Field Facilities, which is available from the IAAF at www.iaaf.org.

RULE 161STARTING BLOCKS

1. Startingblocksare tobeused in trackevents,notasamaterialaid to therunner,buttoprotectthetrackandtoexpeditethecarryingoutofthemeet.Handsupportsarenotallowed.Startingblocksmustbemadeentirelyofrigidmaterialsand,whiletheymaybeadjustable,mustbemadewithoutspringsor other devices whereby the athlete can obtain artificial assistance orimpetus. They shouldbe somadeas to easily andquicklybeplaced intopositionandremovedwithoutdamagetothetrack.Onall-weathertracks,theorganizersorGamesCommitteemayrefusetoallowacompetitortouseanypersonalstartingblocksthatcanbeshowntocausedamagetothetrack.

2. Startingblocksshallbeusedforallracesuptoandincluding400metersandthelead-offlegofrelayswherethatlegdoesnotexceed400meters.Theyshallnotbeusedforanyotherrace.


NOTE 1: For Youth Athletics exception, see Rule 302.2(e). NOTE 2: For Masters exception, see Rule 332.2(d).

3. Nopartofthestartingblockmayoverlapthestartinglineorextendbeyondthelaneinwhichitisplaced.

4. StartingblockslinkedtoanIAAF-approvedfalsestartcontrolapparatusmaybeusedatanycompetition,andshallbeusedinOpenMen'sandWomen'sNationalChampionshipsandUSAOlympicSelectioncompetitiontoassistthe Starters. The apparatus shall emit an acoustic signal, audible to theStarter,orassignedRecallStarter,wheneverthereactiontimeoftheathletedetectedby theapparatus is less than0.1 second.TheStarter and/oranassignedRecallStarterwithnootherdutiesshallwearheadphonesinordertoclearlyheartheacousticsignal.AssoonastheStarterand/orassignedRecallStarterhears theacousticsignal thereshallbea recall.TheStartershall immediately examine all the available numerical and graphicalinformationgeneratedbythefalsestartcontrolapparatusinordertoconfirmwhichathlete(s),ifany,is/areresponsiblefortheapparatusemittingasignal.Unless the apparatus was obviously not working properly, appropriateaction,shallbetakenwithrespecttotheathlete(s)withareactiontimefasterthan0.1ofasecond.Inadditiontotheacousticsignal,arecallsignalshallbeanautomatedfunctionofthefalsestartdetectionapparatuswhensuchfunctionisavailable.

5. IftheStarterdeemsitnecessary,he/shemayassignablockholdertoanyathlete.TheblockholdermustsitonthetracksothattheholderdoesnotinterferewiththeviewoftheStarterorRecallStarter(s).Theholdershallnotmakecontactwiththefootpads.

RULE 162THE START

1. Whenstarting,allcompetitorsmustbebehindthestartinglineandtheymustnot touch thestarting lineor thesurface in frontof itwithanypartof thebody.Startingpositionsineventsatalldistancesshallbenumberedinorderthatthelowestnumberisclosesttotheinneredgeofthetrack.

2. AllquestionsconcerningthestartshallbedecidedbytheStarter.

3. Priortoeachrunningevent,theStarterordesigneeshallgiveinstructionstocompetitors concerning the commands to be used. Before any startingcommands,theStartershallascertainthattheapplicableTimers,FinishLineJudges,PhotoFinishJudgesandtheWindGaugeOperator,areready.

4. Inraceswherethecompetitorsarenotplacedbehindthesamestartingline(i.e., races of 200m to 800m on oval tracks), the Starter should use amicrophonetransmittingtospeakerspositionedatornearthestartinglineineach lane relaying the commands and any start and recall signals to allcompetitorsatthesametime.Wheresuchadeviceisnotused,theStarter


shall sobeplaced that thedistancebetween theStarter andeachof thecompetitorsisapproximatelythesame.

5. Except for time handicap races, all running and walking events shall bestarted by the report of a pistol or approved device fired upward. Thestartingdeviceshouldbeheld toprovideabackgroundagainstwhich theflash/smokeisclearlydiscernible.(a) Whereapistolisused,itshouldbeofnotlessthan.32caliber,withblack

powdershellsgivingadistinct flash/smoke,except in indoorcompetition,wherea.22caliberpistolmaybeused.

(b) Whenanelectronictone isused, itshallbeofsuitable loudnessandshallsimultaneouslyactivateaflash/strobe.

(c) Intimehandicapraces,thestartcommand“Go”maybeused.

6. ThecommandsoftheStartershallbe:a) Inracesnotexceeding400meters,"onyourmarks"and"set."

b) Inracesexceeding400meters,"onyourmarks."Beforethecommand“onyour marks,” the Starter may assemble the competitors at an actual orimaginarylinebetween1mand3mbehindthestartingline.

Nolaterthanthecommand“onyourmarks,”theStartershallraisethehandwith the pistol or flash/starting device. That hand shall remain extendedabovetheheaduntilthestartsignalhasbeengenerated.Duringthattime,thehandwithoutthepistol/startingdeviceshallremainattheStarter’sside.

NOTE 1: The above may be modified to accommodate the hearing impaired. NOTE 2: To facilitate hand timing, the Starter may signal the Timers just prior

to the “set” command.

7. In races up to and including the 400 Meters and lead-off relay legs notexceeding 400 meters, a crouch start and starting block must be used,unlessprohibitedbyapermanentphysicaldisability.Eachcompetitormust,afterthe“onyourmarks”command,assumeapositioncompletelywithintheassignedlaneandbehindthestartline.Bothhandsandatleastonekneemustbe incontactwith thegroundandboth feet incontactwith the footplates of the starting block. At the "set" command, the competitor shallimmediatelyrisetoafinalstartingpositionretainingthecontactofthehandswith thegroundandof the feetwith the footplatesof the startingblock.After theStarter hasascertained that all competitors are “set,” thepistol/startingdeviceshallbefired.

8. In races longer than400Meters, all starts shall bemade fromastandingposition. Each competitor must, after the “on your marks” command,assumeapositionbehindthestartlineandifapplicable,completelywithintheassigned lane,withoutastartingblockandshallnot touchthegroundwithhis/herhandorhandsduringthestart.AftertheStarterhasascertainedthatallcompetitorsaresteadyandinthecorrectstartingposition,thepistol/startingdeviceshallbefired.


9. On the command “on your marks,” or “set” as the case may be, allcompetitors shall at once and without delay assume their full and finalstartingposition.

10. TheStartershallnotfirethepistol/startingdevice,orgivethestartcommand,whileanycompetitorisinmotionnorbeforetheStarterhasascertainedthateachcompetitorissteadyandinthecorrectstartingposition.

11. ShouldtheStarteroranyRecallStarternotbesatisfiedthatall isreadytoproceed after the competitors are on theirmarks, he/she shall cancel thestart and order the competitors to “stand up.”Upon reassembly, a greencardshallbeshowntoall theathletes to indicate thataviolationwasnotcommittedbyanyathlete.

12. Acompetitor,afterassumingafullandfinalsetposition,shallnotcommencehis/herstartuntilfirstreceivingthereportofthepistol/startingdevice.If,inthejudgmentoftheStarter,theathletedoessoanyearlier,itwillbedeemedafalsestart.

NOTE 1: Motion by a competitor that does not include or result in one or both hands leaving contact with the ground, or one or both feet losing contact with the foot plates of the starting blocks, shall not be considered commencement of the start.

NOTE 2: When an IAAF approved false start control apparatus is in operation, the evidence from this equipment, coupled with any resulting loss of contact, shall normally be accepted as conclusive by the Starter. See Rule 161.4.

13. Anycompetitor(s)chargedwithafalsestartshallbedisqualifiedandaredcard/flagshallbeplacedontherespectivelanemarker(s),orraisedinfrontof the respective athlete(s). For Combined Events, see Rule 200.3(c); ForYouth,seeRule302.2(d);ForMasters,seeRule332.2(c).

NOTE: In practice, when one or more athletes commit a false start, others are inclined to follow and, strictly speaking, any athlete who does so has also committed a false start. The Starter should warn or disqualify only such athlete or athletes who, in the Starter’s opinion, was/ were responsible for the false start. This may result in more than one athlete being warned or disqualified. If the false start is not due to any athlete, no warnings shall be given and a green card shall be shown to all the athletes.

14. Inhandicapraces,theStartershalldisqualifyfromthateventanycompetitorwho attempts to advance from his/hermark, as prescribed in the officialprogram,aftertheStarterhasgiventhefinaloralcommand.

15. TheStarteroranyRecallStarter,afterthestartsignal,whoisoftheopinionthat the start was not fair, or who hears the false start acoustic signalgeneratedbyafalsestartdetectionapparatus,seeRule161.4,shallrecallthecompetitorsbyfiringapistolorsoundingadistinctiverecalltone.

NOTE: Except for Rule 252.1, a recall, for a fall by a competitor, shall occur only when the opinion of a member of the start team is such that the fall is wholly part of an "unfair start". Any incident recalled for an "unfair start" must


have taken place within close proximity to the start line and be clearly associated with the start. A distance beyond 10 meters shall not be considered “close proximity” to the start line.

16. The Starter or any Recall Starter shall abort the start, and report to theReferee for improper conduct or for acting in an unsporting manner, anathletewho:(a) afterthecommand“onyourmarks”or“set”asappropriate,andbeforethe

reportof thepistol/startingdevice, signals toabort the startbyanactionsuchasraisingahandorstandingfromacrouchedpositionanddoesnotprovideavalidreasonforsuchaction;or

(b) in their judgment, fails tocomplywiththeprovisionsof thecommand“onyourmarks”or“set”asappropriate,doesnotattainafullandfinalstartingpositionafterareasonabletime,orrequiresawarningonanyprovisionofRule162;or

(c) in their judgment, after the command “on your marks”, disturbs othercompetitorsintheracethroughsoundorotherwise;or

(d) intheirjudgment,performsanyothermisconductatthestart. Inthesecases,theRefereeshallactinaccordancewithRule125.8and/or

Rule145.2,warningordisqualifying(incaseofasecondinfringementoftheRuleduringthesamecompetition)uponvalidationofthereport.Whenanextraneous reasonwasdetermined thecause foraborting thestartor theReferee does not agreewith the Starter’s decision, a green card shall beshown to all the athletes to indicate that no violation was committed byanyathlete.

17. Inraceswithmorethan12competitorsthatdonotstartinlanes,competitorsmaybedividedintotwogroupswithonegroupofapproximately65percentofthecompetitorson the regulararcedstarting lineand theothergrouponaseparatearcedstartinglinemarkedacrosstheouterhalfofthetrack.Theoutergroupshallrunasfarastheendofthefirstturnontheouterhalfofthetrack.

RULE 163RUNNING COMPETITION

1. Competitorsshallbeplacedat the finish in theorder inwhichanypartoftheirbodies (i.e., the “torso,”asdistinguished from thehead,neck,arms,hands,legs,orfeet)reachesthefinishline.

2. Inrunningevents,includinghurdleracesandSteeplechases,nocompetitormay place anymark ormarker upon the running surface or alongside it,exceptasallowedinrelayraces.SeeRule170.11.

3. Eachcompetitorshallruninadirectlineafterenteringthefinalstraightawayinallracesoftwoormoreturnsunlessthereisanothercompetitorinhisorherpath.


4. Anycompetitororparticipantjostling,runningacross,orobstructinganothercompetitororparticipantsoastoimpedehisorherprogressshallbeliabletodisqualificationinthatevent.TheRefereeshallhavetheauthoritytoordertheracetobere-held,excludingthedisqualifiedcompetitoror,inthecaseof a heat, to permit any competitor(s) seriously affected by jostling orobstruction (other than the disqualified competitor) to compete in asubsequentroundoftherace.Normally,suchanathleteshouldhavecompletedthe event with bona fide effort. Regardless of whether there has been adisqualification,theReferee,inexceptionalcircumstances,shallalsohavetheauthoritytoadvanceacompetitorseriouslyaffectedbyjostlingorobstructionortoordertheracetobere-heldifitisjustandreasonabletodoso.

5. Eachcompetitormustkeepinthelanesoutsidethelineorcurbmarkingtheinsideofthetrack,includingthediversionfromthetrackforthesteeplechasewaterjump.Inracesrunentirelyinlanes,eachcompetitormustkeepintheallotted lane from start to finish. In races run partially in lanes, eachcompetitormustkeepintheallottedlanefromthestarttothemarkedcut-inpoints. Unless amaterial advantage has been gained or the athlete is inviolationofRule163.4,acompetitorshallnotbedisqualifiedifheorshe:(a) ispushedorforcedbyanothercompetitortostepoutofthelane,or

(b) stepsoutofthelaneonthestraightaway,or

(c) stepsoutsideoftheouterlanelineonthecurve.

Excludingtheaboveexceptions,theRefereeshalldisqualifyacompetitorifanUmpirereportsthatthecompetitorhassteppedoutofthelane.

NOTE: Material advantage includes improving position by any means, including exiting from a “boxed” position in the race by having stepped or run inside the inside edge of the track.

6. LeavingTrack,Field,orCourse:(a) Nocompetitor,afterleavingthetrackorcourse,shallbeallowedtorejoinarace

eitherforthepurposeofgainingaplaceortopaceortoassistanothercompetitor.

(b) Infieldeventsandinthecombinedevents,withthepermissionoftheChiefJudgeoftheeventandaccompaniedbyanofficial,acompetitormayleavetheimmediateareaofthecompetitionduringtheprogressofthecompetition(otherthanduringarace).Competitorsexcusedtocompeteinanothereventneednotbeaccompanied.

(c) Inanytrackeventof20,000metersormoreorinanyroadrace,acompetitormayleavetheroadortrackwiththepermissionandunderthecontrolofajudgeorotherauthorizedofficial,providedthatbygoingofforreturningtothecoursetheathletedoesnotlessenthedistancetobecovered.

7. Tobeconsideredafinisher,acompetitormustcompletetherace.

8. Inanyracedecidedonthebasisofthedistancecoveredinafixedperiodoftime, the Starter shall fire the pistol or give other audible or visual signal


exactly one minute before the end of the race to warn competitors andjudgesthattheraceisnearingitsend.Attheexactspecifiedtimeafterthestart,asdirectedbytheChiefTimer,theStartershallsignaltheendoftheracebyagain firing thepistol orgivingother audibleor visual signal. TheTimerswillthenimmediatelystoptheirwatches.Attheinstantofthesignalof theexpirationof the time, the Judgesappointed for thatpurpose shallmarktheexactspotwhereeachcompetitorlasttouchedthetrackbeforeorsimultaneously with the final signal. Competitors may be given markingdevicestoplaceattheirlastcontactpointtoaidtheJudges.Thedistanceachieved shall bemeasured to the nearestmeter or yard behind the rearedge of the last footprint of the competitor. At least one judge shall beassignedtoeachcompetitorbeforethestartoftheraceforthepurposeofrecordingthetimeofeachlapcompletedandmarkingthedistanceachieved.

9. Distancesachieved in fixed timeperiod racesmaybemeasured inmiles,yards,ormeters.However,theresultsmustbereportedinkilometersand/ormeters.Distancesconvertedfromotherthanmetricmeasurementmustbeindicatedas such.Any conversions shall alwaysbe roundeddown to thenextlowermeter.

10. (a) Theperiodsforwhichthewindwillbemeasured,fromtheflashofthestartingpistol,areasfollows:

80MeterHurdles........................................................... 10seconds 100Meters..................................................................... 10seconds 100Meteror110MeterHurdles................................... 13seconds

(b) In the 200 Meters and 200 Meter Hurdles run around a curve, the windvelocityshallbemeasuredforaperiodof10seconds,commencingwhentherunnersenterthestraightaway.IntheLongJumpandTripleJump,thewindvelocityshallbemeasuredforaperiodof5seconds,commencing40mfromthetake-offboardinthecaseoftheLongJumpand35mfromthetake-offboardinthecaseoftheTripleJumpor,ifthecompetitorrunslessthan40or35m,asthecasemaybe,fromthestartoftherun.

11. The wind measuring instrument shall be placed beside the sprint track,adjacenttolane1,preferably50mfromthefinishlineand,fortheLongJumpandTripleJump,20mfromthetake-offboard.Theinstrumentshallbenotmore than 2m away from the track or straightaway and should beapproximately1.22m(4ft.)abovethecompetitionsurface.

12. Thewindgaugeshallbereadinmeterspersecond,roundedandrecordedtothenexthighertenthofameterpersecond,inthepositivedirection.(i.e.,a reading of +2.03m per second shall be recorded as +2.1; a reading of-2.03mpersecondshallberecordedas-2.0).Gaugesthatproducedigitalreadingsexpressedintenthsofmeterspersecondshallbeconstructedsoastocomplywiththisrule.

NOTE: For record requirements, See Rule 262.4.


13. Toinsureanaccuratereadingofonlythewindcomponentinthedirectionofrunning, a mechanical wind gauge should have some type of protectionwhichreducesthe impactofanycross-windcomponent.Wheretubesareused,theirlengthoneithersideofthemeasuringdeviceshouldbeatleasttwicethediameterofthetube.

14. Thewindgaugemaybestartedandstoppedautomaticallyand/orremotely,and the information conveyed directly to the competition computer.Whenever thewind gauge is connected to a computer system, theWindGaugeOperatorshallassurethatthewindgaugeisproperlytransmittingthewindreadingstothecomputerandthatthecomputerisproperlyrecordingthosereadings.

RULE 164THE FINISH LINE

1. Thefinishlineshallbealinedrawnacrossthetrackorcoursesurfacefromfinish post to finish post.Where their usemay interfere with photo finishequipment,finishpostsshouldnotbeused.

2. Forthepurposeofaidingthejudges,butnotasafinishline,therecanbestretchedacrossthetrackatthefinish,1.22m(4ft.)abovethegroundanddirectly over the finish line, aworsted string or threador tapeofmaterialwhichwillnottendtoinjuretherunnerswhenbrokenbythem.Thisworstedstring or finish tape shall be held by officials other than the judges or byreleasing clamps fastened to the finish post on either side, so that it willalways be at right angles to the course and parallel to the ground. It isrecommendedthatwherethereisfullyautomatictiming,theworstedstringortapenotbeused.

3. The finish post shall be of rigid construction, 1.37m (about 4 ft. 6 in.) inheight,7cminwidth-andbywidthismeantthedirectionatrightangleswiththetrack-and2cminthickness.

4. The finish line on the surface, while theoretically of no appreciable widthmustactuallyhavesomewidthsothatitmaybemorereadilyobserved.Thislineshouldhaveawidthof5cm.Inthecaseofeventsfinishingoutsidethestadiumthefinishlinemaybeupto30cminwidthandmaybeofanycolorcontrastingdistinctivelywiththesurfaceofthefinisharea.

NOTE: See Rule 244 for finish line requirements at road events.

RULE 165TIMING

1. Fourmethodsoftimingareofficial,handtiming,fullyautomatictiming,video

timing,andtranspondertimingassetforthinthisRule.Atimingdevicethatoperatesautomaticallyateitherthestartorfinish,butnotatboth,shallbeconsidered to produce neither hand times or fully automatic times andshouldnotbeusedtoobtainofficialtimes.


2. Wherepractical,fullyautomatictimingshouldbeused.Suchtimesshallbethe official times for those events unless theReferee determines that theequipmentisnotoperatingproperly.

3. Whenhand timesmust be used, timingprocedures shall be governedbysections 5 through 8.When properly functioning fully automatic timing isavailable,timingproceduresshallbegovernedbyparagraphs9through12.

4. The time shall be taken from the flash/smoke of the pistol or approvedapparatustothemomentatwhichanypartofthecompetitor'sbody(i.e.,the"torso," as distinguished from the head, neck, arms, hands, legs, or feet)reachestheperpendicularplaneoftheneareredgeofthefinishline.

NOTE: Times for races conducted partly or entirely outside the stadium may be published to 1/10 of a second to illustrate time differences between finishers, but only times rounded to the next longer full second shall be official.

hand Timing5. Hand times shall be taken by manually operated electronic devices with

digital readouts. If thefullyautomatictimingsystemwasnotautomaticallystartedwiththepistol,orsufferedalossofoperationduringtherace,butdidaccurately record the finish, the hand times should be adjusted usinginformation from a fully automatic timing system, if such informationisavailable.

6. IftwooftheOfficialTimers'watchesagreeandthethirddisagrees,thetimeshownbythetwoshallbetheofficialtime.Ifallthreewatchesdisagree,thetimeshownbythewatchrecordingthemiddletime(nottheaverageofallthree)shallbetheofficialtime.Ifforanyreasononlytwowatchesrecordthetimeofanevent,andtheyfailtoagree,thelongertimeofthetwoshallbeacceptedastheofficialtime.

7. (a) Forallhand-timedraceson the track,unless the time isanexact0.1second,thetimeshallbeconvertedandrecordedtothenextlonger0.1second,e.g.,10.11shallberecordedas10.2.Forracespartlyorentirelyoutsidethestadium,unlessthetimeisanexactwholesecond,thetimeshallbeconvertedandrecordedtothenextlongerwholesecond,e.g.,2:09:44.3shallberecordedas2:09:45.

(b) If thehandof thewatchstopsbetween two lines indicating the time, thelongertimeshallbeaccepted.

(c) When the time displayed on electronic, manually operated digital timersincludesdecimalplacevaluesgreaterthanzero,therecordedtimeshallbethedisplayedtimeroundeduptocomplywiththeprovisionsof7(a),above.E.g.,Forthetrack,adisplayedtimeof1:45.209shallberecordedas1:45.3andadisplayed timeof 47.31 shall be recordedas 47.4. For outside thestadium,adisplayedtimeof2:09:44.001or2:09:44.01shallberecordedas2:09:45,adisplayedtimeof31:00.00isroundedtoandrecordedas31:00andadisplayedtimeof31:00.01isroundedtoandrecordedas31:01.


8. Whenpossible,Timersshallbeplacedatleast5mbackfromandinlinewiththefinishonanelevatedplatform.

Fully Automatic Timing9. (a) Ifpossible,thereshouldbeatleasttwofullyautomatictimingdevicesof

asimilarmakeinoperation,onefromeachsideofthetrackatthefinishline.AttheOpenandJuniorNationalChampionships,atleasttwofullyautomatic timing devices of a similar type must be used and theplacementshouldbewithat leastoneateachsideofthetrackatthefinishline.Preferably,thetwotimingdevicesshouldbetechnicallyfullyseparated,i.e.,supportedbydifferentpowersystemsandrecordingandrelayingthereportoftheStarter'spistol,orapprovedstartingapparatus,byseparateequipmentandcables.

(b) Wheretwoormorefullyautomatictimingdevicesareused,oneshouldbedesignatedastheofficialonebeforethestartofthecompetition.Thetimesandplacesfromtheotherdevice(s)orcamera(s)shouldnotbeconsideredunlessthereisreasontodoubttheaccuracyoftheofficialdeviceorifthereis aneed touse the supplementary images to resolveuncertainties in thefinishingorderortimes.

10. (a) The timing equipment must be fully automatic and certified to beaccuratepriortothecompetition.Itmustbestartedautomaticallybythedischarge of the Starter's pistol or authorized starting device at theinstanceoftheflash/smokefromthecharge,oritmustbesynchronizedwith thestart signal,and itmust record the finish timesautomaticallywhenanypartofthecompetitor'sbodyortorso(asdistinguishedfromthehead,neck, arms,hands, legs,or feet) reaches theperpendicularplaneoftheneareredgeofthefinishline.Theoveralldelaybetweenthereportfromthepistolortheinitialsoundoftheelectronictoneandthestartof thetimingsystemmustbeconstantandequal toor lessthan0.001ofasecond.

(b) Intheeventthatthefullyautomatictimingdevicesmalfunctionatthestartofarace,theraceshouldberecalled.ARecallStartershouldbeassignedforthispurpose.SeeRule129.

(c) Ifthefullyautomatictimingdeviceisnotstartedautomaticallyinaccordancewithsubparagraph(a),theimageshouldsoindicateautomatically. Insuchcase,thetimesrecordedontheimagewillnot,underanycircumstances,beconsideredofficial.Theimagemay,however,beusedasavalidsupporttodetermine placings and to adjust time intervals between runners. SeeRule165.5.

(d) Inall fullyautomaticsystems, thepictureproductionand the timesystemshallbesynchronizedgeneratingauniformlymarkedtimescalegraduatedin 0.01 of a second. Thephoto finish systemmust be able to produce aprintedpicturethatshowsthetimeforeachrunner.


11. RecordingTimes:(a) Fully automatic timing for races on the track up to and including 10,000

metersshallbereadto0.001ofasecond,whenpossible.Whenthelastdigitis zero, that digit shall be dropped and the official time recorded inhundredthsof seconds.Otherwise, the time shall be rounded to the nextlongerhundredthof a secondandso recorded.When the fully automatictiming device cannot be read to 0.001 of a second, it shall be read andrecordedinhundredthsofseconds,roundeduptothenextlongerhundredthwhenthetimeisbetweenhundredthsindicators.

(b) The result for fullyautomatic timed raceson the track longer than10,000metersshallbereadin0.01ofasecondandshallbeconvertedtothenextlonger 0.1 of a second and recorded in tenths of a second, e.g., for the20,000MetersRun,59:26.32shallberecordedas59:26.4.

(c) Thetimesforracesconductedpartlyorentirelyoutsidethestadium(offthetrack)shallbereadin0.01ofasecondandshallbeconvertedtothenextlongerwhole second, i.e., for theMarathon, 2:09:44.32 shall be recordedas2:09:45.

12. Anyadjustmentstohandtimingwillbeaccomplishedbyusingtimeintervalinformation fromthe fullyautomatic timingsystemandwillbe recorded inaccordancewithRule165.7(a).

Video Timing13. A videotape-based system may be used for non-championship

competition,provided:(a) itcomplieswiththeprovisionsofRule165.10;

(b) itusesavideotapecameraalignedwith the finish lineandvideotape thatproducesatleast50framespersecond;and

(c) it incorporates a timing device that generates a reading to 1/100th of asecond.Whenaframe-by-framevideotape-basedsystemisused,theofficialtimeforeachcompetitorshallbereadfromthetimeoftheframewherethecompetitorispositionedexactlyat,orimmediatelyafter,thefinishline.

NOTE: Video timing is not fully automatic timing and is intended to be used as a backup timing system.

14. When a videotape-based system is used, the Photo Finish Judges shallconsider the frames immediatelybeforeandafter the finish line. If there isanychangeinpositionbetweenthesetwoframes,theJudgesshalldeclareadeadheatbetweentherunnerswhosepositionshavechanged.

15. A photofinish system based on a combination of a video CCD (ChargeCouplerDevice)camerawithaminimumof100linespersecond,acomputerand an appropriate electronic timing device may be used, provided thissystemiscalibratedbyanindependenttestinglaboratory.Thesystemmustrecord the finish through a camera with a vertical slit, positioned in theextensionofthefinishline,producingacompositeofatleast100componentimagespersecondInordertoconfirmthatthecameraiscorrectlyaligned


andtofacilitatethereadingofthephotofinishimage,theintersectionofthelanelinesandthefinishlineshallbecoloredblackinasuitabledesign.Anysuchdesignmustbesolelyconfinedtothewidthoftheintersectionandnotextendingbeforetheleadingedgeormorethan2cmbeyondthefinishline.

Transponder Timing16. Theuseoftranspondertimingsystemsinracewalkingeventsnotheldentirely

withinastadium,road,andcrosscountryracesispermittedprovidedthat:(a) thesystemrequiresnoactionbytherunnerduringthecompetition,atthe

finishline,orduringanyfinishlineorresultsrelatedsystemorprocess;

(b) the resolution is 0.1 second (i.e., it can separate runners finishing 0.1secondapart);

(c) the weight of the transponder and its housing carried on the runners'uniform,racenumberorshoeisnotsignificant;

(d) noneoftheequipmentusedatthestart,alongthecourseoratthefinishlineconstitutesasignificantobstacleorbarriertotheprogressoftherunner;

(e) thesystem,includingtheimplementationofitscomponentsanditstechnical

specifications, is approved by the finish line subcommittee of the RoadRunningTechnicalCouncil;

(f) thesystemisstartedinaccordancewithRule245.2;

(g) the determination of the official winning time is in accordance withRule165.4;and

(h) timesforothercompetitorswillbeadjusted,basedontheofficialwinningtime. NOTE: Net times (the elapsed time between an individual’s transponder

generated starting and finish times) shall not be used for any purpose other than Masters LDR records. See Rule 265.10.


SECTION IITRACK EVENTS

RULE 166REGULATIONS FOR FORMING HEATS

1. The heats or sections for all rounds in the running events in the OpenNationalTrackandFieldChampionship,andtotheextentfeasibleinallothermeets,shallbeformedaccordingtothefollowing:(a) Inindividualracesuptoandincludingthe800Meters,andrelaysuptoand

including the 4x400Meters, the number of competitors on the track in arace,atthestart,shallnotexceedthenumberoflanesonthetrackforthatevent,excludingalllaneswhichwouldnotqualifyforrecordpurposes.Asanexception,inthefirstroundforcompetitionslistedinRule10andRule27,orinanyroundforothercompetitions,upto12runnersmaystartthe800Metersusingtheprocedure inRule162.17.Thisexceptionandprocedureshall also apply where there are more athletes competing than lanesavailableduetoadvancementbyaReferee.

NOTE: For Youth exception see Rule 303.1(c).

(b) UnlessotherwiseprovidedwithinthisRule,nofewerthanthree(3)athletesfromanyoneheatshalladvancetothenextroundofcompetition.Exceptwhere Rule 167 applies, other athletes may qualify by place or by timeaccording to Rule 166.1(h), the particular competition regulations, or asdeterminedbytheGamesCommittee.Whenathletesarequalifiedaccordingtotimes,onlyonesystemoftimingshallbeapplied.

(c) Ineventsof1500metersor longer,theGamesCommitteeshalldetermine

thenumberofheats,thenumberofqualifiersandthebasisforqualification,withinthefollowingguidelines.i. Atleastonehalfofthequalifiersforasucceedingroundinanyeventshall

beonthebasisofplace;nomorethanonehalfonthebasisoftime.

ii. Ifmorethan16reportforthe1500Meters,morethan18reportforthe3000MetersorSteeplechase,ormorethan20reportforthe5000Meters(exceptfortheOpenWomen's5000meters),heatsshallberun.

iii. Ifheatsarerunasrequiredinthissection,thenthereshallbenomorethan12inthefinalofthe1500Meters,nomorethan14inthefinalofthe3000MetersorSteeplechase,andnomorethan16inthefinalofthe5000Meters.

iv. Ifmore than24 report for the10,000Metersor theOpenWomen's5000Meters,theeventshouldberuninsectionsofnomorethan24,butmayberunasheatsofnomorethan24,withnomorethan20advancingtothefinalof the 10,000Meters and nomore than 16 advancing to the final of the5000Meters.

v. TheGamesCommitteeofallmeetsotherthantheOpenNationalChampionshipsmayelect to run theseeventsassectionsbecauseof facilityor schedulingconditions.Theelectionofthisformatmustbestatedintheentryform.


(d) Whenheatsarebeingarranged,itisrecommendedthatasmuchinformationaspossibleabout theperformancesofallcompetitorsbeconsideredandtheheatsdrawnsothat,normally,thebestperformersreachthefinal.Intheabsence of extraordinary circumstances, theGamesCommittee shall usethefollowingprinciplesforformingheats.i. First round seeding, including sections, is derived from the ranked list of

declared athletes, arranged in order of qualifying times. For qualifyingperiodsthatspanmorethan12months,markspriortothecurrentcalendaryear (or current season in the case of indoor meets) shall be rankedfollowingtherankingofallothermarks.Entrantswhohavenoseedmarkshallbelistedrandomlyfollowingallthosewhohaveaqualifyingseedmark.

ii. Inroundsotherthanthefirst:a. Foreventsof100metersto400meters, inclusive,andrelaysuptoand

including the 4x400 Meters, seeding is determined from a list ofcompetitorswhoadvanceonplace followedby thosewhoadvanceontime.Thosewhoadvancedonplacearerankedfirstbytheirplaceintheprevious round and then by their time in that round, creating rankedgroupsofplacewinners.Thosewhoadvancesolelyontimearerankedseparatelybyonly their time in theprevious round.Onlyonesystemoftimingmaybeappliedtodetermineaqualifyingpositionbasedonthetimeelement. The disregarding of automatic timing for qualifying purposesdoesnotnegatethoseautomatictimesasofficialtimesforotherpurposes.

b. Forallotherevents,seedingisfromthelistofcompetitorsintheevent,ranked by their original times used for seeding modified only byimprovementsachievedinpreviousrounds.

iii. Athletes are assigned to heats, from the ranked list for the appropriate

round, working alternately from left to right and right to left, in a zigzagfashion.Ifthisassignmenttoheatscreatesaheatthatcontainsthefastesttimesfromeachplacegroup(fastestfirst,fastestsecond,fastestthird,etc.),thesamerankedlistandzigzagfashionareused,buttheheatassignmentfor the fastest time ineachplacegroup isalternated. (Seeexample for4heats,4qualifiers,inthetablebelow.)

iv. Intheprocessofassigningathletestoheats,noconsiderationshallbegiventotheteamaffiliationofanyrunner.

v. Ifallheatsdonothavethesamenumberofcontestants,theheatsfortheextraathleteswillbedrawnbylot.

vi. Heatorderisdrawnbylot.

(e)Examplesofformingheats:Legend:1a-FastestFirst-PlaceRunner1b-SecondFastestFirst-PlaceRunner,etc.2a-FastestSecond-PlaceRunner2b-SecondFastestSecond-PlaceRunner,etc.(concludingwith)5a-FastestTimeQualifier5b-SecondFastestTimeQualifier,etc.


3 hEATS, 4 QUALIFIERS ON PLACE, 4 ON TIME

4 hEATS, 4 QUALIFIERS ON PLACE

5 hEATS, 3 QUALIFIERS ON PLACE

heat 1 heat 2 heat 1 heat 2 heat 1 heat 2

1a 1b 1a 1b 1a 1b

2a 1c 1d 1c 1d 1c

2b 2c 2b 2a 1e 2a

3b 3a 2c 2d 2c 2b

3c 4a 3a 3b 2d 2e

4c 4b 3d 3c 3b 3a

5a 5b 4b 4a 3c 3d

5d 5c 4c 4d 3e (drawheatbylot)

(f) Principlesofassigninglanes.

i. For events of 100meters to 800meters, inclusive, and relays up to andincludingthe4x400Meters:a. In the first round, including a final if it is the first round, laneswill be

drawnbylot,usingthelanesdesignatedbytheGamesCommittee. b. For all other rounds, competitors shall be ranked after each round in

accordancewiththeproceduressetforthinRule166.1(d)ii.Threedrawswillthenbemade.

(1) The first draw is for those preferred lanes as determined by the GamesCommittee,foranumberequaltoandnotexceedingone- halfthenumberoflanesused,forthehighestrankedcompetitors intheracebasedontherankedlistforformingheatsfortheround.

(2) Theseconddrawisforthosepreferredlanesasdeterminedbythe

GamesCommittee,foranumberequaltoandnotexceedingone- halfthosecompetitorsremainingafterthefirstdraw.

(3) Thethirddrawisfortheremainingcompetitorsintheraceandthe remaininglanes.

ii. For track eventswith non-lane starts, the position of the athletes on thetrackwillbedrawnbylotinallrounds.

(g) Theprinciplessetforthinformingheatsandassigninglanesshallbeappliedto events when the number of entries requires more than one line ofcompetitorsatthestartingmark.

(h) Onasix(6),eight(8),ornine(9)lanetrack,intheabsenceofextraordinary

circumstances,thefollowingtableshallbeusedindeterminingthenumberofheatsandadvancementprocedure forevents runentirelyorpartially inlanes. On other tracks, the table should be modified to reflect the otherprovisionsof thisRule.ForChampionshipsandselectionmeets,alternateadvancement procedures may be used as included in the publishedentrymaterial.


WhERE hANd TIMINg IS USEd

FOR EIghT LANES

No. of Entries

No. Trial heats

No. Qualifying No. Semi-Finals heats

No. Qualifying

No. in Final

1to8 0 - 0 - 1to8

9to16 0 - 2 3+next2besttimes 8


25to32 4 3+next4besttimes 2 3+next2besttimes 8




FOR NINE LANES

No. of Entries

No. Trial heats


No. Qualifying

No. in Final

1to9 0 - 0 - 1to9

10to18 0 - 2 4 8

19to27 0 - 3 3 9

28to36 4 4 2 4 8

37to45 5 3 2 4 8

46to54 6 3 2 4 8

55orMore Requiresquarterfinalsfollowingtheabovepattern.

WhERE FULLy AUTOMATIC TIMINg IS USEd

FOR EIghT LANES

No. of Entries

No. Trial heats


No. Qualifying

No. in Final

1to8 0 - 0 - 1to8


17to24 3 4+next4besttimes 2 4 8





FOR NINE LANES

1to9 0 - 0 - 1to9

10to18 0 - 2 4+nextbesttime 9







73to81 9 3 3 3 9

FOR SIx LANES

No. of Entries

No. Trial heats


No. Qualifying

No. in Final

1to6 0 - 0 - 1to6








2. Wheneverthenumberofcompetitorsreportingforaneventmakesheats,asrequiredinthisRule,unnecessary,theeventshallberunasafinalatthetimeintheprogramsoscheduledforthefinal,unlessotherprovisionshavebeenmadebytheGamesCommittee.

NOTE: For Youth Athletics exception see Rule 303.2(b).3. Wheneverthenumberofcompetitorsreporting,inanyheatorround,foran

event eliminates the element of competition, theReferee, or one ormorepersonsappointedbytheReferee,mayreformtheheats,re-determinethenumberofrounds,orredeterminethequalifyingproceduresfortheevent,inaccordancewiththisRule,unlessotherprovisionshavebeenmadebytheGamesCommittee.

NOTE 1: For rule applicable to forming heats for Indoor competitions, see Rule 214.

NOTE 2: For rules applicable to forming heats in Youth Athletics competition, see Rule 303.


4. Whenever the Games Committee determines that there are too manycompetitors to run a single final, and the schedule precludes a qualifyinground, the event shall be contested in sections as a time-based final. Intimedfinalevents,sectionsshallbederivedfromtherankedlistofdeclaredathletes,arrangedinorderofqualifyingtimes.Eachsection,beginningwiththe fastest, shall be filled to its limit before placing anyone into the nextsection. If the last section has fewer than three competitors, the slowestrankedcompetitor(s)fromtheprevioussection,asneeded,shallbemovedto that section. Sections shall be contested in reverse order, slowest tofastest..Thefinalresultsofathletesintheeventshallbeoverallaccordingtotheresultsofallsections.

NOTE 1: See Rule 302.2(a) and (b) for Youth Athletics. NOTE 2: See Rule 332.2(e) for Masters Track and Field.

5. After the Clerk of Course has reported to the Referee the number ofcompetitors ready to start in the first round of a running event and theRefereehasdesignatedthenumbertocompeteineachheatandthenumberof heats to be run as well as the number to qualify to the next round,additionalcompetitorsshallnotbepermittedtostart.

6. Forseedingpurposesonly, theconversion factorof .24secondsbetweenfullyautomaticandmanualtimingmustbeusedwhenconversionsaremade(i.e., themanual timeplustheconversion factorequals the fullyautomatictimeforseedingpurposesunderRule166).

7. Whenanindividualorrelayteam,havingqualifiedforasubsequentround,withdraws for any reason, no additional individual or relay team shall beadvanced to fill the vacatedposition.When an individual or relay team isdisqualifiedprior tothesubsequentround,thequalifiersandseedingshallbe redetermined without the disqualified competitor(s) unless thedisqualificationresultsinanadvancementunderRule163.4,inwhichcasenootheradvancementshalloccur.

NOTE 1: An athlete who is declared with exhibition status prior to an event shall not be considered to be a qualifier for the next round.

NOTE 2: For Masters exception, see Rule 332.2(b).

RULE 167RUNNING EVENT TIES

1. Indeterminingwhethertherehasbeenatieforaqualifyingpositionforthenextroundbasedontime,thePhotoFinishJudgeshallconsider,withinthesame race, the competitor’s finish place as determinedbyRule 163.1, orbetweendifferentraces,theactualtimerecordedbythecompetitorstonotgreaterthan0.001secondsaccuracy.


Whetherbytimeorfinishingplace,ifitisdeterminedthattherehasbeenatie,thetyingcompetitorsshallbeplacedinthenextroundifitispracticaltodoso.Ifthatisnotpractical,lotsshallbedrawntodeterminewhoshallbeplacedinthenextround.

2. Incaseofatieforanyplaceinanyfinal,includingfirstplace,thetieshallremain.

RULE 168HURDLES

1. Foroutdoorcompetition,thestandarddistanceforhurdleraces,whichshallhave10 flightsofhurdles ineach laneandsetout inaccordancewith thefollowingtable,shallbe:

distance distance Last distance of height of from Start to Between hurdle to Race hurdle First hurdle hurdles FinishJuniorMen 110m 0.995m(±0.005) 13.72m 9.14m 14.02mMen 110m 1.067m(±0.003) 13.72m 9.14m 14.02mMen 400m 0.914m(±0.003) 45m 35m 40mWomen's 100m* 0.840m*(±0.003) 13m 8.5m 10.5mEvents 400m 0.762m(±0.003) 45m 35m 40m

*Forexperimentalpurposes,women’seventsmaybeconductedwithahurdleheightof0.914m(36in.).NOTE: For Indoor specifications, see Rule 216. For specifications for Masters races, see Rule 332.2(j). For specifications for Youth Athletics, See Rule 302.4

2. Ahurdleshallbeofsuchstrengthandstabilityasnottobebrokeneasilybyacompetitorhittingthesame,andifofthereversibleoradjustabletype,shallberigidwhensoadjusted.

3. Allracesshallberuninlanes.Eachathleteshalljumpeachhurdleandshallkeep to his or her own lane throughout. In addition to the applicableprovisionsofRule163,acompetitorshallbedisqualifiedif:(a) his/herlegorfootis,attheinstantofclearance,besidethehurdle(oneither

side)belowthehorizontalplaneofthetopofanyhurdle;or

(b) intheopinionoftheReferee,he/shedeliberatelyknocksdownanyhurdle.

4. Exceptasprovidedinparagraph3above,theknockingdownofoneormorehurdles does not disqualify the athlete nor prevent a record providedstandard3.6kgpull-overweighthurdleshavebeenused.

NOTE: Under IAAF Rule 168.9, in establishing a world record a complete set of hurdles of the international type must have been used. For specification of the hurdles, see USATF Rule 168.5 - 168.11.

5. Construction-Thehurdlesshallbemadeofmetalorsomeothersuitablematerialwiththetopbarofwoodorsomeothersuitablematerialandshallconsist of two bases and two uprights supporting a rectangular frame


reinforcedbyoneormorecrossbars,theuprightstobefixedattheextremeendofeachbase.Thehurdlesshallbeofsuchdesignthataforceofatleast3.6kg(8lb.)appliedhorizontallytothecenterofthetopedgeofthecrossbaris requiredtooverturn it.Thehurdlesmaybeadjustable inheight foreachevent. The counterweights must be adjustable so that at each height ahorizontalforceofatleast3.6kg(8lb.)andnotmorethan4.0kgisrequiredtooverturnit.

6. Width-Themaximumwidthshallbe1.20m.

7. Length-Themaximumlengthofthebaseshallbe70cm.

8. Top Bar-Thetopbarshallbe7cmwideandshallbestripedinblackandwhiteor insomeotherstrongdistinctivecontrastingcolors,also incontrastwith thesurroundingenvironment, in suchamanner that the lighter stripesappearforat least22.5cmateachendofthebar.Thethicknessofthisbarshallbebetween10and25mmandthetopedgesshouldberounded.Thebarshouldbefirmlyfixedattheextremities.Thetopbarshallbeofalengthequaltothewidthofthelaneinwhichitisplaced.

9. Placement-Thehurdlesshallbesoplacedonthetrackthatthefeetofthehurdlesshallbeonthesideof theapproachbythecompetitor.Thehurdleshallbesoplacedthattheedgeofthebarnearesttheapproachinghurdlercoincideswiththetrackmarkingnearesttheapproachinghurdler.

10. Weight-Thetotalweightofthehurdleshallbenotlessthan10kilograms.

11. Testing -Tocheck the resisting forceofhurdles,asimplespringbalanceshould be used to apply a pulling force horizontally to the center of thecrossbar. Alternatively, use a cord with a hook applied horizontally to thecenterofthecrossbar;takethecordalongoverapulleyfixedappropriatelyandloadtheotherendofthecordwithweights.

NOTE: The so-called "rocker" hurdle does not comply with the above specifications.

AdiagramshowingthedesignofapprovedhurdlesappearsinFigure1.

RULE 169STEEPLECHASE

1. Thestandarddistanceshallbe3000meters.Racesof1500and2000metersmayalsobecontested.

2. The3000MeterSteeplechaseshallhave28hurdlejumpsand7waterjumps.The2000MeterSteeplechaseshallhave18hurdlejumpsand5waterjumps.The 1500 Meter Steeplechase shall have 13 hurdles and 3 water jumps.Thereshallbefivejumpsperlapafterthefinishlinehasbeenpassedforthe


first time.Thewater jumpshallbe the fourth if that is feasible.The jumpsshall be evenly distributed, i.e., the distance between the jumps shall beapproximately one-fifth of the nominal length of the lap. Because ofdifferences in track design and water jump placement, all steeplechasecoursesmustbeindividuallymeasured.Generally,onlythestartlinewillneedtobeadjusted.Adiagramshowingatypicalconfigurationofthebarriersona400mtrackwithaninteriorwaterjumpisshowninFigure2.

NOTE: In the 2000m event, if the water jump is on the inside of the track, the finish line has to be passed twice before the first lap with five jumps.

3. Themen'shurdlesshallbe91.4cm(±3mm)high(3ft.).Thewomen'shurdles

shallbe76.2cm(±3mm)high(2ft.6in.).Thehurdlesshallbeatleast3.96mwideandshallbeplacedonthetracksothat30cmofthetopbar,measuredfromtheinsideedgeofthetrack,willbeinsidethefield.Thesectionofthetopbarofthehurdlesandthehurdleatthewaterjumpshallbe12.7cm(5in.)square.Theweightofeachhurdleshallbebetween80and100kg,andeach hurdle shall have on either side a base between 1.2 and 1.4m. Allhurdles are to bepaintedwithwhite andblack stripes, or in other strongdistinctive contrasting colors, also in contrast with the surroundingenvironment,insuchamannerthatthelighterstripes,whichwillbeatleast22.5cmwide,areontheoutside.SeeFigure3.

NOTE: It is recommended that the first hurdle taken in the race should be at least 5m wide.

4. Each competitor shall go over or through the water. An athlete shall bedisqualifiedifhe/she:(a) doesnotjumpanyhurdle;

(b) stepstoonesideortheotherofthehurdles;or

(c) trailsthelegorfootbelowthehorizontalplaneofthetopofanyhurdleattheinstantofclearance.ProvidedthisRuleisobserved,anathletemaygoovereachhurdleinanymanner.

5. WaterJumpConstruction:(a) Thewaterjump,includingthehurdle,shallbe3.66m(±2cm)inlengthand

3.66m(±2cm)inwidth.Atthestartofarace,thesurfaceofthewatershallbelevelwiththesurfaceofthetrack,withinamarginof2cm.Thedepthofthewaterclosesttothehurdleshallbe70cmforapproximately30cm.Fromthere,thebottomshallhaveauniformslopeupwardstothelevelofthetrackat the farther endof thewater pit. Thehurdle at thewater jumpshall be3.66m (± 2cm) wide, and shall be firmly fixed to the ground, so that nohorizontalmovementispossible.Thetopbarshallbe12.7cmx12.7cm(5in.x5in.)inthicknessandthesameheightastheothers.

(b) Theslopedportionof thebottomof thewaterpitshallbecoveredwithasyntheticsurface,ormatting,ofsufficientthicknesstoaffordasafelanding,andallowforthespikestogripsatisfactorily.SeeFigure4.


RULE 170RELAY RACES

1. The standard distances for outdoor shall be: 4x100m, 4x200m, 4x400m,4x800m,4x1500m,‘Swedish’MedleyRelay(100,200,300,400)andSprintMedleyRelay(200,200,400,800).Thestandarddistancesforindoorshallbe:4x400m,4x800m,SprintMedleyRelay(400,200,200,800)andDistanceMedleyRelay(1200,400,800,1600).

NOTE: For indoor relay event procedure, see Rule 217

2. Lines5cmwideshallbedrawnacrossthetracktomarkthedistancesofthelegsandtodenotethescratchline.

3. Eachtake-overzoneshallbe20mlongofwhichthescratchlineisthecenter.Thezonesshallstartand finishat theedgesof thezone linesnearest thestartlineintherunningdirection.

4. Therelaybatonshallbeasmoothhollowcirculartubemadeofwood,metalorotherrigidmaterialinonepiece.Itslengthshallbebetween28and30cm.Itsoutsidediametershallbe4cm±2mmanditshallweighnotlessthan50g.Itshouldbeacolorsoastobeclearlyvisibleduringtherace.Nomaterialorsubstancemaybeappliedtothebaton.Inroadrelayraces,inlieuofabaton,runnersshallexchangeasashorwristbandprovidedbyraceofficials.

5. CheckMarks.Whenallorthefirstportionofarelayraceisbeingruninlanes,arunnermayplaceonecheckmarkonthetrackwithinhis/herownlane,byusingself-adhesivetape,maximum5cmx40cm,ofadistinctivecolorwhichcannotbeconfusedwithotherpermanentmarkings.Foracinderorgrasstrack, the runner may make a check mark within his/her own lane byscratchingthetrack.Ineithercasenoothercheckmarkmaybeused.

NOTE: For Youth Athletics exceptions, see Rule 302.2(f ).

6. The4x100mraceshallberunentirelyinlanes.

7. The4x200mracemayberuninanyofthefollowingways:(a) wherepossible,entirelyinlanes,

(b) inlanesforthefirsttwolegs,aswellasthatpartofthethirdleguptotheneareredgeofthebreaklinedescribedinRule160.8(c),whererunnersmayleavetheirrespectivelanes,

(c) inlanesforthefirstleguptotheneareredgeofthebreaklinemarkedanddescribedinRule160.8(c),whererunnersmayleavetheirrespectivelanes.

NOTE: Where not more than four teams are competing, option (c) is recommended.

8. The4x400mracemayberunineitherofthefollowingways:(a) inlanesforthefirstleg,aswellasthatpartofthesecondleguptothenearer

edgeofthebreaklinedescribedinRule160.8(c),whererunnersmayleavetheirrespectivelanes,


(b) inlanesforthefirstleguptotheneareredgeofthebreaklinemarkedanddescribedinRule160.8(c),whererunnersmayleavetheirrespectivelanes.

NOTE: Where not more than four teams are competing, option (b) is recommended.

9. The4x800mracemayberunineitherofthefollowingways:(a) inlanesforthefirstleguptotheneareredgeofthebreaklinemarkedand

describedinRule160.8(c),whererunnersmayleavetheirrespectivelanes,

(b) withouttheuseoflanes.

10. The‘Swedish’MedleyRelayandtheoutdoorSprintMedleyRelayracesshallberuninlanesforthefirsttwolegs,aswellasthatpartofthethirdleguptothe nearer edgeof the break linemarked anddescribed inRule 160.8(c),whererunnersmayleavetheirrespectivelanes.

11. The4x1500mraceshallberunwithouttheuseoflanes.

12. In the 4x100m, 4x200m and other relay races where the distance of anincoming leg is 200m or less, the outgoing member of the team maycommence running not more than 10m outside the take-over zone. Adistinctivemarkshallbemadeineachlanetodenotethisextendedlimit.IfarunnerdoesnotfollowthisRule,his/herteamshallbedisqualified.

13. In the4x400m,4x800m,4x1500m races, the last two legsof theoutdoorSprintMedleyRelayand the final takeover in the ‘Swedish’MedleyRelay,runnersarenotpermittedtobeginrunningoutsidetheirtake-overzones,andshallstartwithinthetakeoverzone.IfarunnerdoesnotfollowthisRule,his/herteamshallbedisqualified.

14. In the4x400m race, the thirdand fourth leg runners, and in the ‘Swedish’MedleyRelay and outdoor SprintMedleyRelay, the final leg runner, shall,underthedirectionofadesignatedofficial,placethemselvesintheirwaitingpositioninthesameorder(insidetoout)astheorderoftheirrespectiveteammembersastheypassthepoint200mfromthefinishoftheirleg.Oncetheincomingrunnershavepassedthispoint,thewaitingrunnersshallmaintaintheirorder,andshallnotexchangepositionsatthebeginningofthetake-overzone.IfarunnerdoesnotfollowthisRule,his/herteamshallbedisqualified.

NOTE: In the 4x200m relay race, not run entirely in lanes, the runner in the fourth leg shall line up in the order of the start list (inside to out).

15. Inanyrace,whenlanesarenotused,foragivenexchange,waitingrunnersmay take an inner position on the track as incoming team membersapproach,provided theydonot jostleorobstructanother runnersoas toimpede that runner’sprogress. In the4x200m,4x400m, ‘Swedish’MedleyRelayandoutdoorSprintMedleyRelay,waiting runnersshallmaintain theorderinaccordancewithRule170.14.IfarunnerdoesnotfollowthisRule,his/herteamshallbedisqualified.


16. Thebatonshallbecarriedbyhandthroughouttherace.Competitorsarenotpermittedtowearglovesortoplacematerial(otherthanthosepermittedbyRule144.2(g))orsubstancesontheirhandsinordertoobtainabettergripofthebaton.Ifdropped,itshallberecoveredbytherunnerwhodroppedit.He/shemay leave any assigned lane to retrieve the baton provided that, bydoingso,thedistancetobecoveredisnotlessened.Inaddition,wherethebaton isdropped in suchaway that itmoves sidewaysor forward in thedirection of running (including beyond the finish line), the runner whodroppedit,afterretrievingit,mustreturnatleasttothepointwhereitwaslastinhand,beforecontinuingintherace.Providedtheseproceduresareadopted where applicable and no other runner is impeded, dropping thebaton shall not result in disqualification. Otherwise, if a runner does notfollowthisRule,his/herteamshallbedisqualified.

17. The baton shall be passed within the take-over zone. The passing of thebaton commences when it is first touched by the receiving runner and iscompletedthemomentitisinthehandofonlythereceivingrunner.Inrelationto the take-over zone, it is only the position of the baton that is decisive.Passingthebatonoutsidethetake-overzoneshallresultindisqualification.

18. Runners,beforereceivingand/orafterhandingoverthebaton,shouldremainintheirrespectivelanesormaintainpositionuntilthecourseiscleartoavoidobstruction to other competitors. Rule 163.5 shall not apply to theseathletes.Shouldanyrunnerwillfully impedeamemberofanother teambyrunning out of position or lane at the finish of the leg, the team of theimpedingrunnershallbedisqualified.

19. Assistancebypushingorbyanyothermethodshallresultindisqualification.

20. Inallrelayraces,notmorethansix(6)athletesmaybeenteredforeachteam.Anyfourathletesfromamongthoseenteredforthecompetition,whetherfortherelayoranyotherevent,maybeusedinthecompositionoftherelayteamforanyround.However,oncearelayteamhasstartedinacompetition,onlytwoadditionalathletesmaybeusedassubstitutesinthecompositionoftheteam.Thecompositionof the relay teamand theorderof runningshallbeofficiallydeclarednolaterthanonehourbeforethepublishedfirstcalltimeforthe first heatof each roundof thecompetition.Further alterationsmaybemadeonlyonmedicalgrounds(verifiedbyamedicalofficerappointedbytheGamesCommittee)andonlyuntilthefinalcallfortheparticularheatinwhichtheteamiscompeting.Eachmemberofarelayteammayrunonelegonly.IfateamdoesnotfollowthisRule,itshallbedisqualified.

NOTE: For Youth Athletics exceptions, see Rule 302.3.

21. Inthecaseofahandicaprelayrace,therunneronthefirstlegisallowedthetotalhandicapallowedeachteam.Whiletheorderofrunningmaybechangedasbetweenthesecond,third,andfourthmembersoftheteam,theremaybenochangeinthefirstrunnerwhohasbeenallowedtheteam’shandicap.Inallhandicapmedleyraces,thelongestdistancemustberunfirst.


22.Unlessotherwisehereinpermittedforinternationalcompetition,orasstatedupontheentryblank issuedforanathleticmeetother than foraNational,RegionalorAssociationChampionshipofUSATF,allmembersofeachrelayteam must be duly accredited representatives of a single club, school,college,orathleticorganization.

NOTE: For Masters exception, see Rule 332.2(g).

23. ForChampionshipsheldonmorethanasingleday,heatsshallbeheldforrelayraces,ifnecessary.ForChampionshipsheldonasingleday,relaysmaybeconductedinsections.

24.Allmembersoftherelayteammustbeidentifiableasteammembers.Teamidentification shall be clearly visible and shall distinguish one team fromanother.Wherethisisnotaccomplishedbythemeet’sissuingitemssuchaslettersordistinguishingnumbers, teammembersshallwearan identifyingarticle,suchasanidenticalsingletorshirt.

NOTE: For Youth Athletics exception, see Rule 302.3(d).


SECTION IIIFIELD EVENTS

RULE 180GENERAL RULES

1. The Referee shall have the power to change the time or location of thecompetitioninanyfieldeventafterithasstartedonlyifextremeconditionswarrantit.Wheneveritisfeasible,suchachangeshallbemadeonlyafteraroundinprogresshasbeencompleted.

NOTE: The fact that the wind direction has changed is never a justification for changing the time, or reversing the direction of the runway, or changing the direction of throwing, after the event has started.

2. InallscratcheventsinthePoleVaultandHighJump,theorderoftrialsshallbedeterminedbylotbytheGamesCommittee.Eachcompetitorshallhaveoneattemptintheorderdrawn,andthenthosewhohavefailed,ifany,shallhaveasecondtrialintheirregularorder,andthosewhohavefailedasecondtime,ifany,shallhaveathirdtrialintheirregularorder(forfurtherdetailsseeRule181).

3. TheorderofcompetitionshallbedeterminedbylotbytheGamesCommittee.

4. InallfieldeventsotherthantheHighJumpandPoleVault:(a) Nocompetitorshallhavemorethanonetrialrecordedinanyoneroundof

thecompetition.

(b) When there are more than eight competitors, each competitor shall beallowed three trials.Theeightcompetitorswith thebestperformances (ornineifninelanesareusedaroundthetrack)shallbeallowedthreeadditionaltrials.TiesforthefinalqualifyingpositionforthreeadditionaltrialsshallbebrokenbyapplyingRule180.14.

(c) When thereareeightor fewer competitors (or nine if nine lanesareusedaroundthetrack),allshallbeallowedsixtrials.Athletesfailingtoachieveavalidtrialduringthefirstthreeroundsshallcompeteinsubsequentroundsbeforethosewithvalidtrials,andinthesamerelativeorderaccordingtotheoriginaldraw,exceptingparagraph(f).

(d) Innon-championshipcompetition,inthediscretionoftheGamesCommittee,thenumberoftrialsallowedtoeachcompetitormaybereducedtofour.

(e) In the competition proper, in a Championship competition, if there areresidentand/ornon-residentaliensamongtheleadingcompetitorsafterthecompletion of the preliminaries, American citizens in order of placementequaltothenumberoffulllanesaroundthetrack,butnottoexceednine(9)shalladvancetothefinalsforthree(3)additionalattempts.

(f) Inallcompetitions,theorderofcompetitionforthefinalthreetrialsshallbein reverseorderof thebestperformance in the first three trials.When thecompetingorderistobechangedandthereisatieforanyposition,those


tyingshallcompeteinthesamerelativeorderaccordingtotheoriginaldraw.IfacompetitorispermittedbytheRefereetocontinueinacompetitionunderprotestinaccordancewithRule146.6(b),suchcompetitorshallcompeteinsubsequentroundsbeforeallotherscontinuinginthecompetitionandifmorethanone,theninthesamerelativeorderaccordingtotheoriginaldraw.

(g) All competitors shall take their first trials in order; then all shall take theirsecondtrialsinlikeorder,etc.

NOTE: For Youth Athletics exception, see Rule 302.5(p).

(h) All fair attempts in horizontal jumps and throws competitions should bemeasuredimmediatelyaftereachattempt.

5. If the Games Committee deems it necessary, a separate qualifyingcompetitionmayprecedethecompetitionpropertodeterminewhichoftheathletesenteredintheeventshallcompeteinthecompetitionproper.(a) InChampionshipcompetition,whensixteen(16)ormorecompetitorsentered

reportpriortothequalifyingcompetition,qualifyingroundsshallbeheld.

(b) Twelve (12) competitors and ties that remain after applyingRules 180.14,181.9(a),and181.9(b)shalladvancetothecompetitionproper.IntheHighJump and Pole Vault, the competitors who have not withdrawn or beeneliminatedafterthreeconsecutivefailuresshallcontinuetocompeteuntiltheendofthelasttrialattheheightsetasthequalifyingstandardbytheGamesCommittee,unlessthenumberadvancingtothefinal,asdeterminedbythisRule,hasbeenreached.If,afterjumpingconcludesatanyheightatorbelowthequalifyingstandard,thereremainfewerthan12athletesincompetition,thenadditionalqualifiersshallbeaddedbyapplyingRules181.9(a)and(b).Whencompetition isheld in twosimultaneousgroups, it is recommendedthatthebarberaisedtoeachheightatthesametimeforeachgroup.

(c) Inall fieldeventsexcepttheHighJumpandPoleVault,three(3)attemptsshall be permitted each competitor to make the qualifying standardestablishedbytheGamesCommittee.

(d) Acompetitorwhohasachievedthequalifyingstandardshallnotbeallowedtocontinueinthequalifyingcompetition.

(e) Wherethereareenoughcompetitorstowarrant it, it isrecommendedthatthequalifyingcompetitionbedivided into twoormoregroupsat random.Unlesstherearefacilitiesforthegroupstocompeteatthesametimeundersimilar conditions, each group shall commence its warm-up immediatelyafterthepreviousgrouphasfinished.

(f) Performancesmadeinthequalifyingcompetitionshallnotbeconsideredpartofthecompetitionpropernorcountindecidingthefinalstandingintheevent.

(g) Inaqualifyingcompetition,thecompetitorsshallcompeteintheorderdrawnbylot.Attheendofthequalifyingcompetition,theorderforcompetinginthecompetitionpropershallbedeterminedbyafreshdrawingbylot.

6. Whencompetitioninafieldeventisconductedinflights,theGamesCommitteemay determinewhether there should be awarm-up period between flights,


and/orthelengthoftheperiodorthenumberofwarm-upattempts.7. When there are more than 15 competitors in a field event and the time

available for the meet makes the holding of a qualifying competitionimpractical,thefollowingproceduremaybeused:(a) In throwing and horizontal jumping events, the first three roundsmay be

conductedinflights.

(b) Inthevertical jumpingevents,for largefields,theGamesCommitteeshallselectoneofthefollowingoptions:i. UtilizeaqualifyingcompetitionaccordingtoRules180.5(a)and 180.5(b)

ii. Utilizetwoflights.Theoverallplacingwillbedeterminedbycombiningtheresultsofbothflights.Tiesforfirstplaceshallnotbebroken

iii. Rotating flights may be used until there are 12 or fewer competitorsremaining incompetitionafter theconclusionof jumpingatanyheight. Inrotating flights, four or five competitors, as determined by the GamesCommittee,constitutea flight.As thecompetitorclears thebar,passesaturnoriseliminated,thenextcompetitorinorderismovedupsothatthenumberofcompetitorsintheactiveflightremainsapproximatelyconstant.

Under all other circumstances, preliminary trials or finals shall not be

conductedinflightsinthecompetitionproper. NOTE 1: For Youth Athletics exceptions, see Rule 302.5(b). NOTE 2: For Masters exception, see Rule 332.3(a).

8. (a) Exceptasprovidedinsubparagraphs(b)and(c),ifacompetitormissesa turn in a field event for any reason, (e.g., arriving late, unexcusedabsence,etc.)thatcompetitorshallnotbepermittedtohavewarm-upsusingthecompetitionarea(seeRule180.13(c))ortakethetrialortrialssomissed,butmaybepermittedtotakehis/herremainingtrials ifhe/shewasenteredintheeventbeforeitbegan.Ifacompetitorbyhisorherowndecisionmakesatrialinanorderdifferentfromthatpreviouslydetermined,thecompetitorshallbewarned(ordisqualifiedincaseofasecondinfringement)accordingtoRule125.8,buttheresultofthetrial(validorfailure)willstandinthecaseofawarning(firstinfringement).

(b) In theHighJumpandPoleVault, theChiefFieldJudgeof theeventshallpermitatardydeclaredcontestanttostartattheheightofthebaratthetimeofhisorherarrival.Wherethereisnoformaldeclarationprocedure,anyoneenteredshallbeaccepted.Thebarshallnotbeloweredtopermitanathletetomakeupjumpsatearlierheights.

(c) Ifacompetitorisenteredinbothatrackandafieldevent,orinmorethanonefieldeventtakingplacesimultaneously,theappropriateRefereeorChiefFieldJudgemay,foroneroundatatime,orforeachtrialinHighJumpandPoleVault,allowthecompetitortotakeatrialoutoftheregularorder.Iftheathletesubsequentlyisnotpresentforanytrial,itshallbedeemedthattheathleteispassingoncetheperiodallowedforthetrialhaselapsed.

NOTE 1: This subsection applies to one attempt at a time within any of the six rounds of competition. It does not permit an athlete to take a given attempt after the next round (or next trial in the vertical jumps) has begun.


NOTE 2: For comparable provisions applicable to Youth Athletics competition, see Rule 302.5(p).

(d) i. Acompetitorinafieldeventwhounreasonablydelaysmakingatrialis liabletohavethetrialdisallowed,andrecordedasafoul.

ii. It is a matter for the Referee to decide, having regard to all thecircumstances,whatisanunreasonabledelay.Thetimesinthefollowingchartshouldnotnormallybeexceeded:

TIME IN MINUTES FOR INITIATINg FIELd EVENTS

#ofAthletesCompetingattheStartoftheRound

IndividualEvent CombinedEvent

HJ PV Other HJ PV Other

Morethan3 1 1 1 1 1 1

2or3 1.5 2 1 1.5 2 1

1 3 5 - 2 3

ConsecutiveTrials 2 3 2 2 3 2

iii. IntheHighJumpandPoleVault,anychangeinthetimeperiodallowedfora trial shall notbeapplieduntil thebar is raised toanewheight, exceptwhen time specified for consecutive trials shall be appliedwhenever anyathletehas twoormoreconsecutive trials.The timeallowedshallbe thegreaterifmorethanonesituationisapplicable.Forthefirstattemptofanycompetitoruponenteringthecompetition,thetimeallowedforsuchattemptshallbeoneminute.Thenumberofcompetitorsremaininginthecompetitionincludesthosewhocouldbeinvolvedinajump-offforfirstplace.

iv. A clock that shows the remaining time allowed should be visible to thecompetitor. In addition, an official shall raise overhead and keep raised ayellowflag,oranothersuitableindicator,forthefinal15secondsremainingofthetimeallowed.Whenthetimeexpires,theyellowflagshallbelowered.Inaddition to the use of flags and/or a clock, a verbal indication of timeremainingisacceptable.

v. Theofficialresponsiblefortheeventshallindicatebyverbalandvisualsignaltothecompetitorthatthetrialistobegin,andtheperiodallowedforthattrialshallcommencefromthatmoment.Ifthecompetitorconfirmshisorherpass,orthenpasses,theofficialshallnotrequirethatthetimeforthenextcompetitorcommenceuntilthetimeperiodforthepassingcompetitorhaselapsed.InthePole Vault, the trial and the time allowed for it shall commence when theuprightshavebeenadjustedtopreviouswishesofthecompetitor(seeRule183.1(b)),atwhichtimetheofficialresponsiblefortheeventshallsoindicatetothecompetitor.Ifthecompetitorwishestomakefurtheradjustmentsoftheuprights,thatshouldbedoneduringtheapplicabletimelimit.

vi. Whentheclockorthetimesetforthaboveisstarted,thetimeshouldnotberestartedexcept incaseswheretheChiefOfficialoftheevent judgesthatthereisgoodcausetodoso.Duringthattime,anathletemaynotpassaheightintheHighJumporPoleVaultoranattemptortrialinanyothereventwithoutbeingchargedwitha trialunlessotherwiseprovidedby theChiefOfficialofthatevent.


vii. Ifthetimeallowedlapsesoncethecompetitorhasstartedatrial,thattrialshouldbeallowed.

NOTE: Rule 180.8 applies to all field events, including those contested in combined events.

9. The completion of valid trial shall be once the Chief Judge hasdeterminedthat:(a) forverticaljumpsthereisnofailureaccordingtoRules182.3,183.5or183.6,

(b) thecompetitorleavesthelandingareainthehorizontaljumpsaccordingtoRule185.4,or

(c) thecompetitorleavesthecircleorrunwayinthethrowingeventsaccordingtoRule187.5orRule193.1(e).

10. Inall handicapevents, thecompetitorhaving thegreatestallowanceshallmake the first trials, and so on, in regular order, up to the competitor atscratchorwithleastallowance,whoshallhavethelasttrial.

11. The Games Committee should place a wind sock near the take-off in alljumping events andnear thediscus and javelin, to enable competitors todeterminetheapproximatedirectionandstrengthofthewind.

12. Inallthrowingevents,noflagsormarkerswillbeplacedinthelandingsector.

13. (a) Wherepossible, apracticeareaandperiodshouldbeprovidedotherthan at the site of competition. Where no outside practice area isprovided, the Games Committee shall establish the length of timepermitted for practice throws. These should bemade in order of thedraw,andcompetitorsshouldbecalledbynameunderthesupervisionofthejudges.

(b) Acompetitormaytakenomorethantwowarm-upsorthrowsforeach turninlineatthecompetitionarea.

(c) Onceacompetitionhasbegun, competitorsarenotpermitted touse implements for practice purposes or to use the throwing circles, runways,or areawithin the sectors forpractice trials,withorwithout implements. See Rule 180.6, which authorizes practice or warm-up whenaneventisconductedinflights.Ifaneventisdelayedforanhour ormoredue to circumstances that fall outside the normal courseof competition, all competitors shall be allowed a warm-up period, the lengthofwhichshallbedeterminedbytheReferee. NOTE: For Youth Athletics exceptions to subparagraph (c), see Rule

302.5(q). For Masters Track and Field see Rule 332.3(c).

Ties14. In horizontal field events where the result is determined by distance, the

second-bestperformanceofthecompetitorshavingthesamebestdistanceshalldeterminewhether therehasbeena tie.Then, ifnecessary, the third


best,andsoon.Afterapplyingthisprocedure, in thecaseofa tie foranyplace, including first place, the tie shall remain. For vertical jumps, seeRule181.9.

15. Eachcompetitorshallbecreditedwiththebestofhis/herattempts,includingthose achieved in deciding a tie for first place. See Rule 262.7 in regardtorecords.

Runways For Jumping And Throwing Events16. (a) Inthejumpingevents,thelengthoftherunisunlimited.Theminimum lengthofrunwaysis40mfortheLongJump,TripleJumpandPoleVault. For the High Jump, the apron is a 15m semicircle surrounding the standards.OnathleticfieldsusedforChampionshipcompetitions,the minimumlengthsuggestedforrunwaysis20mfortheHighJumpapron and45mfortheLongJump,TripleJump,andPoleVaultrunways.The runwayshouldhaveawidthof1.22m±0.01m(4ft.).Therunwayshould beborderedbywhitelines5cminwidth(exceptintheHighJump).In addition, meet management may mark the entire runway outside its edgetoindicatethedistancefromthetake-offboardorthetopofthe backofthestopboard. NOTE: Suggested methods of marking are as follows: At the take off area: mark lines 2.5cm wide and 30cm long from 1.5m to

4.5m in 15cm intervals from the top of the back of the stop board. Stenciled numbers may be added to show the distance from the take-off board or top of the back of the stop board.

Along the runway: mark lines 2.5cm wide and 15cm long from 6.0m from

the back of the top of the stop board to the end of the runway in one meter intervals. Stenciled numbers may be added to show the distance from the take off board or top of the back of the stop board.

17. IntheJavelinThrow,thelengthoftherunwayshallbenotlessthan30m.ForChampionships,theminimumlengthshouldbe33.5m.Therunwayshallbemarkedbytwoparallellines5cmwideand4mapart.

18. (a) Themaximumallowancefor inclinationof runwaysfor jumpingeventsandtheJavelinThrowshallnotexceed1:100laterally.

(b) Themaximumallowanceforoveralldownwardinclinationinthelast40m oftherunwayforjumpingeventsandinthelast20moftherunwayfor theJavelinThrowshallnotexceed1:1000intherunningdirection. (c) IntheHighJump,themaximumoverallinclinationoftherunwayinthe last15mshallnotexceed1:250alonganyradiusinthedirectionofthe center of the semicircular area locatedmidway between the uprights andhavingtheminimumdistancespecifiedinRule180.16.Thelanding areashouldbeplacedsothecompetitor’sapproachisuptheinclination.


Markers19. Nomarksshallbeplacedonarunway,butacompetitormayplaceoneor

twomarkers,suppliedorapprovedbytheGamesCommittee,alongsidetherunwaytoassistintherun-uportake-off.Ifsuchmarkersarenotsupplied,acompetitormayuseadhesivetapebutnotchalkorsimilarsubstanceoranything that leaves indeliblemarks.For theHighJump,markersmaybeplacedintherunwayapron.

NOTE 1: For method of measurement, see Rule 148. For rules relating to records in the field events, see Rule 264. For specifications of implements, circle, runways, throwing cage, sectors, and landing areas, see Rules 180-195; for specifications of Long Jump/Triple Jump take-off boards, see Rule 185.5 and 185.6; for specifications of High Jump/Pole Vault apparatus, see Rule 181.9-19.

NOTE 2: For rules applicable to runways for Indoor competitions, see Rules 218-221.

NOTE 3: For Youth Athletics exception, see Rule 302.5k.

20. Forthrowsmadefromacircle,acompetitormayuseonemarkeronly.Thismarkermaybeplacedonlyonthegroundintheareaimmediatelybehindoradjacenttothecircle.Themarkermustbetemporary,inpositiononlyforthedurationofeachcompetitor’sowntrial,andshallnotimpairtheviewofthejudges.Nopersonalmarkersmaybeplacedinorbesidethelandingarea.

RULE 181HIGH JUMP AND POLE VAULT

The following subdivisions shall apply to both the high Jump and the Pole Vault:1. The initialheightof thecrossbarandthesubsequentheights towhichthe

crossbarshallberaisedshallbedeterminedbytheGamesCommittee,andshall be announced to the competitors before the commencement of thecompetition.Injump-offstodecidetiesforfirstplace,thebarwillberaisedandloweredinaccordancewithRule181.9(d).

NOTE: For Youth Athletics exception, see Rule 302.5(o).

2. AllmeasurementsmustbemadeinaccordancewithRule148,perpendicularlyfrom the ground to the lowest part of the upper side of the bar. Anymeasurement of a new height shall bemade before competitors attemptsuchheight.Anewmeasurementshallalsobemadewhenanewcrossbarissubstitutedforabrokenone.Inallcasesofattemptsatrecordheights,thejudges shouldcheck themeasurementof thebarwhen thebar hasbeenplacedattherecordheightandtheymustre-checktheheightbeforeeachsubsequentrecordattemptifthebarhasbeendisplacedforanyreasonortouchedsincelastmeasured.

NOTE: Judges should ensure, before commencing competition, that the underside and front of the crossbar are distinguishable, and that the bar is always replaced with the same surface uppermost and the same surface to the front.

3. Nomarksshallbeplacedinanypitorlandingarea.


4. Inscratchcompetitions,thecompetitorsshallcompete intheorderdrawnby lot, except as permitted under Rule 180.8 (a), (b) and (c). In handicapcompetitions,thecompetitorwiththegreatestallowanceshallmakethefirsttrial, and so on. Each competitor shall have the opportunity to make anattempt,ortoforegosuchopportunityintheorderdrawn;thosewhohavefailedshallhaveasecondopportunityinthesameorderandthosewhohavefailedasecondtimeshallhaveathirdopportunityinthesameorder.

5. Innon-championshipcompetition,inthediscretionoftheGamesCommittee,verticaljumpcompetitionsmaybeheldinadifferentformattothatprovidedunderthisrule,includinglimitingthetotalnumberofheightsortrialswhichacompetitormayattempt.

6. Acompetitorshallhavethediscretiontocommencejumpingorvaultingatthestartingheightoratanysubsequentheight.Acompetitorwhoforgoesatrialataheighttherebyforfeitstherighttojumpagainatthatheight.Suchcompetitormay,however,jumpatthatheightinajump-offtobreakatieforfirstplace.Threeconsecutivefailures,regardlessoftheheightatwhichsuchfailuresoccur,disqualifiesthecompetitorfromfurthercompetitionexceptinthecaseof a jump-off tobreaka tie for firstplace. If a competitor is notpresent when all other competitors who are present have completed thecompetition, the Referee shall deem that such absent competitor hasforfeited the right to continue in the competition once the period for onefurthertrialhaselapsed.

NOTE: The effect of this Rule is that a competitor may forego second or third attempts at a particular height (after failing the first or second time) and still jump or vault at a higher height.

7. Unlessthereisonlyonecompetitorremainingwhohaswonthecompetition:(a) thebarshallneverberaisedbylessthan2cmintheHighJumpand5cmin

thePoleVaultaftereachround;and

(b) theincrementoftheraisingofthebarshallneverincrease.

(c) Acompetitorwhohaswonthecompetitionisentitledtocontinuejumpingor vaulting until he/she has forfeited the right to compete further.NotwithstandingtheprovisionsofthisRule,theheightstowhichthebaristo be raised shall be decided after consulting the competitor, except incombinedeventscompetition.

8. Whenit isclearthatthebarhasbeendisplacedbyaforcenotassociatedwiththecompetitor(e.g.,agustofwind)(a) ifsuchdisplacementoccursafterthecompetitorhasclearedthebarwithout

touchingit,theattemptshallbeconsideredsuccessful,and

(b) ifsuchdisplacementoccursunderanyothercircumstances,anewattemptwillbeawarded.

NOTE: It is a foul if the crossbar is displaced by the pole hitting the crossbar unless in the judge’s opinion, an effort was made by the competitor to push the pole away from the crossbar when the athlete released the pole.


9. Placings – high Jump and Pole Vault: If twoormorecompetitorshave the samebestheights, theprocedure to

decideplacesisthefollowing:(a) Thecompetitorwith the lowestnumberof jumpsat theheightwhichwas

theirbestheightinthecompetitionshallbeawardedthehigherplace.

(b) Ifapplying(a)willnotdecide,thecompetitorwiththelowesttotaloffailuresthroughoutthecompetitionuptoandincludingtheheightlastclearedshallbeawardedthehigherplace.

(c) Ifapplying(b)willnotdecide,thecompetitorsinvolvedshallbeawardedthesameplaceunlessitconcernsfirstplace.

(d) Ifitconcernsfirstplace,thecompetitorstyingshalljump-off,describedasfollows, unless otherwise decided either in advance according to theTechnicalRegulationsapplyingtothecompetition,orbeforethestartoftheeventbytheappropriateReferee.Ifnojump-offisheld,includingwheretherelevantcompetitorsatanystagedecidenottojumpfurther,thetieforfirstplaceshallstand.ThisruleshallnotapplytotheCombinedEvents.i. Tyingcompetitorsmustmakeatrialateveryheightuntiladecisionisreached.

ii. Eachcompetitorhasonetrialateachheight.

iii. The jump-offshallstartatthenextheight,determinedinaccordancewithRule181.1,aftertheheightlastclearedbythetyingcompetitors.

iv. Ifnodecisionisreached,thebarshallbelowered(ifallhavefailed)orraised(if two ormore have cleared) by 2cm in the High Jump and 5cm in thepolevault.

v. Acompetitorwhodoesnotjumpatanyheightautomaticallyforfeitsanyclaimtothehigherplace.Ifonlyoneothercompetitorremains,thatcompetitorisdeclaredthewinnerregardlessofwhetherthatheightisattempted.

NOTE: The following illustrates the application of subparagraph 9d resolving ties for first place in the High Jump and Pole Vault.

HeightsannouncedbytheChiefJudgeatthebeginningofthecompetition:1.75m,1.80m,1.83m,1.86m,1.88m,1.90m,.....

Competitorheight and Performance (m)

Total Fails

Jump Off (m)Final Place1.75 1.80 1.83 1.86 1.88 1.90 1.92 1.88 1.86 1.88

A 0 X0 0 X0 -- XX- X 2 X 0 X 2

B X0 0 -- X0 -- -- XXX 2 X 0 0 1

C -- X0 X0 X0 -- XXX 3 3

0 = cleared x = failed -- = did not jumpAlljumpers,A,B,andC,cleared1.86m,andallthreefailedthenextheightthattheyattempted(Cgoingoutat1.90,AandBat1.92m).SinceChadmoretotalfailuresthanAandBuptoandincludingtheheight lastcleared,Cisawardedthird place (see subparagraph 8(b)). SinceA andB have the samenumber offailures, they must jump off to determine first place. The next height in theannounced progression, after the tying height of 1.86m, is 1.88m. 1.88m,


therefore, is the height at which the jump-offmust start. The tie for first wasbroken in the jump-off when B cleared 1.88m, and A failed that height. B,therefore,wasawardedfirstplaceandAsecondplace.

(e) If itconcernsanyotherplace,thecompetitorsshallbeawardedthesameplaceinthecompetition.

high Jump And Pole Vault Apparatus10. Uprights-Anystyleorkindofuprightsorpostsmaybeusedprovidedthey

arerigid.IntheHighJump,theuprightsshouldbesufficientlytalltoexceedeachheighttowhichthebarisraisedbyatleast10cm.ForthePoleVault,cantilevereduprightsshallbeused.ForthePoleVault,itisrequiredthatthemetallic structure of the base of the uprights be coveredwith padding ofappropriatematerial in order toprovideprotection to an athletewhomaylandonit.

NOTE: The uprights and landing area of the High Jump should be positioned such that there is clearance of at least 10cm between them and the landing area when in use, to avoid accidental displacement of the crossbar by the movement of the landing area causing contact with the uprights.

11. Crossbar -Thecrossbarshallbeof fiberglassorothersuitablematerial,circular in cross-section. The diameter of the circular bar shall be at3cm(±1mm).

12. Thecrossbarshallconsistofthreeparts:thecircularbarandtwoendpieces,each30-35mmwideand15-20cm long, for thepurposeof restingon thesupportsoftheuprights.Theseendpiecesshallbehardandsmooth.Theyshallbecircularorsemicircularwithoneclearlydefinedflatsurfaceonwhichthebarrestsonthecrossbarsupports(seeFigure7).Theseflatsurfacesmaynotbehigher thanthecenterof theverticalcross-sectionof thecrossbar.Thecrossbarshallhavenobiasand,wheninplace,shallsagamaximumof2cmforthehighjumpand3cmforthepolevault.

SUggESTEd CONTROL: Hang a 3kg weight in the middle of the crossbar when in position. It may sag a maximum of 7cm (High Jump) or 11cm (Pole Vault) with the end pieces and supports remaining in complete contact

13. Crossbar in the high Jump-Thecrossbarshallbenotlessthan3.98m

normorethan4.02minlength.Thedistancebetweentheuprightsshallnotbe less than 4.00m or more than 4.04m. The maximum weight of thecrossbarshallbe2.0kg.

14. Crossbar in the Pole Vault-Thecrossbarshallnotbelessthan4.48mormorethan4.52minlength.Themaximumweightofthecrossbarshallbe2.25kg.

15. Indicator Lines–(a) HighJump:Awhiteline50mmwideshallbedrawnontheground(usually

withadhesivetapeorsimilarmaterial).Theedgeofthe linenearesttothetake-off area is drawn along the vertical plane through the edge of thecrossbarnearesttothetake-offarea,andextendsfor3metersoneithersideoftheuprights.


(b) Pole Vault: A white line 1cmwide shall be drawn on the ground at rightanglestotheaxisoftherunway,suchthattheedgeofthelinenearertothecompetitor shall coincidewith thebackendof thebox.This lineshallbeprolongedasfarastheoutsideedgeoftheuprights,andmayalsogoonthesurfaceofthelandingbed.Thiswillfacilitatethedeterminationofthezeropointandthecheckingoftheuprights.

16. Supports for Crossbar in the high Jump - The supports for thecrossbarshallbeflatandrectangular,4cmwideand6cmlong.Theyshallbefirmlyfixedtotheuprightsandimmovableduringthejump,andshalleachfacetheoppositeupright.Theendsofthecrossbarshallrestontheminsuchamannerthatifthecrossbaristouchedbyacompetitor,itwilleasilyfalltotheground,eitherforwardsorbackwards.Thesupportsshallbethesameheightabovethetakeoffareaimmediatelybeloweachendofthecrossbar.

17. End Space-Thereshallbeaspaceofatleast1cmbetweentheendsofthecrossbarandtheuprightsforthehighjump.

18. Support for Crossbar in Pole Vault-Thecrossbarshallrestonpegssothat if it is touched by the competitor or the pole, itwill fall easily to thegroundinthedirectionofthelandingarea.Thepegsshallbewithoutnotchesor indentationsofanykind,ofuniformthicknessthroughoutandnotmorethan13mm indiameter. Theymustnot extendmore than55mm from theuprights, which should extend 35-40mm above the pegs. The distancebetweenthepegsshallnotbelessthan4.30mormorethan4.37m.Thepegsmaynotbecoveredwithrubberorwithanyothermaterialthathastheeffectofincreasingfriction.

NOTE: To facilitate the use of a landing area 6m wide (see paragraph 19, below), the pegs supporting the crossbar may be placed upon extension arms attached to the uprights thus allowing the uprights to be placed wider apart, without increasing the length of the crossbar.

19. Take-Off Box for Pole Vault-Theboxshallbeconstructedofasuitablematerialsunklevelwiththesurfaceoftherunway,preferablywithroundedupperedges.Itshallmeasure1minlengthmeasuredalongtheinsideofthebottomofthebox,60cminwidthatthefrontendandtaperingto15cminwidthatthebottomofthestopboard.Thelengthoftheboxatrunwaylevelandthedepthofthestopboardaredeterminedbytheangleof105degreesformedbetweenthebaseandthestopboard.Thebaseoftheboxshallslopefromrunwaylevelatthefrontendtoaverticaldistancebelowgroundlevelof20cmatthepointwhereitmeetsthestopboard.Theboxshouldbeconstructedinsuchamannerthat the sides slopeoutwardandendnext to the stopboardat anangleofapproximately120degreestothebase.Theboxshouldbepaintedwhite.Iftheboxisconstructedofwood,thebottomshallbelinedwith2.5mmsheetmetalfor a distance of 80cm from the front of the box. Diagrams showing theconstructionofthepolevaultboxappearinFigure5.

20. Landing Areas-Whereitisfeasible,thelandingareafortheHighJumpshouldmeasurenotlessthan6mlong(paralleltothecrossbar)by4mwide;forthePoleVaultitshouldmeasurenotlessthan6.15mlong(perpendicular


to thecrossbar)by6mwide.Thereshallbeaminimumof5mof landingsurfacebehindthebox.ThelandingareafortheHighJumpandPoleVaultshouldbecomposedofsoftmaterialotherthansawdustorshavingsofsuchcompositionandconstructiontoprovideasoftlanding.Afrontpad,similarinmaterialanddimensions to the landingarea,maybeused tocover theareasurroundingthetake-offboxofthePoleVaultandextendingbetweenthe standards. In the High Jump, the landing area should be aminimumheightof.712m(28in.);inthePoleVault,itshouldbeaminimumheightof.813m(32in.)abovethetake-off.Thesideofthelandingareanearesttotheboxshallbeplaced10-15cmfromtheboxandshallslopeawayfromtheboxatanangleofapproximately30degrees.Theexposedareatothesidesandbackofthevaultboxshallhavesuitablepadding.

RULE 182HIGH JUMP

1. TheuprightsorpostsshallnotbemovedduringthecompetitionunlesstheRefereeconsidersthatthetake-offor landingpithasbecomeunsuitable. Insuchacasethechangeshallbemadeonlyafteraroundhasbeencompleted.

2. Thecompetitormusttakeofffromonefoot.

3. Acompetitorfailsif:(a) after the jump, the bar does not remain on the supports because of the

actionofthecompetitorwhilejumping,or

(b) thecompetitor touchestheground, includingthe landingareabeyondtheverticalplanethroughtheedgeofthecrossbarnearesttothetake-offarea,eitherbetweenoroutsidetheuprights,withanypartofthebody,withoutfirstclearing the bar. If the jumper's foot touches beyond the plane of theuprightswhilecompletingajump,thejumpshouldnotberuledafailureforthisreasonifnoadvantagewastherebygained(e.g.,thejumperdidnotusethelandingareaasaspringdevice).

(c) duringorafterthejump,thecompetitordeliberatelysteadiesorreplacesthebar. NOTE: For specifications of High Jump shoes, see Rule 143.3.

RULE 183POLE VAULT

1. (a) Where the standards permit, a competitor may have the uprights orsupportsmovedback,buttheymaynotbemovedinthedirectionoftherunningorrunway,andtheymaynotbemovedmorethan80cmtowardthelandingarea,fromtheprolongationoftheinsideedgeofthetopofthestopboard.

NOTE: For Youth Athletics exception, see Rule 302.5(l).

(b) Before the competition starts, each vaulter shall inform the official responsiblefortheeventwhatpositionoftheuprightsorsupportsheor shewantstouse,andthisinformationshouldberecordedonthescore


sheet. Any competitor who wants to make any changes should immediately inform the official responsible before the uprights have beenset inaccordancewith the initialwishes.Failure todo thismust leadtothestartofthetimelimit.SeeRule180.8(d)vi.

2. Thetake-offshallbefromaboxmadeofwood,metal,orothersuitablerigidmaterial.Theboxshallbesunklevelwiththerunway.

3. Inordertoobtainabettergrip,competitorsarepermittedtouseanadhesivesubstancesuchasresin,tape,orasimilarsubstanceontheirhandsoronthepoleduringthecompetition.Glovesmaybeused.Theuseofaforearmcovertopreventinjuriesshallbeallowed.SeeRule183.8inregardtotheuseoftapeonpole.

4. Competitorsmayuse theirownpoles.Nocompetitormayuseanyof theprivatepolesexceptwiththeconsentoftheowner.

5. Itshallbeafailureif:(a) afterthevault,thebardoesnotremainonthepegsbecauseoftheactionof

thecompetitorwhilevaulting;or

(b) the vaulter touches the ground, including the landing area beyond theverticalplaneoftheupperpartofthestopboard,withanypartofthebodyorwiththepolewithoutfirstclearingthebar;or

(c) thevaulter,afterleavingtheground,placesthelowerhandabovetheupperormovestheupperhandhigheronthepole;or

(d) duringthevault,thevaultersteadiesorreplacesthebarwithhis/herhand(s). NOTE 1: It is not a foul if the vaulter runs outside the white lines marking the

runway at any point. NOTE 2: It is not a foul solely because the pole touches the vaulting pad, in

the course of an attempt, after properly being planted in the box.

6. Afterthereleaseofthepole,nooneincludingtheathleteshallbeallowedtotouch the pole unless it is falling away from the bar or uprights. If it istouched,however,andtheofficialinchargeofthePoleVaultisoftheopinionthat,butfortheintervention,thebarwouldhavebeenknockedoff,thevaultshallberegardedasafailure.

NOTE: It is not a failure if the pole passes underneath the cross bar in the event the competitor clears the bar. It is not a failure if a competitor leaves the ground for the purpose of making a vault and fails to clear the bar, provided he/she does not otherwise commit a foul.

7. If, in making an attempt, the competitor's pole is broken, it shall not becountedasanattemptorafailureandthevaultershallbeawardedanewtrial.

NOTE: For specifications of Vaulting Pole, Landing Pits, Runways, and Apparatus for High Jump and Pole Vault, see Rules 181.9-19.


8. Pole Construction - The pole may be of any material or combination ofmaterials and of any length or diameter, but the basic surface must besmooth. Thepolemayhave layersof tapeat thegripend, toprotect thehand,andoftapeand/oranyothersuitablematerial,suchasasleeve,atthebottomend,toprotectthepole.Anytapeatthegripendmustbeuniformexceptforincidentaloverlappingandmustnotresultinanysuddenchangeindiameter,suchasthecreationofany‘ring’onthepole.

NOTE: The pole may be taped in either direction.

RULE 184 HORIZONTAL JUMPS – GENERAL RULES

TAkE-OFF BOARd-1. Thejumportake-offshouldbefromaboard. NOTE: For Youth Athletics specifications, see Rule 302.5(d).

2. Thetake-offshallbemarkedbyaboardsunklevelwiththerunway andthesurfaceofthelandingarea.Theedgeoftheboardwhichis nearertothelandingareashallbethetake-offline.Immediately beyondthetake-offlinethereshallbeplacedaplasticineindicatorboardfor

theassistanceoftheJudges.

3. Construction-Thetake-offboardshallberectangular,madeofwoodorothersuitablerigidmaterial inwhichthespikesofanathlete’sshoewillgripandnotskidandshallmeasure1.22m±0.01mlong,20cm(±2mm)wideandnotmorethan10cmdeep.Itshallbewhite.

4. PlasticineIndicatorBoard-Thisshallconsistofarigidboard,10cm(±2mm)wideand1.22m±0.01mlongmadeofwoodoranyothersuitablematerialandshallbeacontrastingcolortothetake-offboard.Theboardshallbemountedinarecessorshelfintherunway,onthesideofthetake-offboardnearerthelandingarea.Thesurfaceshall rise fromthe levelof thetake-offboardtoaheightof7mm(±1mm).Theedgesshalleitherslantatanangleof45degreeswiththeedgenearer totherunwaycoveredwithaplasticine layeralong itslength1mmthickorshallbecutawaysuchthattherecess,whenfilledwithplasticineshallslantatanangleof45degrees.Wherepossible,theplasticineshouldbeofathirdcontrastingcolor.Theupperpartoftheindicatorboardshallalsobecoveredbyaplasticine layer forapproximately the first10mmalongitsentirelength.SeeFigures6aand6b.Whenmountedinthisrecess,thewholeassemblyshallbesufficiently rigid toaccept the full forceof theathlete's foot.Thesurfaceof theboardbeneath theplasticineshallbeofamaterial inwhich thespikesofanathlete'sshoewillgripandnotskid.Thelayerofplasticineshallbesmoothedoffbymeansofarollerorsuitablyshapedscraperforthepurposesofremovingthefootprintsofthecompetitors.

NOTE 1: When weather conditions dictate, particularly in very hot or wet weather, the plasticine boards should be protected from the elements before they are installed.

NOTE 2: It is helpful to have spare plasticine boards available so that competition is not delayed.


LANdINg AREA-6. Thelandingareashallhaveaminimumwidthof2.75mandamaximumwidth

of 3m. It shall, if possible, be so placed that themiddle of the runway, ifextended,wouldcoincidewiththemiddleofthelandingarea.

NOTE: When the axis of the runway is not in line with the center line of the landing area, a tape, or if necessary, two tapes, should be placed along the landing area so that the above is achieved.

7. The landingarea, toaminimumdepthof30cm, shouldbe filledwith softdampsand,thetopsurfaceofwhichshallbelevelwiththetake-offboard.

dISTANCE MEASUREMENTS-8. Themeasurementof each jumpshall bemade immediately after the trial.

Themeasurementofthejumpsshallbemadeatrightanglesfromthetake-offline,orthetake-offlineextended,tothenearestbreakinthelandingareamade by any part of the body of the competitor (including shoes anduniform).Themeasurementmarkinthelandingarea,foreachattempt,shallbepreserveduntilremovalisauthorizedbytheChiefJudgefortheevent.

NOTE: In order to insure correct measurement of any jump, it is essential that the surface of the sand in the landing area should be accurately controlled so as to be level with the top of the take-off board. For measurements, see Rule 148.2(b).

9. Wind Measurement - See Rules 163.10 through 163.14 for wind gaugeplacement,operationandreadingrequirements.

RULE 185 LONG JUMP

TAkE-OFF BOARd -1. Itisrecommendedthatthedistancebetweenthetake-offboardandtheend

ofthelandingareashallbeatleast10m.

2. Thetake-offboardshouldbenotlessthan1mnormorethan3mfromthelandingarea.

COMPETITION -3. Thelengthoftherunisunlimited.Eachcompetitorshallbecreditedwiththe

bestofallhis/herjumps.

4. When leaving the landing area, an athlete’s first contact by foot with itsborderorthegroundoutsideshallbefurtherfromthetake-offlinethanthenearestbreakinthesand.

5.Itshallbecountedasafailureorfoulifanycompetitor:(a) whiletakingoff,touchesthegroundbeyondthetake-offlinewithanypartof

hisbody,whetherrunningupwithoutjumpingorintheactofjumping;or


(b) takesofffromoutsideeitherendoftheboard,whetherbeyondorbeforetheextensionofthetake-offline;or

(c) employs any form of somersaulting whilst running up or in the act ofjumping;or

(d) after takingoff,butbefore firstcontactwith the landingarea, touches therunwayorthegroundoutsidetherunwayoroutsidethelandingarea;or

(e) inthecourseoflanding,touchesthegroundoutsidethelandingareaclosertothetake-offlinethanthenearestbreakmadeinthesand;or

(f) whenleavingthelandingarea,makesfirstcontactbyfootwiththegroundoutsidethe landingareathat isclosertothetake-off linethanthenearestbreak made in the sand on landing, including any break made onoverbalancing on landingwhich is completely inside the landing area butclosertothetake-offlinethantheinitialbreakmadeonlanding;or

(g) Ifnoplasticineorothermarkermaterial isbeingused,breakstheplaneofthetake-offlinewiththeshoe/foot.

NOTE 1: It is not a failure if a competitor runs outside the white lines marking the runway at any point.

NOTE 2: It is not a failure under Rule 185.5(b) if a part of a competitor’s shoe/foot is touching the ground outside either end of the take-off board, before the take-off line.

NOTE 3: It is not a failure if in the course of landing, a competitor touches, with any part of his body, the ground outside the landing area, unless such contact contravenes Rule 185.5(d) or (e).

NOTE 4: It is not a failure if a competitor walks back through the landing area after having left the landing area in a correct way.

NOTE 5: Except as described in Rule 185.5(b), if a competitor takes off before reaching the board it shall not, for that reason, be counted as a failure.

RULE 186TRIPLE JUMP

1. Rule 184 and Rule 185 shall apply to the Triple Jump with thefollowingvariation.

TAkE-OFF BOARd -2. Thedistancebetweenthetake-offlineformenandthefarendofthelanding

areashallbeatleast21m.

3. Formajorcompetitions,thetake-offlineshallnotbelessthan13mformenand10mforwomenfromthenearerendofthelandingarea.Foranyothercompetition,thisdistanceshallbeappropriateforthelevelofcompetition.

4. Betweenthetake-offboardandthelandingareathereshall,forthestepandjumpphases,beatake-offareaof1.22m±0.01mwideprovidingfirmanduniformfooting.


COMPETITION -5. TheTripleJumpshallconsistofahop,astepandajumpinthatorder.

6. Thehopshallbemadesothatanathletelandsfirstonthesamefootasthatfromwhich theathletehas takenoff;(( in)) thestep ((he)) shall landon theotherfoot,fromwhich,subsequently,thejumpisperformed.Itshallnotbeconsideredafailureifanathlete,whilejumping,touchesthegroundwiththe‘sleeping’leg.

NOTE: Rule 185.5(d) does not apply to the normal landings from the hop and step phases.

RULE 187THROWING EVENTS - GENERAL RULES

1. In all throwing events from a circle, the throw must commence from astationarypositionwithin thecircle. Acompetitor isallowed to touch theinside of the iron band or stopboard, excluding the top inside edge.However,itshallbeafoulthrowif,aftercommencingthethrowandpriortoitscompletion,thecompetitor:(a) doesnotstartfromastationarypositionwithinthecircle,

(b) touchesthetopoftheironbandorstopboardorpaintedcircle,includingthetopinsideedgeofeach,

(c) toucheswithanypartofthebodythesurfaceoutsidethecircle,

(d) releasestheshotorthejavelinotherthanaspermittedunderRule188.2orRule193.1,or

(e) leavesthecircleimproperlyorbeforetheimplementhaslanded.

2. Inallthrowingevents,acompetitorwhohasnototherwisecommittedafoulmayinterruptatrialoncestarted,maylaytheimplementdown,insideoroutsidetherunwayorcircle,mayleavetherunwayorcirclebeforereturningtotherunwayortoastationarypositioninthecircle,andbeginafreshtrial.Whenleavingacircle,thecompetitormustdosofromtherearhalfasprovidedinRule187.5.

NOTE: All moves permitted in this paragraph shall be included in the maximum time for a trial given in Rule 180.8(d).

3. Acompetitorshallnotuseanydeviceofanykind,includingthetapingoftwoormorefingerstogetherortheuseofweightsattachedtothebody,whichinanywayprovidesassistancewhenmakingatrial,except:(a) Iftapingisusedonthehandsandfingers,itmaybecontinuousprovidedthat

asaresult,notwoormorefingersaretapedtogetherinsuchawaythatthefingerscannotmoveindividually.Theuseoftapeonthewristisallowed.ThetapeshouldbeshowntotheChiefJudgeoftheeventbeforetheeventstarts.

(b) Theuseofglovesisnotallowed,exceptforprotectionofthehandsintheHammerandWeightThrow.Theglovesmustbesmoothonthebackandthefrontandtheglovefingertips,otherthanthethumb,shallbecuttoexposethefingers.Tapingtheglovetooratthewristispermitted.


(c) Inordertoobtainabettergrip,competitorsmayuseasuitablesubstanceontheirhandsonlyorinthecaseofhammerorweightthrowers,ontheirgloves.Shotputtersmayusesuchsubstancesontheirneck.Additionally,intheShotPutandtheDiscusThrow,competitorsmayplacechalkorasimilarsubstancethatiseasilyremovedanddoesnotleaveanycontaminationontheimplement.

4. Competitorsmaynotsprayorspreadanysubstancewithinthecircleoron

theirshoesorroughenorsmooththesurfaceofthecircle.

5. Thecompetitormustnotleavethecircleuntiltheimplementhastouchedthelanding surface. When leaving the circle, the competitor's first point ofcontactwith the topof the ironbandand/or thesurfaceoutside thecirclemust be completely behind thewhite line that is drawn outside the circlerunningtheoreticallythroughthecenterofthecircle.Thefirstcontactwiththetopoftheironbandorthegroundoutsidethecircleisconsideredleaving.

6. ForathrowtobevalidintheShotPut,HammerThrow,WeightThrow,andDiscusThrow,theimplement,excludingthehandleandwire,andconnection,as appropriate, must, in contacting the ground when it first lands, becompletelywithintheinneredgesofthelinesofthesector(seeRule187.22)touchingnootherobjectexceptasprovidedinthenotebelow.ForthejavelinseeRule187.24and193.1(c).

NOTE: A throw may be valid even if any part of the implement has touched the cage provided no other rule is infringed.

7. Themeasurementofeachthrowshallbemadeimmediatelyafterthethrow.The measurement mark in the landing area, for all attempts, shall bepreserveduntilremovalisauthorizedbytheofficialresponsiblefortheevent.(a) IntheDiscus,ShotPut,WeightThrowandHammerThrow,themeasurement

ofeachthrowshallbemadefromthenearestmarkmadebythefallofthediscus,shot,weight,orheadofthehammertotheinsideofthecircumferenceofthecirclealongalinefromthemarktothecenterofthecircle.

(b) In theJavelinThrow, themeasurementofeach throwshallbemade fromwherethetipofthemetalheadfirststruckthegroundtotheinsideedgeofthearcalonga line fromthepointof the fall to thecenterof thecircleofwhichthearcisapart.

NOTE: For Youth Athletics exception, see Rule 302.5(i).

8. Implements must be carried back to the runway or circle and neverthrownback.

9. AllHammer,Discus,andWeightThrowsshallbefromanenclosureorcagetoinsurethesafetyofspectators,officials,andcompetitors.(SeeRule190).

NOTE: For specifications of official implements, see Rules 188-195. For specifications of circle, see Rule 187.18-187.20.

10. In all throwing event competitions,Championship and non-championship,implements should be provided by the Games Committee. However,implementsthatcomplywithrequiredspecificationsandbelongtoindividuals


mayalsobeacceptedbytheGamesCommitteeasimplementsprovidedbyit. And as so accepted, they shall lose their identity as privately ownedimplementsforthedurationofthecompetitionandnomodificationmaybemadetotheseimplementsduringthecompetition.Noadditionalimplementsmaybetakentotheareaforcompetitionorpractice.

NOTE: For Youth Athletics exception, see Rule 302.5(h). For Masters exceptions, see Rule 332.3(f).

11. Ifanimplementdoesnotcomplywithrequiredspecifications,orifithasnotbeenproperlycertifiedforusewhensuchcertificationisrequired,itshouldbeimpoundedbythecertifyingofficialortheChiefJudgeoftheeventuntiltheendofthecompetitionofthefieldeventinwhichitwasintendedtobeused.

12. If,asaresultofmaterialdamage,animplementbecomesasafetyhazardor

ifitceasestocomplywithspecifications(e.g.,aloosepointoracuthammerwire), it should be impounded. If it is practicable to do so, it should berepaired and re-certified so that itmay be used in the competition. If theimplement cannot readily be repaired, it shall remain impounded until theconclusionofthecompetition,exceptthatitmaybereturnedtoacompetitorwhohasconcludedthrowing.

13. Acompetitorinafieldeventshallbedisqualifiedifhe/sheusesanimplementor equipment that has been illegally altered after having been officiallyinspectedorifhe/sheusesanunapprovedorillegalimplementorequipment.Allrecords,performances,orpointsscoredwiththeuseofsuchimplementorequipmentshallbenullandvoid.

NOTE: The Games Committee shall establish a reasonable schedule for checking implements to ensure a fair and timely competition. When personal implements are being accepted, it is recommended that an athlete not submit more than three implements per event for certification.

14. In the case of an American or World Record, the implement should beimpoundedandnotuseduntilithasbeenre-certifiedfortherecord.

15. Landing Area -Thelandingareaforoutdoorthrowingeventsshallconsistofsuitablematerialwithanevensurfacesoftenoughtoensurethattheplaceof the initial imprint of the implement can be clearly established by thejudges. These areas shall be on natural surfaces, which shall not be laiddownonconcrete,asphalt,woodorotherhardsurfacesthatwouldhavethetendencytodecreasethelandingsurface'sabsorptionofthekineticenergyoftheimplement.

16. Inclination of the Sector - The area within the sector on which theimplementlandsshallbeonapproximatelythesameplaneasthatofthecircleorrunwaywithamaximumallowanceof1:1000inthethrowingdirection.

17. Sector Flags(a) Construction-Sectorflagsshouldbeentirelyofmetal.


(b) Measurements - The flags shouldbe rectangular in shape,measuringabout20x40cmwiththestandard8mmindiameterandnotlessthan60cminheightabovetheground.

FOR ThROWS FROM A CIRCLE18.Construction-Therimofthecircleshallbemadeofabandofiron,steel

orothersuitablematerial,paintedwhite,thetopofwhichshallbesunkflushwiththegroundoutside.Thegroundsurroundingthecirclemaybeconcrete,synthetic, asphalt,woodoranyother suitablematerial.The interiorof thecirclemaybeconstructedofconcrete,asphaltorsomeother firmbutnotslipperymaterial.Thesurfaceoftheinteriorshallbeleveland2cm(±6mm)lowerthantheupperedgeoftherimofthecircle.IntheShotPut,aportablecirclemeetingthesespecifications,includingwood,ispermissible.

19. A line5cmwideshallbedrawntheoreticallythroughthecenterofthecircle,extended no less than 75cm on each side, to designate the front and rearhalvesofthecircle.Theextensionsoutsidethecircleshouldbemarkedontheground,butthelineshouldnotbemarkedinthecircle.Seediagrams,Figure8.

20. dimensions -Themetalcircleshallbe6mmthickand76mmhighsunkflushwiththegroundoutside.Theinsidediameterofthecircleshallmeasure2.135m (7 ft.) for the Shot Put,Weight Throws, andHammer Throw, and2.50mfortheDiscusThrow.

21. Shot Put Stop Board -Thestopboardshallbemadeofwoodorothersuitablematerialintheshapeofanarcsothattheinnersurfacealignswiththeinneredgeoftherimofthecircleandisperpendiculartothesurfaceofthecircle.Thestopboardshallbecenteredmidwaybetweenthesectorlines,andbesomadethatitcanbefirmlyfixedtotheground.Theboardshallmeasurenotlessthan11.2cmwide,andhaveachordbetweentheendsoftheboardof1.15mto1.21m(±0.01m)inlength.Theboardshallbe10cm(±2mm)highinrelationtothe levelof the insideof thecircle.Theboardshallbepaintedwhite.AdiagramshowingthelayoutoftheShotcircleappearsinFigure9.

22. Sector-Thesectorwithinwhichallthrowsfromacirclemustfallshallbeclearlymarkedonthegroundwithlines5cmwide,theinneredgesofwhichshallformthesectorboundary.Thesesectorlinesareradiifromthecenterofthecircle.Theouterendsoftheradiishouldbemarkedwithflags.Sectorsshallbe34.92degrees(±0.1degree).

NOTE 1: Flags or continuous barriers should be erected parallel to and at least 3m outside of the sector lines for their full length.

NOTE 2: For description of the landing sector for indoor competitions and exception with limited space indoors, see Rule 221.

Asanaidinmarkingandcheckingthe34.92-degreesectorlines,thetablebelowmaybeused(forgreateraccuracy,usethelongestdistancethefieldwillallow).Inthistable,Aindicatesthedistancefromthecenterofthecircleto a point on each of the two sector lines and B indicates the distancebetweenthosetwopoints.


b

gENERAL SECTOR

a = dISTANCE OUT SECTOR LINES FROM CENTER OF CIRCLEb = dISTANCE BETWEEN SECTOR LINES

A (meters) B (meters) 5 3.00 10 6.00 15 9.00 20 12.00 25 15.00 A (meters) B (meters) 50 30.00 75 45.00 100 60.00

For the Javelin Throw23. Arc-All javelinthrowsshallbemadefromanarcofacircledrawnwitha

radiusof 8mat the endof a runway4mwide. This arc shall consist of apaintedstripeormadeofwoodorothersimilarmaterial,butnotmetal,7cminwidth. It shall bewhite and sunk flushwith the ground. Lines shall bedrawn from the extremities of the arc at right angles to the parallel linesmarking the runway.These linesshouldbe75cm in length, fromthe inneredgeoftherunwayline,and7cminwidth.

24. Sector -Thelandingsectorshallbemarkedwithwhitelines5cmwidesuchthat the inneredgesof the lines, ifextended,wouldpass throughthe twointersectionsoftheinneredgesofthearcandtheparallellinesmarkingtherunwayandintersectatthecenterofthecircleofwhichthearcispart(A).(SeeFigure11).Theendofthesectorsmaybemarkedbyflags.

NOTE: Flags or continuous barriers should be erected parallel to and at least 3m outside of the sector lines for their full length


Thesectorforthejavelincanbelaidoutbymakingthedistancebetweenthesectorlinesone-halfthedistancefromthecenterofthecirclefromwhichallmeasurementsaremadebyusingthetablebelow:

dISTANCE FROM POINT A dISTANCE BETWEEN INSIdE ALONg SECTOR LINE (METERS) OF SECTOR LINES (METERS) 8.00 4.00 20.00 10.00 40.00 20.00 50.00 25.00 60.00 30.00 75.00 37.50 100.00 50.00

RULE 188PUTTING THE SHOT

1. The put shall be made from a circle of which the inside diameter shallmeasure2.135m(7ft.).

2. Theshotshallbeputfromtheshoulderwithonehandonly.Atthetimethecompetitor takes a stance in the ring to commence a put, the shot shalltouchorbeincloseproximitytotheneckorchin,andthehandshallnotbedroppedbelowthispositionduringtheactofputting.Theshotmustnotatany time be brought behind the line of the shoulders. Cart wheelingtechniquesarenotpermitted.

NOTE: For measurement, see Rule 148.2(b)i, and 187.9(a). For details of competition, see Rules 180 and 187. For specifications of circle, stopboard, and sectors, see Rules 187.18-187.22.

3. Construction-Theshotshallbeasolidsphereoriron,brass,oranymetalnot softer than brass, or a shell of such metal filled with lead or othermaterial.Itmustbesphericalinshape,itssurfaceshallhavenoroughness,and the finishshallbesmooth.Tobesmooth, thesurfaceaverageheightmustbelessthan1.6µm,i.e.,aroughnessnumberN7orless.

NOTE 1: For exceptions for Indoor shot construction see Rule 221.5 NOTE 2: Indentations due to a weight stamp on cast shots or engraving of

weight or size should not normally be considered reason for the disqualification of a shot for roughness or hand hold.

4. Theshotshallconformtothefollowingspecifications:Name 16 lb 6 kg 12 lb 5 kg 4 kg 3 kg 6 lb 2 kgNominal Wt. kg 7.26 6.00 5.45 5.00 4.00 3.00 2.72 2.00Record Wt. Min. kg 7.260 6.000 5.443 5.000 4.000 3.000 2.720 2.000Diameter min. mm 110 105 98.4 100 95 85 - 80Diameter max. mm 130 125* 117.5 120* 110* 110* - 90

*ThemaximumdiameterforalloutdoorshotsusedinUSATFMasterscompetitionshallbe130mmformenand110mmforthewomen.


RULE 189THROWING THE DISCUS

1. Thediscusshallbethrownfromacircleofwhichtheinsidediametershallmeasure2.50m.

NOTE: For details of competition, see Rules 180 and 187. For specifications of circle and sectors see Rules 187.18-20 and Rule 187.22. For throwing cage specification see Rule 190. For measurement, see Rules 148.2(b)i, 187.7(a).

2. Construction(a) Thebodyofthediscusmaybesolidorhollowandshallbemadeofwood

or other suitable material, with a metal rim, the edge of which shall beroundedintoatruecircle.Theremaybemetalplatessetflushintothecenterofthesides.Inthealternative,thediscusmaybemadewithoutmetalplates,provided that the measurements and total weight of the implementcorrespondtothespecifications.

(b) Each side of the discus shall be identical and shall be made withoutindentations,projecting,orsharpedges.Thesidesshalltaperinastraightlinefromthebeginningofthecurveoftherimtoacircleadistanceof25mm,minimum,and28.5mm,maximum,fromthecenterofthediscus.

(c) Thediscus,includingthesurfaceoftherim,shallhavenoroughnessandthefinish shall be smooth and uniform throughout. The sides and rim of thediscus shall be intact, showing no signs of significant cracks, gouges orbreakagethatwouldreducetheintegrityofthesideordiscusasawholeorprovidetheathletewithanimprovedgrip.

3. Thediscusshallconformtothefollowingspecifications:Name 2kg 1.75kg 1.6kg 1.5kg 1 kg 0.75kgNominal Wt. kg 2.0 1.75 1.6 1.5 1.0 0.75Minimum Record Wt. kg 2.000 1.750 1.600 1.500 1.000 0.750Outside Diameter min. mm 219 210 209 200 180 166Outside Diameter max. mm 221 212 211 202 182 169Diameter of Flat Area min. mm 50 50 50 50 50 50Diameter of Flat Area max. mm 57 57 57 57 57 57Thickness at center min. mm 44 41 40 38 37 33Thickness at center max. mm 46 43 42 40 39 37Thickness of Rim at 6 mm from 12 12 12 12 12 10 edge, min. mmThickness of Rim at 6mm from 13 13 13 13 13 13 edge, max. mm

AdiagramillustratingthesespecificationsappearsinFigure10.

RULE 190HAMMER, DISCUS, AND WEIGHT THROWING CAGE

It is required that all Hammer, Weight, Superweight, Ultraweight, and DiscusThrowsbefromanenclosureorcagetoensurethesafetyofspectators,officials,andcompetitors.Thecagespecified in this rule is intended foruse inamajorstadiumwhentheeventtakesplaceoutsidethearenawithspectatorspresentor


when theevent takesplace in thearenawithotherevents takingplaceat thesametime.Wherethisdoesnotapply,asimplerconstructionmaybesatisfactory,provideditensuressafety.SeeFigures12-13,andIAAFRules190and192,forsuggestedspecificationsofcagesfortheHammerandDiscus.NOTE 1: An effective hammer cage should have moveable panels at the front where the operative positions of these panels are marked, either permanently or temporarily, on the ground. These should be constructed so that the inside edge of either panel can be moved to a point 1.5m inside the sector line. If the panels are too short to reach 1.5m in, then set it for the maximum distance in the sector. There are two options at this point.

(a) This setup corresponds to using an existing pre-2007 NCAA cage (seeFigure13).Thesupporttowhichthesemovablepanelsareattachedshouldbenocloserthan2.85moutsidethesector lineorabout6.1mfromthecenterofthecircle).Eachofthemovablepanelsshouldbeatleast4.35minwidth.Theheightof themovablepanelsandat least thefirststationarypanels should be 6.15m. The netting for the cage panels should besuspendedandnottiedtightlyinordertoabsorbtheimpactoftheHammerandreducetheriskoftheHammerrebounding.Theopeningshouldbe6mwide, measured from the inner edge of the cage or pivoted netting asappropriate,andpositioned7minfrontofthecenterofthethrowingcircle.However,thewidthofopeningatthefrontofthecageislesscriticalthanwheretheopeningisplaced.Thusthedistanceofthepanelsfromthecenterofthecircleisimportant.Thepanelsarealternatedforleft-andright-handedthrowers.Thepaneloppositetothedirectionofspin,i.e.,theleft-handpanel,foraright-handedthrower,isplacedinsidethesectorline1.5m.Ifshorterthanthisdistance,thenthegateshouldbeperpendiculartothesectorline.Theendoftheothergateshouldbeabout1.1moffthesectorline.

(b) AnalternatecageistheIAAFcageandisrecommendedfornewconstruction(SeeFigure12).

NOTE 2: The cage side, particularly alongside the track, may be lengthened and/or increased in height to provide greater protection to athletes competing on the adjoining track during a discus competition.

RULE 191THROWING THE HAMMER

1. The competitor in the starting position, prior to the preliminary swings orturns, ispermittedtoresttheheadofthehammeronthegroundinsideoroutsidethecircle.Inmakingathrow,thecompetitormaychoosetoassumeany starting position and shall use both hands, holding the hammerexclusivelybythehandle.

2. Itshallnotbeconsideredafoulthrowiftheheadofthehammertouchesthegroundorthetopoftheironband.Thecompetitormaystopandbeginthethrowagain,providednootherrulehasbeenbreached.

3. Ifthehammerbreaksduringthethroworwhileintheair,itshallnotcountasathrowprovideditwasmadeinaccordancewiththerules.Intheeventthatthe competitor thereby loses balance and commits a foul, it shall not bechargedandtheathleteshallbeawardedanewtrial.


4. Construction-Thehammershallconsistofthreeparts:ametalhead,awireandahandle.

5. head-Theheadshallbesolidironorothermetalnotsofterthanbrass,orashellofsuchmetalfilledwithleadorothersolidmaterialsothatnointernalmovementisdetectedbyfeel,sightorsound.Itmustbesphericalinshapeandsmooth.Ifafillingisused,itmustbeinsertedinsuchamannerthatitisimmovableandthatthecenterofgravityshallnotbemorethan6mmfromthecenterofthesphere.

6. Wire-Thewireshallbeasingleunbrokenandstraightlengthofspringwirenotlessthan3mm,andshallbesuchthatitcannotstretchappreciablywhilebeing thrown.Thewiremaybe loopedatoneorbothendsasameansofattachment.

7. handle-Thehandleshallhaveasymmetricdesign,berigidandwithouthingingjointsofanykind,mayhaveacurvedorstraightgripand/orbraceandshallhaveamaximumlengthinsideof110mm.PerIAAFspecifications,theminimumhandlebreakingstrengthshallbe8kN(800kgf)andthehandleshall be designed such that the total deformation of the handle under atensionloadof3.8kNshallnotexceed3mm.SeeFigure14.

8. Connection-Thewireshallbeconnectedtotheheadbymeansofaswivel

whichmaybeeitherplainorballbearing.Thehandleshallbeconnectedtothewirebymeansofaloopinsuchamannerthatitcannotbeturnedwithintheloopofthewiretoincreasetheoveralllengthofthehammer.Aswivelmaynotbeused.

9. Thehammershallconformtothefollowingspecifications:Name 16 lb 6 kg 12 lb 5 kg 4 kg 3 kg 2 kgNominal Wt. kg 7.26 6.00 5.45 5.00 4.00 3.00 2.00Min. Record Wt. kg 7.260 6.000 5.443 5.000 4.000 3.000 2.000Diameter min. mm 110 105 98.4 100 95 85 80Diameter max. mm 130 125 117.5 120 110 100 90Length* max. mm 1215 1215 1215 1200 1195 1195 1195Loop Size max. mm 19.5 19.5 19.5 19.5 19.5 19.5 19.5

* Length of Hammer is measured from the inside of the handle to the bottom of the ball. Pressure should be applied to make sure the wire is straight.

Center of gravity of head: Notmorethan6mmfromthecenterofthesphere,i.e.,itmustbepossible tobalancethehead, lesswireandhandle,onahorizontalsharp-edgedorifice12mmindiameter.

RULE 193THROWING THE JAVELIN

1. Requirementsforavalidthrow:(a) The javelinmustbeheldby thegripwithonehandonly, so that the little

fingerisnearesttothepointandthethrower'slastcontactwiththejavelinshallbewiththegrip.


(b) At no time after preparing to throw until the javelin is in the air may thecompetitor turn completely around so that his/her back is towards thethrowingarea.Thejavelinshallbethrownovertheshoulderorupperpartofthethrowingarmandmaynotbeslungorhurled.

(c) Nothrowshallbevalidorcountedinwhichthetiporthepointofthemetalhead,incontactingtheground,oranyotherobject,whenitfirstlands,isnotcompletelywithintheinneredgesofthelinesofthesectorbeforeanyotherpartofthejavelin,orwherethecompetitortoucheswithanypartofthebody,thearcasmarkedor the linesdrawn from theextremities thereofat rightanglestotheparallellines,orthegroundbeyondthearcorsuchlines.

NOTE: For Youth Athletics exception, see Rule 302.5(i).

(d) Competitorsmaynotinthecourseofanattempttouchwithanypartoftheirbodythelineswhichmarktherunwayorthegroundoutside.

(e) Competitors shall not leave the runway until the javelin has touched thelanding surface.When leaving the runway, the competitor's first point ofcontactwith the parallel lines or the surface outside the runwaymust becompletelybehindthearcandthelinesdrawnfromitsextremities.Thefirstcontact with the parallel lines or the surface outside the runway isconsideredleaving.

A competitor shall also be considered to have left the runway in a valid

manner once the implement has touched the ground and the competitormakescontactwithorbehindanidentifiedline4mbackfromtheendsofthethrowingarc,or ifacompetitor isalreadybehindsuch lineand inside therunwayatthemomenttheimplementtouchestheground.

2. Ifthejavelinbreaksatanytimeduringthecourseofthethrow,itshallnotcountasa trialprovided the throwwasmade inaccordancewith the rules. If thecompetitor thereby loses his/her balance and contravenes any part of thisRule, it shall not be counted as a foul throw and the competitor shall beawardedanewtrial.

3. Ifathrowerimproperlyreleasesthejavelininmakinganattempt,itshallberecordedasafoulthrow.

NOTE: For details of competition, see Rules 180 and 187. For measurements, see Rules 148.2(b)i, 187.7(b). For specifications of runway, arc, and sector, See Rules 180.17, 187.23 and 24.

4. Construction-Thejavelinshallconsistofthreemainparts:ahead,ashaft,andacordgrip.Theshaftmaybesolidorhollowandshallbeconstructedofmetal or other suitable material so as to constitute a fixed and integratedwhole.Theshaftshallhavefixedtoitametalheadterminatinginasharppoint.

5. The javelinshallconformto thespecificationsset forth in the tableonthefollowingpage.

6. The grip, which shall cover the center of gravity, shall not exceed thediameter of the shaft bymore than 8mm. It may have a regular non-slippatternsurfacebutwithoutthongs,notches,orindentationsofanykind.Thegripshallbeofuniformthickness.


7. The cross-section shall be regularly circular throughout (seeNote 1). Themaximumdiameteroftheshaftshallbeimmediatelyinfrontofthegrip.Thecentral portion of the shaft, including the part under the grip, may becylindrical or slightly tapered toward the rear, but in no case may thereduction indiameter, from immediately in frontof thegrip to immediatelybehind,exceed0.25mm.Fromthegrip,thejavelinshalltaperregularlytothetipatthefrontandthetailattherear.Thelongitudinalprofilefromthegriptothefronttipandthetailshallbestraightorslightlyconvex(seeNote2),andtheremustbenoabruptalterationintheoveralldiameter,exceptimmediatelybehindtheheadandatthefrontandrearofthegrip,throughoutthelengthofthejavelin.Attherearofthehead,thereductioninthediametermaynotexceed2.5mmandthisdeparturefromthe longitudinalprofilerequirementmaynotextendmorethan30cmbehindthehead.

NOTE 1: While the cross-section should be circular, a maximum difference between the largest and the smallest diameter of 2% is permitted. The mean value of these two diameters must correspond to the specification of a circular javelin.

NOTE 2: The shape of the longitudinal profile may be quickly and easily checked using a metal straightedge at least 50cm long and two feeler gauges 0.20mm and 1.25mm thick. For slightly convex sections of the profile, the straightedge will rock while being in firm contact with a short section of the javelin. For straight sections of the profile, with the straightedge held firmly against it, it must be impossible to insert the 0.20mm gauge between the Javelin and the straightedge anywhere over the length of contact. This shall not apply immediately behind the joint between the head and the shaft. At this point it must be impossible to insert the 1.25mm gauge.

Name 800 g 700g 600 g 500g 400 gNominal Wt. G 800 700 600 500 400Minimum Record Wt. G 800 700 600 500 400Overall Length min. mm 2600 2300 2200 2000 1850Overall Length max. mm 2700 2400 2300 2100 1950Length – Metal Head min. mm 250 250 250 220 200Length – Metal Head max. mm 330 330 330 270 250Dist. From tip to CG min. mm 900 860 800 780 750Dist. From tip to CG max. mm 1060 1000 920 880 800Diameter of Shaft at thickest point min. mm 25 23 20 20 20Diameter of Shaft at thickest point max. mm 30 28 25 24 23Width of cord grip, min. mm 150 150 140 135 130Width of cord grip max. mm 160 160 150 145 140Taper Meas. from Tip mm 150 150 150 150 125Taper Meas. from Tail mm 150 150 150 150 125Diameter at Tip Taper Measurement Point <0.80dia* <0.80dia* < 0.80dia <0.80dia* <.80dia*Diameter at Tail Taper Measurement Point >0.40dia* >0.40dia* > 0.40dia >0.40dia* >0.40diaDiam. at Mid Point Tip to CG <0.90dia* <0.90dia* < 0.90dia <0.90dia* <0.90diaDiam. at Mid Point Tail to CG >0.90dia* >0.90dia* > 0.90dia >0.90dia* >0.80dia

Tail Diameter min mm 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5*Diamisthemaximumdiameterfortheimplement.


8. The javelin shall havenomobilepartsor other apparatus that, during thethrow,couldchangeitscenterofgravityorthrowingcharacteristics.

9. Thesurfaceoftheshaftshallhavenodimplesorpimples,groovesorridges,holesorroughness,andthefinishshallbesmoothanduniformthroughout.To be smooth, the surface average height must be less than 1.6µm (aroughnessnumberofN7orless).Tapeoranyothersubstancesshallnotbeplacedonthejavelin.Theheadshallbeconstructedcompletelyofmetal.Itmaycontainareinforcedtipofothermetalalloyweldedontothefrontendoftheheadprovidedthatthecompletedheadissmoothanduniformalongthewholeofitssurface.

10. Mini Javelin -Theshaft,gripandfinsshallbemadeoutofplastic.Thetipshallbemadeofsoftrubberwithablunt,roundedend.Thefinsshallbeflat(withoutprotrusionsorroughness)andshallbeperpendiculartothesurfaceof the javelin.The finsshallbeparallel to thecenter lineof theshaft.Thenominalweightsshallbe300g,400g,500gand600g.Allshallconformtothefollowingspecifications,asapplicable:

300g and 400g Mini Javelin Specifications (All dimensions in mm):

dimension Min MaxOverallLength 685 705

Lengthofhead 84 94

TipDiameteratlargestpoint 37 43

DistancefromTiptoCG 365 380

Diameterofshaftforwardofgrip 30 38

Diameterofshaftbehindthegrip 24 30

Diameterofshaftatthegrip 34 40

Lengthofgrip 99 109

Locationoffrontofgripfromtipoftail 322 332

Finlength 162 168

FinDiameter(peaktopeakopposingfins) 95 105

NumberofFins 4 4

500g and 600g Mini Javelin Specifications (All dimensions in mm):

dimension Min MaxOverallLength 1100 1140

Lengthofhead 85 95

TipDiameteratlargestpoint 35 45

DistancefromTiptoCG 560 610

Diameterofshaftforwardofgrip 30 38

Diameterofshaftbehindthegrip 31 37

Diameterofshaftatthegrip 40 45

Lengthofgrip 105 125

Locationoffrontofgripfromtipoftail 550 570

Finlengthmin. 165 175

FinDiameter(peaktopeakopposingfins) 85 95

NumberofFins 4 4


RULE 195THROWING THE WEIGHT

1. In making a throw, the competitor may choose to assume any startingposition,holdingtheweightexclusivelybythehandle,andusingbothhandsexceptatthestartofthethrowandatthereleaseoftheimplement.

2. Inallotherrespects,therulesfortheHammerThrow(Rule191)shallgovern.

3. Construction - The weight shall consist of three parts: a head (ball), ahandle,andaconnectionassemblywhichmaycontainaharness.

4. head -(a) AllMetalHead-Theheadshallbeasphere.Theheadshallbemadeofsolid

metalnotsofterthanbrass.Thereshallnotbeanyinternalmovement.Thecenterofgravityshallnotbemorethan9mmfromthecenterofthesphere.

(b) FilledHead - The head shall be a shellmade of plastic or other suitablepolymermaterialintheshapeofasphere,designedtoprotectthelandingsurface. Theheadshallbe filledwith leadorothermaterial inserted inamanner thatminimizesany internal voidormovementandhavecenterofgravitynotmorethan9mmfromthecenterof thespherecertifiedbythemanufacturer. Theheadmaydeformupon impact,butmust returnto theshapeofasphere.

NOTE: Rubber is not an acceptable material for the shell.

5. handle - The handle shall be made of round steel metal rod, bent in atriangular shape with straight sides. The handle may include an internalbraceorloop.Thehandlemustberigidandnotshowevidenceofelasticityormalformationbefore,duringorafterthecompetition.a) Thehandleforthefilledheadweightshallhavesidesthatdonotexceed 160mmnorsmallerthan100mminsidemeasurement.Ahandlewithno permanentconnectionpointshallhaveallthreesidesofequallength.

(b) Thehandlefortheallmetalheadweightshallhavesidesthatdonotexceed190mmnorsmaller than100mm insidemeasurement.Ahandlewithnopermanentconnectionpoint shall have twosidesof equal lengthand thethirdsideoflessthanorequallength.SeeFigure15

6. harness - Iftheimplementincludesaharness,itshallbefabricatedfromaminimumoffourstrapssewntogethertoformasling.Nettingshallnotbeused for thispurpose.Theharnessmustnot stretchor showevidenceofelasticityormalformationbefore,duringorafterthecompetition.Aprotectivesleevemaybeusedaroundthelinksand/orswivel.

7. Connection - Thehandleshallbeconnectedtotheheadortoaharnessinthefollowingmanner:(a) Afterthehandle,bymeansofnomorethantwosteellinks(loops),whosesize

shallbesuchthattheycannotstretchwhiletheimplementisbeingthrown.

(b) For theAllMetalHead, thehandleshallbeconnectedwithout theuseofaswivel.


(c) For a Filled Head or Harness, the use of links and swivel are optional.However, at least one shall be used and when used in combination, theswivelshallbeattachedtothehead.

(d) A swivel, when used, may be either plain or ball-bearing, and is not

consideredanadditional link.Aprotectivesleevemaybeusedaroundthelinksand/orswivel.

8. Length - Theoveralllengthofthecompleteimplementasthrown,fromthebottomsurfaceoftheheadinitssphericalshape,orharness,totheinsidesurface of the middle of the handle (grip) shall not exceed 406.4mm atanytime.

NOTE 1: The overall length for Masters is 410.0mm. NOTE 2: An implement presented for inspection must be measured for

length with all components at their maximum lengths as designed by the manufacturer. Once the implement has been inspected and approved for competition, the implement shall not be altered or adjusted other than to be repaired by the Inspector of Implements.

RULE 196THE ULTRAWEIGHT

1. Construction -Theultraweightshallconsistofthreeparts:amainbody,ahandle,andaconnectionassembly

2. Main body - Themainbodyshouldbeeitherasolidcylinderorconstructedofnomorethantwosolidcylinders(200lbweight)orthreesolidcylinders(300 lb weight) stacked and held together so as to form an essentiallysolidcylinder.(a) Thecylindershallbemadeofamaterialnosofterthanlead.Anoutercasing,

such as a steel pipe, may be used, provided the length and diameterspecificationsaremaintained.

(b) The diameter of the cylinder shall not exceed 26.7cm nor be lessthan15.25cm.

3. handle - Thehandleshallbemadeofaroundsteelrod,notlessthan12mmindiameter,bentinatriangularormodifiedtriangularshapesothatnosideexceeds20cminsidedimension.Ahandleshallhavetwosidesofequallengthandthethirdside(handle)ofmorethanorequallength.Whentheoveralllengthoftheimplementismeasured,theequalsidesmustformthesidesofthetriangle.Thehandlemustberigidandnotshowevidenceofelasticityormalformationafterbeingthrown.

4. Connection Assembly -Themainbodyshallincorporateapermanenteyebolt, u-bolt or shackle in its construction (stainless steel recommended),whichmayswivel.Thehandleshouldbeconnectedbymeansofaremovableshackleorlink(s)(stainlesssteelrecommended).Nomorethantwolinksshallbe used, in addition to the handle anchor shackle and the main bodyconnection.Animmovablehandleisnotrecommended.


5. Length -Theoveralllengthofthecompleteimplement,fromtheinsidesurfaceofthe handle (grip) to the bottom surface of the main body to shall notexceed45.75cm.

6. Weight Specifications - Inadditionto theWeight implementspecificationfoundinRule195,theUltraweightimplementshallconformtothefollowing:

Implement 98 lb 200 lb 300 lb

Minimum Weight (kg) 44.50 90.80 136.10

Sincemostofficialsorganizationswillnothaveascaleofsufficientcapacityto weigh these implements, the event management should makearrangements to have the implements weighed prior to the event by anoutsidesource.Weighingservicesshouldbesoughtfromanestablishmentthat can prove its scale’s calibration is traceable to NIST, and themeasurementaccuracyisnogreaterthan±50grams.

Acertificateattestingtothecalibrationofthescalesusedandexactweightof the implements being used in a competitionmust be presented to theInspectorofImplementspriortothestartofcompetition.

7. Throwing Area -Thefollowingapplyforthe98,200and300lbimplements.(a) Construction - TheUltraweightshallbethrownfromasquarethatismade

ofbandsof iron, steel or other suitablematerial, andpaintedwhite. Thesurface of the squaremay be sunk flushwith the surrounding ground orinstalled on top of the ground; the latter case being allowed for ease oftransportationandstorageofthehardware,aswellasprovidingtheabilityto assemble the square so the front side is even with the edge of theconcrete or other slab. If it is installed on the surface of the ground,provisions shouldbemade that allow securingof the square to eliminatemovementforthedurationofthecompetition.

The surface surrounding the squaremay be concrete, synthetic, asphalt,woodoranyothersuitablematerial.Thesurfacewithinthesquareshallbeconstructedofconcreteorsimilarmaterial.Thethrowingfieldshallbelevelwiththesurfacewithinthesquare.

(b) dimensions - Theinsidedimensionsofthesquareshallmeasure2.135moneachside.Themetalsquarebandsshallbe5cmwide.Thetopsurfaceofthe metal square bands shall be 20mm above the surrounding ground.However,thewidthofthebandsmaybeincreasedifthisassistsinboltingorotherwisefasteningthesquaretotheground.

(c) Projection lines - Aline5cmwideshallbedrawntheoreticallythroughthecenterofthesquare,extendednolessthan75cmoneachside,todesignatethefrontandrearhalvesofthesquare.Theextensionsoutsidethesquareshouldbemarkedontheground,butthelineshouldnotbemarkedinsidethesquare.


(d) Sector - Thesectorwithinwhichallthrowsfromthesquaremustfallshallbeclearlymarkedon thegroundwith lines5cmwide, the inneredgesofwhichshallformthesectorboundary.Thesesectorlinesareextensionsofthesidesofthethrowingsquare.

NOTE: Further material regarding Ultraweight specifications and illustrations of the implement, throwing area and landing sector can be found in the Officials Manual for the Ultraweight Pentathlon. See Rule 203 for competition rules.


SECTION IVCOMBINED EVENTS

RULE 200EVENTS - GENERAL RULES

1. Competitionformen:(a) The Outdoor Pentathlon, which shall be conducted on one day in the

followingorder: LongJump JavelinThrow 200Meters DiscusThrow 1500Meters

(b) TheDecathlon,whichshallbeconductedon twoconsecutivedays in thefollowingorder:

FirstDay: 100Meters LongJump ShotPut HighJump 400Meters SecondDay: 110MeterHurdles DiscusThrow PoleVault JavelinThrow 1500Meters

(c) TheThrowsPentathlonandUltraweightPentathlon,whichshallbeconductedononeday(seeRule201).

NOTE: For indoor combined event definition, see Rule 222.1.

2. Competitionforwomen:(a) The Outdoor Pentathlon, which shall be conducted on one day in the

followingorder: 100MeterHurdles HighJump ShotPut LongJump 800Meters

(b) The Heptathlon, which may be conducted on the same day or on twoconsecutivedays,inthefollowingorder:

FirstDay: 100MeterHurdles HighJump ShotPut 200Meters SecondDay: LongJump JavelinThrow 800Meters


(c) TheDecathlon,whichshallbeconductedon twoconsecutivedays in thefollowingorder:

FirstDay: 100Meters DiscusThrow PoleVault JavelinThrow 400Meters SecondDay 100mHurdles LongJump ShotPut HighJump 1500Meters

(d) TheThrowsPentathlonandUltraweightPentathlon,whichshallbeconductedononeday(seeRule201).

NOTE: For indoor combined event definition, see Rule 222.2.

3. The Rules of Competition of USATF for each event shall apply, with thefollowingexceptions:(a) In the Long Jump, Shot Put, Discus Throw, and Javelin Throw, each

competitorshallbeallowedthreetrialsonly.

(b) Ifhandtimingisused,eachcompetitor'stimeshallbetimedbythreeTimersindependently,usingRule165.6todeterminetheofficialtime.

(c) No penalty shall be imposed for the first false start, but the Starter shalldisqualifytheoffenderoroffendersonthesecondfalsestart.Falsestartsarecalledonindividuals,notonthefield.

NOTE: In practice, when one or more competitors makes a false start, others are inclined to follow and, strictly speaking, any competitor who does so has also made a false start. The Starter should charge only the competitor or competitors who, in the Starter's opinion, were responsible for the false start. This may result in more than one competitor being charged with a false start. If the unfair start is not due to any competitor, no competitor shall be charged.

4. (a) The events, except as otherwise provided in these rules, shall becontested at such intervals as determined by the Track and FieldCommittee.Wheneverpossible, thereshallbean intervalofat least30minutesbetweenthetimeoneeventendsandthenexteventbeginsforanyindividualathlete.Ifpossible,thetimebetweenthelasteventonthefirstdayandthefirsteventontheseconddayshouldbeatleast10hours.

(b) Infieldeventsofcombinedcompetitionforwomen,whenmorethanone flightisrequired,aminimumof30minutesshallbeallowedbetweenthe lastattemptofthepreviousflightandthebeginningofcompetitioninthe nextflight.Inthehurdlesofsuchcompetitionforwomen,wherefeasible, aminimumof10minutesshallbeallowedbetweenflights.Competition inasubsequentflightmaybeginpriorto30minutes(10minutesinthe hurdles)afterthepreviousflightwiththeapprovalofallcompetitors. NOTE: This rule is to insure rather than limit adequate warm-up time.


(c) Whenmore than one flight is required in events, the composition of flights and, where feasible, the approximate scheduled time of each flight shall be posted prior to the competition, except that the compositionofflightsforthelasteventshallbedeterminedjustpriorto the start of that event. Where field event flights are conducted sequentially,aminimumof30minutesbetweenfieldeventflightsshall beallowedbetweenthelastattemptorfinisherofoneandthebeginning ofcompetitioninthenextunlessapprovalforanearlierstartisobtained byallcompetitorsintheflight.

5. (a) If the number of competitors warrants it, they may be divided intopermanent groups of not less than six as determined by the GamesCommitteeorCombinedEventsReferee.Thesegroupingsshallcontinuethroughout the firstseveneventsof thedecathlonandallbut the lasteventoftheothercombinedevents.

(b) Whenpermanent groups are not used and individual event performance dataduringapredeterminedperiodareavailableformostofthecombined eventcompetitors, theGamesCommittee,orCombinedEventsReferee, shall make heat and flight assignments using these data. When no performancedataareavailable,thecompetitorsforeachheatandflightshall bedrawnbylot.Whenthiscannotbeachievedduetothetimescheduleof events, theheatsor flights for thenexteventshouldbearrangedasand whencompetitorsbecomeavailablefromthepreviousevent.

(c) InthelasteventofaCombinedEventsCompetition,heats,ifused,should bearrangedsothatthelastheatcontainstheleadingathletesafterthe penultimateevent.TheCombinedEventRefereeshallarrangesuchheats.

(d) The order of competitionwithin a field event, and the assignment of lanesinatrackevent,shallbedrawnbylotforeacheventindependently. Preferablyfiveormore,andneverlessthanthreecompetitorsshallbe placed in a heat or flight. If there are 16 or more competitors, it is recommendedthatmorethanonefacilitybeusedforfieldevents. NOTE: For Youth Athletics exception, see Rule 302.66. TheincrementalincreaseintheHighJumpandPoleVaultinOpenMen'sand

Women'sTrackandFieldChampionships shall beuniform throughout thecompetitionat3cmand10cm,respectively.

NOTE: For Youth Athletics exception, see Rule 302.6

7. Anathletedisqualifiedforfoulingacompetitorinanyeventshallbepermittedtocompeteintheremainingevents,unlesstheRefereeshallrulethatmerelossofpointsisnotsufficientpenalty.

8. A competitor failing to attempt to start or take a trial in any event of thecompetitionshallnotbeallowedtoparticipateinanyfollowingevents.Suchcompetitorshallnotbeincludedinthefinalplacingorscoring,butshallhavehis/her performances before withdrawing recorded in the results of the


competition.AnycompetitordecidingtowithdrawfromthecompetitionshallimmediatelyinformtheRefereeofhis/herdecisiontodoso.

9. The scores of each competitor, separately and combined, should be

announcedtothecompetitorsafterthecompletionofeachevent.

10. Exceptasotherwiseprovidedintheserules,scoringshallbebasedonthecurrentIAAFScoringTablesforCombinedEvents.

NOTE: For Masters scoring, see Rule 332.2(h).

11.Scoringbasedononlyonesystemoftimingshallbeusedthroughouteachseparateevent.However,forrecordpurposes,fullyautomatictimesshallbeapplied where they are available, regardless of whether such times areavailableforothercompetitorsintheevent.Wherefullyautomatictimingisused, the times shall be given to 1/100th of a second and the 1/100thsecondscoringtableshallbeused.

12. Thewinnershallbethecompetitorwhohasscoredthehighesttotalnumberofpoints.Iftwoormoreathletesachieveanequalnumberofpointsforanyplaceinthecompetition,theproceduretodeterminewhethertherehasbeenatieisthefollowing:(a) Theathletewho,inthegreaternumberofevents,hasreceivedmorepoints

thantheotherathlete(s)concernedshallbeawardedthehigherplace.

(b) If the athletes are equal following the application of Rule 200.12(a), theathlete who has the highest number of points in any one event shall beawardedthehigherplace.

(c) IftheathletesarestillequalfollowingtheapplicationofRule200.12(b),theathletewhohasthehighestnumberofpointsinasecondevent,etc.shallbeawardedthehigherplace.

(d) If theathletesare still equal following theapplicationofRule200.12(c), itshallbedeterminedtobeatie.

13. Forrecordpurposes,iftheautomatictimingdeviceshouldfailinaheatnotinvolvingthecompetitorwhosettherecord,thentherecordmaybescoredusingtheautomatictimingtables,althoughthecompetitionwouldbescoredanddecidedusingthemanualtimingtables.

14. Appropriateimplementweights,hurdleheightsandhurdlespacingmustbeused for theageclassificationsentered in thecompetition.ForYouth,seeRules301,302.4and302.6.ForJunior,seeRule10.2(a).ForMasters,seeRules332.1(i)and332.

15. ChangesinthenumberofdaysdefinedforaCombinedEventscompetitionarenotallowedexceptinextremeand/orunusualcircumstances,includingweather,asdeterminedbytheReferee.IfthecompetitionisheldforalongerperiodthandefinedinRules200.1,200.2and222,thenaCombinedEventspointsrecordcannotbeclaimed.


RULE 201THROWS PENTATHLON

1. The competition consists of the following five (5) events: Hammer Throw,ShotPut,DiscusThrow,JavelinThrow,andWeightThrow.Theeventsshallbecontestedintheabove-mentionedorder,andatsuchintervalsasshallbedeterminedbytheGamesCommittee.

2. Threetrialsshallbeallowedineachevent.

3. The winner shall be the one who has scored the highest total of points(countingthebestperformanceineachevent)forallfive(5)events,scoredonthebasisoftheOfficialInternationalScoringTablesfortheHammer,ShotPut, Discus, and Javelin Throws, and on the basis of similarly preparedscoringtablesfortheWeightThrow.

NOTE: For Masters exception, see Rule 332.2(h).

RULE 202THROW-A-THON

1. The competition consists of the following five (5) events: Hammer Throw,ShotPut,DiscusThrow,JavelinThrowandWeightThrow.TheeventsshallbecontestedintheabovementionedorderandatsuchintervalsasshallbedeterminedbytheGamesCommittee.

2. Three trials shall be allowed in eachof threeweights for eachevent. Thethreeweights,andtheorderoftheirthrow,shallbethestandardweight,thenexthigherweightandthenextlowerweightfortheageandgenderofthecompetitor.Ifthehigherorlowerweightisnotavailable,thestandardweightfortheageandgendershallbethrown.

3. Thewinnershallbethecompetitorwhohasscoredthehighesttotalpointsaftercombiningthebestperformanceforeachofthethree(3)weightsineachevent forall five (5)events,scoredon thebasisof theOfficial InternationalScoringTablesorsimilarlypreparedtablesfortheindividualevents.

RULE 203ULTRAWEIGHT PENTATHLON

1. ThecompetitionconsistsofthrowingthefiveweightslistedforeachgenderandagegroupinthetableattheendofthisRule.Thecompetitionmaybeconductedeitherasanoutdooreventoranindoorevent.

2. Threetrialsshallbeallowedwitheachweight.

3. Theimplementsarethrowninorderfromlightesttoheaviest.

4. TheeventsshallbecontestedatsuchintervalsasdeterminedbytheGamesCommittee.


5. In making a throw, the competitor may choose to assume any startingpositionandshallusebothhands,holdingtheUltraweightexclusivelybythehandle.Rule187,Paragraphs1-16andRule191shallapply.Allreferencestothe‘circle’shallbeinterpretedtomeanthe‘square’forpurposesoftheUltraweight Throw. The gloves defined inRule 187.3(c)may have closedfingers.

6. Themeasurementof only the98 lb, 200 lb and300 lbUltraweightThrowimplementsshallbemadefromthenearestmarkmadebythelandingoftheimplementtotheinsideofthefrontofthethrowingsquarealongalinefromthemark.Themeasurementofthethrowshallbemadeatrightanglesfromtheinsideofthefrontfoulline.Thenearestvisiblepartofthebreak/imprinttothethrowingsquareshallbemeasuredaftertheimplementhasceasedtomove.Thehandleimprintisnotmeasured.Themeasurementfortheotherimplements(56lbandbelow)shallbeasnormallydefined.

7. Individual points from each event are awarded based on the UltraweightPentathlonScoringTable.Thewinnershallbethecompetitorwhohasscoredthehighestoverallscoreaftertotalingthescoresfromeachofthefiveevents.

NOTE: For Masters exception, see Rule 332.2(h).

8. Forspecificationsfortheimplements,seeRules195.8and195.9.

Men

AgeGroup

Weight#

SuperWeight

#35lb 20kg 56lb 98lb 200lb 300lb

Open-49

35 56 x x x

50-59 25 56 x x x

60-69 20 20kg x x x

70-79 16 35 x x x

80+ 12 25 x x x


Women

AgeGroup

Weight#

SuperWeight

#20lb 25lb 35lb 20kg 56lb 98lb

Open-49

20 35 x x x

50-59 16 25 x x x

60-74 12 20 x x x

75+ 4kg 16 x x x


SECTION VINDOOR COMPETITIONS

RULE 210APPLICABILITY OF INDOOR RULES

WiththeexceptionsstatedinthisSection,theRulesofCompetitioninSectionsItoIVshallapplytoindoorcompetitions.

RULE 211THE INDOOR STADIUM

1. Thestadiumshallbecompletelyenclosedandcovered.Lighting,heatingandventilationshallbeprovidedtogivesatisfactoryconditionsforcompetition.

2. The arena should include an oval track; a straight track for sprints andhurdles;runwaysandlandingareasforjumpingevents.Inaddition,acircleandlandingsectorfortheShotPutandWeightThrowshouldbeprovided,whetherpermanentortemporary.ItispreferredthatallfacilitiesconformtothespecificationsintheIAAFTrackandFieldFacilitiesManual.

3. All tracks, runways and take-off surface areas shall be covered with asyntheticmaterialorhaveawoodensurface.Thesyntheticmaterialshouldpreferably be able to accept 6mm spikes in running shoes. Alternativethicknessesmaybeprovidedbythestadiummanagement,whowillnotifyathletesofthepermissiblelengthofspikes.SeeRule143.3.

4. Thefoundationonwhichthesurfaceofthetrack,runwaysandtake-offareaislaidshalleitherbesolidor,ifofsuspendedconstruction(suchaswoodenboardsorplywoodsheetsmountedon joists),withoutanyspecial sprungsectionsand,asfarastechnicallypossible,eachrunwayandtake-offareashallhaveauniformresiliencethroughout.Thisshallbecheckedbeforeeachcompetition.A‘sprungsection’isanydeliberatelyengineeredorconstructedsectiondesignedtogiveextraassistancetoacompetitor.

NOTE: Full technical information on track construction, layout and markings is contained in the IAAF’s Manual on Track and Field Facilities, which is available from the IAAF at www.iaaf.org.

RULE 212TRACK LANES AND MEASUREMENT

1. The lateral inclinationof thestraight trackshall notexceed1:100and theinclination intherunningdirectionshallnotexceed1:250atanypointand1:1000overall.

2. Thenominallengthoftheovalshouldbepreferably200m.Itshallconsistoftwoparallelstraightsandtwoturnswhichmaybebankedandwhoseradiishould be equal. The inside edge of the line or curb shall be horizontalthroughoutthelengthofthetrackwithamaximumslopeof1:1000.


LANES3. Thestraighttrackshouldhaveaminimumof6andamaximumof8 lanes

separatedandboundedonbothsidesbywhite lines5cmwide.Thelanesshallallbe1.22m±0.01mwideincludingthelanelineontheright.Ontrackswhosewidthdoesnotpermit6lanesofthatwidth,theminimumwidthofthelanesmaybe1.07m±0.01m.

4. The oval should have a minimum of 4 and a maximum of 6 lanes. Thenominalwidthofthelanesshallbebetween0.90mand1.10mincludingthelanelinetotheright.Alllanesshallbeofthesamewidthwithatoleranceof±0.01mtotheselectednominalwidth.Thelanesshallbeseparatedbywhitelines5cmwide.

ThE START ANd FINISh5. Thereshouldbeaclearanceonthestraighttrackofatleast3mbehindthe

startlineandatleast10mbeyondthefinishlinefreeofanyobstructionwithadequate provision beyond the finish for an athlete to come to a haltwithoutinjury.

NOTE: It is strongly recommended that the minimum clearance beyond the finish line should be 15m.

6. Thestartandfinishofaraceshallbedenotedbywhitelines5cmwide,atrightanglestothelanelinesforstraightpartsofthetrackandalongaradiuslineforcurvedpartsofthetrack.

7. Therequirementsforthefinishlineare:ifatallpossiblethereshouldbeonlyoneforallthedifferentlengthsofovalraces;itshallbeonastraightpartoftheoval;andasmuchofthatstraightaspossibleshouldbebeforethefinish.

8. Asfaraspossible,startlines(andtake-overlinesforrelayraces)shouldnotbeonthesteepestpartofthebanking.

BANkINg9. Theangleofbankinginalllanesinthecurveandseparatelyinthestraight

shouldbethesameatanycrosssectionoftheoval.Thestraightmaybeflator have amaximum lateral inclination of 1:100 toward the inside lane. Inordertoeasethechangefromthestraighttothebankedturn,thechangemay be made with a smooth gradual horizontal transition which may beextended up to 5m into the straight. In addition, there should be averticaltransition.

OVAL EdgE MARkINgS10. Although a raised border for at least the curved portion of the oval is

preferred,anindoortrackmaybeborderedwithawhiteline5cmwideandmarkedadditionallywithconesor flags.Theconesshallbeat least20cmhigh.Theflagsshallbeapproximately25cmx20cminsize,at least45cmhighandsetatanangleof120°tothetracksurface.Theconesorflagsshallbeplacedonthewhitelinesothattheoutwardedgeofthebaseoftheconeorflagpolecoincideswiththeoutwardedgeofthewhitelineclosesttothe


track.Theconesorflagsshallbeplacedatdistancesnotexceeding1.5montheturnsand10monthestraights.

NOTE: For all indoor Championships, the use of an inside curb for at least the curved portion of the oval is strongly recommended.

RULE 214REGULATIONS FOR FORMING HEATS

1. The heats or sections for all rounds in the running events in theNationalIndoorTrackandFieldChampionships,andtotheextentfeasibleinallothermeets,shallbeformedaccordingtothefollowing:(a) Qualification fromPreliminaryHeats: In indoorcompetitions,withaneight

lanestraightandasixlaneoval,thefollowingtablesshall,intheabsenceofextraordinary circumstances,beused todetermine thenumberof roundsand the number of heats in each round to be held and the qualificationprocedureforeachroundoftrackevents:

60m, 60mh

No. of Entries

No. Trial

heats

No. Qualifying on Place

No. Qualifying on Time

No. Semi heats



No. in Final

9-16 0 - - 2 3 2 8

17-24 0 - - 3 2 2 8

25-32 4 3 4 2 3 2 8

33-40 5 4 4 3 2 2 8

41-48 6 3 6 3 2 2 8

49-56 7 3 3 3 2 2 8

200m, 400m, 4 x 200m, 4 x 400m

No. of Entries

No. Trial

heats



No. Semi heats



No. in Final

6-10 - - - 2 2 2 6

11-15 - - - 3 1 3 6

16-20 - - - 4 1 2 6

21-25 5 2 2 2 2 2 6

26-30 6 2 6 3 1 3 6

31-35 7 2 4 3 1 3 6

36-40 8 2 2 3 1 3 6


800m

No. of Entries

No. Trial

heats



No. Semi heats



No. in Final

7-12 - - - 2 2 2 6

13-18 3 3 3 2 2 2 6

19-24 4 2 4 2 2 2 6

25-30 5 2 2 2 2 2 6

31-36 6 2 6 3 1 3 6

1500m

No. of Entries

No. Trial

heats



No. Semi heats



No. in Final

12-18 - - - 2 3 3 9

19-27 - - - 3 2 3 9

28-36 - - - 4 2 1 9

37-45 5 3 3 2 3 3 9

3000m

No. of Entries

No. Trial

heats



No. in Final

16-24 2 4 4 12

25-36 3 3 3 12

37-48 4 2 4 12

(b) Principlesofassigninglanesi. Within each race, for all rounds of all events other than 800meters, run

whollyorpartlyinlanesaroundaturn,wheretherearesuccessiveroundsofanevent:

a.Inthefirstroundinthe200metersand400meters,laneoneshallnotbeutilized;

b.Adrawforlaneswillbemadefortheoutertwolanesbetweenthetwohighestrankedathletes;

c.Adrawforlaneswillbemadeforthenexttwolanesbetweenthethirdandfourthrankedathletes;

d.Adrawforlaneswillbemadeforanyremaininginnerlanesbetweentheremainingathletes.

ii. TherankingsreferredtoshallbethoseidentifiedinRule166.1(d).iii. For all other races the lane order shall be drawn in accordance with

Rule166.1(f).


2.Conduct of Races(a) Forracesof400morless,eachathleteshallhaveaseparatelaneatthestart.

(b) Racesofuptoandincluding300mshallberunentirelyinlanes.

(c) Racesover300mandlessthan800mshallstartandcontinueinlanesuntiltheendofthesecondturn.

(d) Inracesof800meachathletemaybeassignedaseparatelane,ornomorethantwoperlane,oragroupstartmaybeused,preferablyusinglanes1and3,continuinginthesamelaneorgroupuntiltheendofthefirstturn.

(e) Raceslongerthan800mshallberunwithoutlanesusinganarcedstartlineoragroupstart.

(f) Inthe400Meters,atleastonehalf-hourrestshallbeallowedbetweenheats,semi-final, and final respectively. In races of 800m or longer, at least 45minutesrestshallbeallowedbetweenheatsandfinal.

NOTE: Group starts shall utilize Rule 162.17.

3. International Team Qualification:WhentheOpenNationalChampionshipisusedtoselectateamtorepresenttheUSAin internationalcompetition,the Chairs of the Men’s and Women’s Sport Committees may establishroundsandadvancementproceduresinovaleventsoflessthan1500mthatresultinatwosectiontimedfinal.

RULE 215SHOES

Whenacompetitionisconductedonasyntheticsurface,thatpartofeachspikewhichprojectsfromthesoleortheheelshallnotexceed6mm,orasrequiredbytheGamesCommittee,inadditiontotheprovisionsofRule143.3.

RULE 216HURDLES

Thestandarddistancesandspecificationsforhurdleracesshallbeassetoutinthefollowingtable,withtheheightofthemen’shurdlesat1.067m(42in.)andthewomen’sat0.840m(33in.)*: Distance No. of Distance Distance Last of Race Hurdles from Start to between Hurdle To 1st Hurdle Hurdles Finish

Men’s 50m 4 13.72m 9.14m 8.86m Events 55m 5 13.72m 9.14m 4.72m 60m 5 13.72m 9.14m 9.72m Women’s 50m 4 13m 8.5m 11.5m Events* 55m 5 13m 8.5m 8m 60m 5 13m 8.5m 13m *Forexperimentalpurposes,women’seventsmaybeconductedwithahurdleheight

of0.914m(36in.).NOTE: For specifications for Masters races see Rule 332.2(k).


RULE 217RELAY RACES

1. The4x200MeterRelayshallberuninlanesforthefirstleg,aswellasthatpartofthesecondleguptotheneareredgeofthebreaklineusedfortheindividual800mat theendof the first turn,asdescribed inRule160.8(c),whererunnersmayleavetheirrespectivelanes.Rule170.12shallnotapply.

2. Inthe4x400MeterRelayandtheindoorSprintMedleyRelay,thefirsttwoturnsshallberuninlanes.Thusthesamebreaklinewillbeusedasfortheindividual400meterrace.

3. Inthe4x800MeterRelay,thefirstturnshallberuninlanes.Thusthesamebreaklinewillbeusedasfortheindividual800meterrace.

NOTE:Duetothenarrowlanes,indoorrelayraceshaveagreaterliabilityforcollisionsandunintendedobstructionthanoutdoorrelayraces.Itisthereforerecommendedthatwhenpossibleanemptylanebeleftbetweeneachteam.

4. TheDistanceMedleyRelayshallberunwithouttheuseoflanes.

5. The runners in the thirdand fourth legsof the4x200MetersRelayand ineach leg other than the first of the indoor Sprint Medley Relay, DistanceMedleyRelay,4x400MetersRelayand4x800MetersRelayshall,underthedirectionofadesignatedofficial,placethemselvesintheirwaitingpositioninthesameorder(insidetoout)astheorderoftheirrespectiveteammembersastheyenterthelastturnbeforetheexchange.Oncetheincomingrunnershavepassed thispoint, thewaiting runners shallmaintain theirorder, andshallnotexchangepositionsatthebeginningofthetake-overzone.Shouldanyrunnernotcomplywiththisparagraph,his/herteamshallbedisqualified.

RULE 218HIGH JUMP

1. Ifportablematsareused,allreferencesintheRulestothelevelofthetake-off areamust be construed as referring to the level of the top surface ofthemat.

2. Anathletemaystartanapproachonthebankingoftheovaltrackprovidedthat the last15metersof the runup isona runwaycomplyingwithRule180.16andRule180.18.

RULE 219POLE VAULT

Anathletemaystartanapproachonthebankingoftheovaltrackprovidedthatthelast40metersoftherunupisonarunwaycomplyingwithRule180.16andRule180.18.


RULE 220HORIZONTAL JUMPS

Anathletemaystartanapproachonthebankingoftheovaltrackprovidedthatthelast40metersoftherunupisonarunwaycomplyingwithRule180.16andRule180.18.

RULE 221SHOT PUT/ WEIGHT THROW

LANdINg SECTOR1. Thelandingsectorshallconsistofsomesuitablematerialonwhichtheshot

willmakeanimprintbutwhichwillminimizeanybounce.

2. Thelandingsectorshallbesurroundedatthefarendandonthetwosides,asclosetothecircleasmaybenecessaryforsafetyoftheotherathletesandofficials, by a stop barrier which should stop a shot whether in flight orbouncingfromthelandingsurface.

3. Inviewofthelimitedspaceinsideanindoorarena,theareaenclosedbythestop barriermay not be large enough to include a full 34.92° sector. Thefollowingconditionsshallapplytoanysuchrestriction.(a) Thestopbarrierat the farendshallbeat least50cmbeyond thecurrent

worldShotPutrecordformenorwomen.

(b) Thesectorlinesoneithersideshallbesymmetricalaboutthecenterlineofthe34.92°sector.

(c) ThesectorlinesmayeitherrunradialfromthecenteroftheShotPutcircleincludingafull34.92°sector,ormaybeparalleltoeachotherandthecenterlineof the34.92°sector.Where thesector linesareparallel, theminimumseparationofthetwosectorlinesshallbe9meters.

NOTE: The movement of the panels in Note 1 to Rule 190 should be modified to reflect the specifications of the landing sector.

4. Thecirclemaybemarkedonthefloor.

CONSTRUCTION ANd SPECIFICATIONS OF ThE ShOT5. Forindoorcompetition,ashotwhichissolidmetalcasedoralatexcovered

metalshelloronemadeofsoftplasticorrubberincasingasuitablematerialmaybeallowed.TheshotusedshallconformtotheconstructionandweightspecificationsinRule188.3andRule188.4.Theindoorshotmustnotallowthatindentationsinthesurfacebecreatedtoimproveagrip.Thediameterforasyntheticcoveredindoorshotcanbeamaximumof15mmlargerthanthecorrespondingoutdoormen’sshotand20mmlargerthanthecorrespondingoutdoorwomen’sshot.Onlyonetypeofshotmaybeusedinacompetition.

NOTE 1: For Masters Men indoor competition the maximum diameter of all shots is 145mm.

NOTE 2: For Youth Boys indoor competition, the diameter for the 4kg shot may be a maximum of 20mm larger than the 4kg outdoor shot.


RULE 222COMBINED EVENTS

1. CompetitionforMen (a) Pentathlon:ThePentathlonconsistsoffiveevents,whichshallbeheldon

onedayinthefollowingorder: 60mHurdles,LongJump,ShotPut,HighJump,1000m.

(b) heptathlon:TheHeptathlonconsistsofseveneventswhichshallbeheldovertwoconsecutivedaysinthefollowingorder:

Firstday:60m,LongJump,ShotPut,HighJump. Secondday:60mHurdles,PoleVault,1000m.

2. CompetitionforWomen (a) Pentathlon:ThePentathlonconsistsoffiveeventsandshallbeheldonone

dayinthefollowingorder: 60mHurdles,HighJump,ShotPut,LongJump,800m.

hEATS ANd gROUPS3. Preferablyfourormore,andneverlessthanthree,athletesshallbeplaced

ineachheatorgroup.


SECTION VIRACE WALKING

RULE 230JUDGES OF RACE WALKING

1. Judging(a) TheJudgesofRaceWalkingshallhavethesoleauthoritytodeterminethe

fairnessorunfairnessofwalking,andtheirrulingsthereonshallbefinalandwithoutappeal.Judgingdecisionsaremadeasseenbythehumaneye.

(b) The appointed Judges of RaceWalking shall elect a Chief Judge, if onehas not been appointed previously by the Race Walking OfficialsSelectionCommittee.

(c) TheChiefJudgeshallassign theJudges to their respective judgingareasandexplainthejudgingproceduretobeusedduringtherace.AtInternationalSelectionCompetitions,theChiefJudgeshallactasthesupervisingofficialforthecompetition,shalljudgethefullcompetition,andshallactasaJudgeasdescribedin230.3(f).

(d) AtInternationalSelectionCompetitionsoneormoreChiefJudge’sAssistantsshouldbeappointed.TheChiefJudge’sAssistantsshallnotactasaRaceWalkingJudge.

(e) AllJudgesshallbecurrentlycertifiedasRaceWalkJudgesbyUSATForbyanotherIAAFmemberfederation.

(f) AllJudgesshallactinanindividualcapacity.

(g) The Chief Judge will serve as the Referee and Chief Umpire if none isassigned.TheJudgeswillserveasUmpiresifnoneareassigned.

(h) Inroadraces,dependingonthesizelayoutofthecoursethereshouldbeaminimumofsixtoamaximumofnineJudgesincludingtheChiefJudge.Intrackraces,indoorsandoutdoors,thereshouldbefiveJudgesincludingtheChief Judge. At International Selection Competitions there shall be fivejudges (including theChiefJudge)when the trial isconductedona track,andthereshallbenomorethan9judges(includingtheChiefJudge)whenthetrialisconductedonaroadcourse.

(i) AllJudges'TallySheetsshallbeturnedintotheRecorderattheendoftherace. A copy of the completed Judges' Summary Sheet, identifyingcompetitors, offenses, disqualifications and time of notifications, shall becertifiedbytheChiefJudge/Refereeandpostedassoonaftertheeventaspossible. The original of this sheet shall be delivered to the CompetitionSecretaryandmadepartoftheofficialeventrecords.

2. yellow Paddle(a) Whenajudgeisnotcompletelysatisfiedthattheathleteisfullycomplying

withRule232.2thejudgeshould,wherepossible,showtheathleteayellowpaddleindicatingtheoffence.Anathletecannotbegivenasecondyellow


paddleby the same judge for the sameoffense. Having showna yellowpaddletoanathlete,theJudgeshall informtheChiefJudgeofthisactionafterthecompetition.

(b) EachJudgeshallusetwoyellowpaddlesforsignalingcautions.Onepaddleshouldhavethesymbol~indicating"LossofContact"onbothsidesandtheotherpaddleshouldhavethesymbol>indicating"BentKnee"onbothsidestoshowthereasonforthecaution.

NOTE: Through December 31, 2014 existing single paddles are acceptable.

3. disqualification(a) WhenaJudgeobservesacompetitorwhofailstocomplywithRule232.2,

the Judge shall issue a red card. A red card is that Judge’s proposal fordisqualificationofacompetitor.

(b) RedcardsshallbegiventotheRecorderassoonaspossible.IfthereisnoRecorder, the red card shall be given to the Chief Judge. A Judge shallrecordallproposalsfordisqualificationontheJudge’sTallySheet.

(c) WhenredcardsfromthreedifferentJudgeshavebeensenttotheRecorderorChiefJudgeonthesamecompetitor,thatcompetitorisdisqualifiedandshall be notified of this disqualification by the Chief Judge or the ChiefJudge’sAssistantbybeingshownaredpaddle.

(d) Notificationofdisqualificationshallbegivenassoonaspracticableafterthecompetitor has finished, if it is impractical to notify the competitor of thedisqualificationduringtherace.Thefailuretogivepromptnotificationshallnotresultinthereinstatementofadisqualifiedcompetitor.

(e) TheChiefJudgeand,whenapplicable,theChiefJudge’sAssistant,shallusearedpaddleforsignalingdisqualification.

(f) At InternationalSelectionCompetitions, theChiefJudgehasthepowertodisqualifyacompetitorinthelast100mwhenhis/hermodeofprogressionobviously fails to comply with Rule 232.2 regardless of the number ofprevious red cards the Chief Judge has received for that competitor. Acompetitorwhoisdisqualifiedunderthesecircumstancesshallbeallowedtofinishtherace.ThecompetitorshallbenotifiedofthisdisqualificationbytheChiefJudgeoraChiefJudge’sAssistantbyshowingtheathletearedpaddleattheearliestopportunityaftertheathletehasfinishedtherace.

(g) ForChampionshipsandInternationalSelectionCompetitions,oneormorepostingboardsshallbeplacedonthecourseand/ornearthefinishtokeepcompetitors informed about the number of red cards that have beenreceivedbytheRecorderorChiefJudgeforeachcompetitor.Thesymbolforeachoffenseshallalsobeindicatedonthepostingboard.

(h) Where appropriate equipment is available, computer devices withtransmission capability may be used by the judges in communicatingproposals for disqualification to the Recorder and the disqualificationproposalpostingboard(s).


(i) IftheRefereeissatisfied,onthereportofaJudgeorUmpireorotherwise,thatacompetitorhasleftthemarkedcoursetherebyshorteningthedistancetobecovered,thecompetitorshallbedisqualified.

RULE 231RACE WALKING OFFICIALS

RaceWalkingOfficialsmaybeappointedtoassistintheadministrationoftheracewalking event(s) by administering the disqualification proposal posting board,recording information for theChiefJudge,assisting theChiefJudgeand/orotherJudges, overseeing and coordinating the functions of the Lap Counters, andperformingsuchotherrelevantdutiesasmayberequiredbytheChiefJudgeortheMeetorEventDirector.


1. ArticleIIIandArticleIV,SectionsIandVI,oftheRulesofCompetitionshallbefollowedunlessotherwiseprovidedinthisSectionV.Intherulesofthosearticlesandsections,allformsoftheword"run"shallbeconstruedtoapplytothecorrespondingformof"walk."

2. DefinitionofRaceWalking.RaceWalkingisaprogressionofstepssotakenthat the walkermakes contact with the ground so that no visible (to thehumaneye)lossofcontactoccurs.Theadvancinglegmustbestraightened(i.e.,notbentattheknee)fromthemomentoffirstcontactwiththegrounduntilthelegisintheverticaluprightposition.

Disqualificationfor failuretoadheretotheabovedefinition isgovernedbyRule230.3.

3. RaceConduct.ForallRaceWalkingevents,thefollowingcodeofconductmustbeadheredto:(a) Intrackracesacompetitorwhoisdisqualifiedmustimmediatelyleavethe

track. In road races the disqualified competitor must, immediately afterbeing disqualified, remove the distinguishing numbers that he or she iswearingandleavethecourse.Acompetitor,whofailstoleavethetrackorcourse,asrequiredbythisRule,shallbesubjecttoRule145.Nofinishingtime shall be listed in results for any competitor who receives notice ofdisqualificationafterthecompetitorhascompletedtherace.

(b) In walks where multiple distances are contested simultaneously, eachcompetitormustdeclareontheentryformwhichdistanceisbeingentered.Timesforotherdistances(butnotplacings)arevalidonlyifthecompetitorfinishesthedistanceentered.

(c) AracemusthaveaminimumofthreeJudgesasprescribedinRule230.1(e).Forrecordrequirements,seeRule266.

4. (a) Water and/or refreshment stations shall be provided at the beginning andendoftherace


(b) Foralleventsuptoandincluding10km,wateronlydrinking/sponging stations shall be provided at suitable intervals if weather conditions warrant such provision. Mist stations may also be provided, when consideredappropriatebytheOrganizingCommittee.

(c) Foralleventslongerthan10km,refreshmentstationsshallbeprovided every lap. In addition, water only drinking/sponging stations shall be placedapproximatelymidwaybetweentherefreshmentstationsormore frequentlyifweatherconditionswarrantsuchprovision.

(d) Athletes shall be permitted to provide their own refreshments at refreshment stations. A competitor who collects refreshment from a place other than a refreshment station is liable to disqualification by theReferee.5. CoursesandConditionsforWalkingEvents.

(a) In Championships, the circuit for events of 10km and longer shall be amaximum of 2500m. The circuit for events of less than 10km shall be amaximumof1250m.Nocircuitshouldbeshorterthan1000m.

(b) Racewalkingeventsshallbesoarrangedastoensurethattheentireeventisheldindaylightorwithsuitableartificiallight.

6. Allwalkingeventsthatqualifyoradvanceacompetitortosubsequenteventsmustbecompetitive,racewalkonly,eventsthatcomplyfullywithracewalkCompetitionRules.


SECTION VIILONG DISTANCE AND ROAD EVENTS

(Running and Walking)

RULE 240COURSE CERTIFICATION

1. Thecourseusedforacompetitionshallbecertifiedpriortotherunningoftheeventunless thecourse isdeemeduncertifiableby theRoadRunningTechnicalCouncil.

2. Definitionofcourse:(a) Path:Arunningcourseshallbedefinedasthestreets,roads,paths,marked

paths on grass, gravel or dirt, and/or paths using established permanentlandmarks or benchmarkswhich is intended as the runner’s path for anytypeofrace;and

(b) Shortest possible route: The measured running course shall involve thecoursenotedaboveandthemeasurementshallfollowtherunner’sshortestpossiblelegalroute.

3. USATF certification:Acoursemaybedesignatedas “USATrack&FieldCertified”only ifa finalsignatorynationalcertifierwho isapprovedby thecertification chair of the Road Running Technical Council of USATF hasdetermined that the shortest possible route has been measured withreasonablyaccuracy:(a) Stateddistance:Coursesmeetcertificationstandardsifthemeasurements

demonstrate that the course is at least the stated distance. In order toensurethatacourseisnotshort,themeasurementmustincludeanadditionof1/1000thofthestatedracedistance;

NOTE: Information concerning acceptable methods of measuring courses should be obtained from the Road Running Technical Council of USATF prior to the measurement of a long distance course.

(b) Effectivedate:Certificationiseffectiveasofthedatethatallmeasurementsandnecessaryadjustmentsaresubmittedasevidencedbythepostmark,althoughtheactualreviewandapprovalofthecertificationmaybeatalaterdate.

RULE 241MEDICAL AND REFRESHMENT SERVICES FOR ROAD EVENTS

1. Theorganizersofroadracesshouldprovideappropriatemedicaland refreshmentservicesforallcompetitors.

(a) Medical examinations: A hands-on medical examination during theprogressofaneventbydesignatedmedicalpersonnelclearlyidentifiedbytheorganizersshallnotbeconsideredassistance.

(b) Adequatefirstaidfacilitiesshouldbeavailable.

(c) Acompetitormustretirefromaraceimmediatelyifdirectedtodosobyadulyauthorizedmemberoftheracemedicalstaff.(SeeRule144.9).


2. (a) Drinking/SpongingandRefreshmentStations:i. Water and, optionally, other suitable refreshments should be provided at

appropriatelocationsevery5kmormorefrequentlyifdeemednecessary.

ii. Race management may provide refreshments (other than water) and/orspongingand/ormistingstations

(b) Personal refreshments, whichmay be provided either by the Organizing Committeeortheathlete,maybemadeavailableatthestationsdesignated bytheathlete.Theyshallbeplacedsothattheyareeasilyaccessibleto,or maybeput by authorizedpersons, standingonemeter or less from the table,intothehandsof,theathletes.Personalrefreshmentsprovidedbythe athletesshallbekeptunderthesupervisionofofficialsdesignatedbythe OrganizingCommitteefromthetimethattherefreshmentsarelodgedbythe athletesortheirrepresentatives.InNationalChampionships,theOrganizing Committee shall make provisions for the collection and distribution of personal refreshments for those competing for the championship, as determinedbytheGamesCommittee.

(c) A competitor who collects refreshment from a place other than a refreshmentstationisliabletodisqualificationbytheReferee.Anathlete maycarryliquidorsolidrefreshmentsonhis/herpersonfromthestart.

RULE 242STARTING A RUNNING EVENT

1. Allcompetitorsareresponsibleforknowingthestartingtimeoftheevent(s),forknowingtheregistrationorcheck-inmethodutilizedatthestart(forsomeorallofthecompetitors),andforbeingatthestartinglineattheappointedtimeforinstructionsandthestartoftherace.

2. Tentofifteenminutes(orasotherwisespecified)beforethestartoftherace,allentriesshouldbeclosedandtheathletesdirectedtothestartinglineforfinalinstructionsandthestartoftherace.

3. Oneormorestartinglinesmaybeusedinanyroadrace.Intheeventthatmorethanonestartinglineisused,itisrecommendedthatthepointwheretherunnersconvergebeatleast800m(1/2mile)fromthestartingline.

4. Runnersshouldbeseededaccordingtoability inanyracewhenallof therunnerscannotbeplacedonthestartingline.

5. TheracesshallbestartedinaccordancewithRule162.5,includingtheuseofacannon,airhornorlikedevice.Thecommandsandproceduresforraceslongerthan400m,Rule162.8,shallbeused.Themethodofstartingtobeusedmustbeexplainedpriortothestartinsuchamannerthatallparticipantswill receiveandunderstandthe information. Inraceswhich includea largenumberofcompetitors,afive-minute,three-minuteandone-minutewarningbeforethestartoftheraceshouldbegiven.Falsestartsinroadracesshouldnotberecalled.


6. TheStartershallreporttotheRefereeanymisconductbyanycompetitor(s)atthestart.TheRefereeshallhavetheauthoritytodisqualifysuchcompetitors.

7. In events using transponder timing, all mats at the start shall be placedbeforethemeasuredstartingline.

RULE 243COURSE MARKING AND MONITORING

1. Runningcoursesshallbeadequatelymarkedatstrategicpointstokeepthecompetitorsoncourse.(a) Eachturnandintersectionshallbeclearlymarkedinsuchawaythatthere

willbenodoubtastothedirectiontherunnershouldgotostayoncourse.

(b) Distancemarkersshouldbelocatedthroughoutthecourse.Itisrecommendedthatmarkersbeplacedatmaximumintervalsof3to5kmor2to3miles.ThespacingoftheirintervalsshallbedeterminedbytheGamesCommittee.

(c) Themeasurement lineshouldbemarkedalong thecourse inadistinctivecolorthatcannotbemistakenforothermarkings.

(d) Thefinishlineinoff-tracklongdistancerunningeventsshouldbealineofwidth 15cm in a color contrasting the running surface and of a materialwhichwilladheretoafixedpositionontherunningsurface.Theexactfinishlineshallbeclearlymarkedandstatedincompetitorinstructionsinordertoeliminateconfusionwithdesignsonoradjacenttotherunningsurfacenearthefinishline.Theuseofatape,heldbyindividualsnotservingasjudges,maybeusedtohelpidentifythelocationofthefinishline.

2. Turnsandmajorintersectionsonthecourseshallbemonitored.(a) Monitors shall always be standing and shall be located at or before the

changeofdirection,notafteritoccursonthecourse.

(b) Scorersshallkeeparecordoftherunnersandtheirrunningtimesatspecificpointsonthecourse.

(c) Wheneverpossible,therouteofthecompetitionshouldbefreeofvehiculartrafficornearlyso.Alldangerousintersectionsshouldbestaffedtoprovidefortrafficandspectatorcontrol.

(d) A lead vehicle should be provided with additional vehicles to assist inmonitoringthecompetition,timing,orotherrequiredfunctions.

(e) Wheneverpossible,elapsed timesshouldbedisplayedor readat variouspointsalongtherunningcourseforthebenefitoftherunnersandtorecordsuchtimeintervals.

3. Runner'sidentificationshallconsistofrunningnumberspinnedsecurelyonthe frontofeach runner'suniformanddisplayed throughout the race.Theregistrationlistwillcontaineachrunner'snameandrunningnumber.


4. AnycompetitorwhohasbeenfoundbytheRefereeand/orJuryofAppealtohavegainedanunfairadvantagebyintentionallyshorteningtherouteoftherace ("cutting the course") shall be immediately disqualified from thecompetition.SeealsoRule163.6.

RULE 244THE FINISH LINE

1. The finish of the course is the edge of the line closest to theapproachingrunners.

2. Shouldtherebeanextensivepainteddesignadjacentandpriortothefinishline,theexactlocationofthefinishlineshallbeclearlystatedininstructionstoallcompetitors.

3. Atapemaybeheldaboveandparalleltothefinishlineandatrightanglestothecoursebyindividualswhoarenotservingasjudges.Theindividualsholdingthetapeshallbepositionedsotheydonotinterferewiththeviewofthejudges.Thistapeisnotitselfthefinishline,butisthereonlytoindicatetheapproximatelocationoftheactualfinishlinetoapproachingrunners.

4. Ineventsusingtranspondertimingmats,thefirstmatshallbeplacedsothattheedgeofthematclosesttotheapproachingrunnersisthefinishline.Atleastthefirst15cmofthematshallbeofacolorincontrasttotherunningsurface to indicate the finish line.Any additional or backupmats shall beplacedbeyondthefinishline.

NOTE: See Rule 165.16.

5. Racesmayuseseparatepointsalongthefinishlineasthecrossinglocationofthefirstmen’sandfirstwomen’sfinishers.

6. Inadditiontoanauthorizedfinishlineimagingsystem,anofficiallydesignatedvideoorphotographmaybeusedtoreviewtheorderoffinish.

RULE 245

FINISH LINE RECORDING AND TIMING

1. Officialsat the finishshouldrecordeachnumberas theathletecompletestherace,alongwiththeathlete’sfinishtime.Theorderinwhichtheathletescrossthefinishlinewillbetheofficialfinishposition.

2. Thetimersshallstarttheirwatchesortimingdevicesattheflash/smokeofthepistolorapprovedapparatusoratthefirstmomentacompetitorcrossesthestartline,whicheverhappensfirst.Falsestartsinroadracesshouldnotberecalled.

3. Theofficialtimeshallbethetimeelapsedbetweenthestartofthewatchesor timing devices resulting from an appropriate start signal andwhen theathlete reaching the finish line.Theactual timeelapsedbetweenwhenan


athletereachingthestartinglineandfinishlinecanbemadeknowntotheathlete,butwillnotbeconsideredasofficialtime.

RULE 246SCORING RUNNING EVENTS

1. Themethodofteamscoringshallbesetforthintheentryblankandprintedprogramfortherace.

2. Individualswillbescoredaccordingtothedesignateddivisions.

3. SeeRules5,7,16.9,20.9forscoringofChampionshipraces.


SECTION VIIICROSS COUNTRY

RULE 250GENERAL

1. Variability: The varying circumstances in which cross country running ispracticedprecluderigidlegislationstandardizingthissport.TheRulesinthisSectionareintendedasaguideforcrosscountry.

2. Season:ThecrosscountryseasonwillnormallyextendthroughoutthefallandwintermonthsafterthecloseoftheoutdoortrackandfieldseasonuntilthenextWorldCrossCountryChampionships.

3. Participation:Crosscountry isbasicallya teamsport,butparticipation isnotlimitedtoteams,andindividualentriesmaybeaccepted.

4. ThegeneralrulesofLongDistanceRunningapplyunlessotherwisemodifiedinthissection.

RULE 251 COURSE

1. Theraceshallberunoveracourseconfined,totheextentpossible,toopencountry,fields,parks,golfcourses,andgrasslands.Thetraversingofpavedroadsshouldbekepttoaminimum.

2. Thecoursemustbeclearlymarked,preferablywithredflagstoindicatealeftturn,yellowflagstoindicatearightturnandblueflagstoindicatecontinuingstraight ahead. All flagsmust be visible from the point where the runnerpassesthepreviousflag,withamaximumintervalof50m.Awhitechalklineshouldbemarkedonthegroundtheentireroutefortheathletestofollow.Eachkilometerpointshouldbeclearlyrecognizable.Thecourseshouldbelaidoutsothattherearenosharpturnsatthebeginningofthecourseandsothatitisnotlessthan9m(approximately10yds.)wideatanypoint.

3. Courses should be designed so as to avoid very high obstacles, deepditches,dangerousascentsordescents,thickundergrowth,and,ingeneral,any obstacle which would constitute a difficulty beyond the aim ofthecompetition.

4. Itispreferablethatartificialobstaclesnotbeused,butiftherequirementsoftheeventrenderthemunavoidable,theyshouldbemadetosimulatenaturalobstaclesencounteredinopencountry.InWorldTrialscompetition,barrierssimulating those thatareplanned tobeused in theWorldChampionshipsshouldbeconstructed.Inraceswheretherearelargenumbersofcompetitors,narrow gaps, or other hindrances that would deny to the competitors anunhamperedrun,obstaclesmustbeavoidedforthefirst1500meters.


5. Theracedistancemustbedeclaredandthecoursebrieflydescribedatthetime invitationsareextended.For InternationalSelectioncompetitions, thedistancesshouldbeapproximately:Men–12km,Women–8km,JuniorMen–8km,JuniorWomen–6km.

6. Theresponsibilityforprovidinganacceptable,wellmarkedcourse,detailsofwhichshouldappearintheprogram,restswiththeorganizingbody,whichshould station umpires or monitors on the course to direct competitorswherenecessary.

7. IftheRefereeissatisfied,onthereportofaJudgeorUmpireorotherwise,thatacompetitorhasleftthemarkedcoursetherebyshorteningthedistancetobecovered,thecompetitorshallbedisqualified.

RULE 252START

1. Crosscountryracesshallbestartedbythefiringofapistolorothersuitabledevice.Thecommandsforraceslongerthan400mshouldbeused.SeeRule162.8.However,where a racewill be started using a different procedure,such procedure should be clearly conveyed to all competitors either inwritingorbypublicaddressannouncement.Aracemayberecalleduponafalsestartorafallwhichimpactsthefieldwithinthefirst100m.

2. In races that include a large number of competitors, five minute, three-minute,andone-minutewarningsshallbegiven.

3. StartingpositionsshallberandomlyassignedbytheGamesCommitteeortheMeetDirector for each teamand themembersof each teamshall belinedupinanorderoftheirownchoosingwithintheirassignedposition.

4. Thestartingareaofacrosscountrycourseshouldavoidanysignificantturnsforatleastthefirst400m.Thewidthofthestartingareashouldbesuchastoaccommodatethecompetitivefield.

RULE 253APPAREL

1. Thejerseyorsingletwornbythemembersofateamincrosscountryshallbebasicallyidenticalforeachmemberincolorandstyle,andmustbeclearlyvisiblethroughouttherace,i.e.,wornastheoutergarmentifotherapparelitemsarewornunderneathbyoneormoreteammembers.Becauseofthenature of cross country running, the preferences of individual athletes incertain weather situations will allow other apparel items to vary widelywithoutpenalty.

2. Individualsnotcomplyingwithparagraph1maybedisqualifiedfromscoringforateam.


RULE 254FINISH

1. Thefinishareaforacrosscountryraceshouldincludeafinalstraightawayofatleast200mwithclearvisibilityofthefinishlinebyallrunnersandclearvisibilityoftherunnersbyspectators.Astraightawayof400mispreferred.Alternatively, the race may finish with one half or more of a lap on astandardtrack.

2. The finish line shall bemarkedbothwitha solid line (5 to10cmwide)ofcontrastingcolor to thegroundplacedacross thewidthof the finishareaandanoverheadbannerorotherindicatorofthefinishline.Judgesshallbestationed at the finish line to determine the order of finish. Transpondertimingshallnotbeusedtodeterminethefinalorderoffinish.

3. Wheretranspondersarenotusedtodetermineapreliminaryorderoffinish,afinishchutesystemofsufficientcapacityshouldbeconstructedtoenabletheraceofficialstoholdeachrunneruntilthemethodormethodsofscoringareapplied.Itisrecommendedthatatleasttwoindependentsystems(e.g.,pull tags and recording of competitor numbers) be used to score. At theOpen,JuniorandMastersCrossCountryChampionships,threeindependentsystemsshallbeused,atleastoneofwhichshallproduceavisualrecordofthefinishersasapprovedbytheGamesCommittee.

4. FinishersshouldberecordedandtimedaccordingtoRule245.

5. SeeRule7forteamscoring.

SECTION IxTRAIL AND MOUNTAIN RUNNING

RULE 255GENERAL

TrailandMountainRunningracesshallberunovercoursesofvaryingdistancesonterrainwhichisgenerallymoreruggedandchallengingthanstandardcrosscountrycourses.Thesecoursesareakinto,andoftenthesameas,hikingroutesingenerallymoreremote,woodland,orevenuninhabitedareas.CoursesdefinedspecificallyasTrailcoursesarecharacterizedprimarilybyterrainandtopography.Courses defined specifically as Mountain Running courses are characterizedprimarilybysignificantchangesinelevationbetweenthestartandthefinishofthecourse.SomecoursesmaybelegitimatelydefinedasbothTrailandMountainRunningcourses.NOTE: The general rules of Long Distance Running apply unless otherwise modified in this section.


ARTICLE VRECORDS

RULE 260WORLD RECORDS

1. TherecognitionofWorldRecordsiswithinthejurisdictionoftheInternationalAssociation of Athletics Federations (IAAF). IAAF Rule 260 sets forth theconditionsfortherecognitionofWorldRecords.ThisRule260 is intendedonlyasahelpfulsummaryofsomeoftheimportantprovisionsandnotasanofficialsource.

2. ThefollowingcategoriesofWorldRecordsareacceptedbytheIAAF:(a) WorldRecords

(b) WorldJuniorRecords

(c) WorldIndoorRecords

(d) WorldJuniorIndoorRecords.

3. WorldRecordApplicationFormscanbedownloadedfromthe IAAF’swebsite (http://www.iaaf.org/downloads/RecAppForms/index.html). When aWorldRecordisclaimed,theapplicationmustbecompletedwithoutdelayandforwardedtotheNationalOfficeofUSATFortotheChairoftheRecordsCommittee.If,afterdueinvestigation,theChairoftheRecordsCommitteeissatisfiedthatnoreasonabledoubtexistsastothevalidityoftherecord,theChairshallsoinformtheChiefExecutiveOfficerofUSATF,whoshallhavetheauthority to endorse the application and forward the same to the IAAF. Iftherearegroundsforreasonabledoubtastothevalidityoftherecord,theRecords Chair shall so inform the Chief Executive Officer, and anycommunication to the IAAF shall disclose thosegrounds and shall advisethat the application shall be reviewed and ruled upon at the next AnnualMeetingofUSATF.

4. Theapplicationmustbeaccompaniedby:(a) Theprintedprogramofthemeet,

(b) Thecompleteresultsoftheevent,

(c) Incaseofatrackrecord,thephotofinishpictureandthezerocontroltestwherefullyautomatictimekeepingwastheofficialrecorderoftheevent,

(d) Thereactiontimes,whereavailable,shallbeprovided inall raceswhereacrouchstartandtheuseofstartingblocksiscompulsory.Forrecordsuptoandincluding400metersunderIAAFRule261andIAAFRule263,startingblockslinkedtoanIAAF-approvedfalsestartcontrolapparatusunderRule161.4 and must have been used and have functioned correctly so thatreactiontimeswereobtained.

(e) Inthecaseofafieldeventrecord,thecompleteresultssheet,


(f) InthecaseofthefirstapplicationonbehalfofanathleteforaJuniorrecord,anofficialdocumentthatconfirmsthedateofbirth(acopyoftheathlete'spassportorbirthcertificate),

NOTE: Except for the One Mile Run, World Records are recognized only in the metric running events listed in IAAF Rules 261, 262, 263 and 264.

5. EachathletewhosetsaWorldRecordshallsubmittoadopingcontrolattheend of the event, to be conducted in accordance with IAAF Rules andProcedural Guidelines currently in force. The sample(s) collected shall besentforanalysistoaWADA-accreditedlaboratoryandtheresultssenttotheIAAF to be added to other information required for the ratification of therecord.Ifsuchtestingresultsinadopingviolation,orissuchtestingisnotconducted,theIAAFwillnotratifythisrecord.

6. Whererelevant,therequirementsofWorldMastersAthletics(WMA)shallbecomplied with to assure appropriate ratification of records recognized bythatorganization.

RULE 261NATIONAL RECORDS

1. Thereshallbesix(6)categoriesofnationalrecordsasfollows:(a) An American Record, which shall be the best performance made by an

American citizen or relay team composed entirely of U.S. citizens in anathleticseventheldwithintheUnitedStatesorabroad.

(b) AnAmericanJuniorRecord,whichshallbethebestperformancemadebyanAmericancitizenorrelayteamcomposedentirelyofU.S.citizenswhoareJuniors.(SeeClassificationsprecedingRule1.)

(c) AnAmericanMastersRecord,whichshallbethebestperformancemadebyan American citizen or relay team composed entirely of U.S. citizens.SeparaterecordsmaybeestablishedforeachoftheagedivisionslistedinRule320,andsuchrecordsshallbekeptseparatelyformenandwomen.

(d) AnAll-ComersRecord,which shall be thebest performancemade in theUnitedStatesbyanycompetitororrelayteam.

NOTE: For American Records and All-Comers Records in Men's andWomen'sTrackandFieldandinMen'sandWomen'sRaceWalking,thereshallalsobeAmericanIndoorRecordsandAll-ComersIndoorRecords.

(e) AMastersAll-ComersRecord,whichshallbethebestperformancemadeintheUnitedStatesbyanycompetitororrelayteaminanyMastersDivision.

(f) AnAmericanYouthAthleticsRecord,whichshallbethebestperformancemade by an American citizen or relay team composed entirely of U.S.citizens in Youth Athletics meets sanctioned by USATF. The recordapplicationmustincludetheathlete'scurrentUSATFmembershipnumber.

2. Whenanationalrecordistobeclaimed,theAssociation,club,ororganizationsponsoring or conducting the competition at which the performancewasmadeshalltakeallnecessarystepstohavetherecordappliedfor,including:


(a) Completingandsubmitting theappropriate recordapplication form.Trackand field record applications (including racewalking events on the track)should be sent to the National Records Chair or the appropriate sportcommitteeRecordsChair.Road record applications and all longdistancerecord applications should be sent to AndyCarr, LongDistanceRunningRecordkeeper; c/o Atlanta Track Club; 3097 E Shadowlawn Avenue NE;Atlanta,GA30305.

(b) AllMastersandYouthAthleticsrecordapplicationsmustbeaccompaniedbyproofofbirthdate.Acceptableformsofproofincludeabirthcertificate,passport, certified baptismal record, driver's license, or US governmentidentification or equivalent proof. Letters from civil, military, or academicofficialsarenotsufficient.InMastersAthletics,thebirthcertificatemustbecertifiedandadriver'slicenseisnotacceptable.

3. EachathletewhoachievesanAmericanRecordinanyeventrecognizedforaWorldRecordby the IAAF,or in the5kmRoadRace,andexcluding theMarathonRelayandthe100km,shallsubmittoadopingcontrolattheendoftheevent,tobeconductedinaccordancewithIAAFRulesandProceduralGuidelinescurrentlyinforce.Inthecaseofarelayrecord,allmembersoftheteamshallbetested.Thesample(s)collectedshallbesentforanalysistoaWADAaccreditedlaboratoryandtheresultssent,asindicatedinRule261.2,tobeaddedtootherinformationrequiredfortheratificationoftherecord.Ifsuchtestingresultsinadopingviolation,orifsuchtestingisnotconducted,USATFwillnotratifythisrecord.

4. WhenanOpenorJuniorMen'sorWomen'snationaltrackandfieldrecordhas been equaled or bettered in a USANational Championship, OlympicTrials,orothermeetconductedbyUSATF,or intheOlympicGames, IAAFWorldChampionship,IAAFWorldCup,orothermeetconductedbytheIAAFor sanctioned as a Permit meet by the IAAF, that recordmay be ratifiedbasedontheofficialresultsofthemeetwithouttheneedforaformalrecordapplication, pending the outcome of doping control testing. However, anapplicationand/orotherappropriatedocumentationshallberequiredbytheRecords Committee whenever it has received information creating somereasonabledoubtastothecorrectnessoftheofficialresult.

5. WhenaMastersRecordhasbeenequaledorbettered inaWorldMastersAssociationChampionship,aUSAMastersIndoororOutdoorChampionship,aUSAMastersLongDistanceRunning (LDR)ChampionshiporanyeventlistedinRule261.4,thatrecordmayberatifiedbasedontheofficialresultsofthatcontestedeventandthesubmissionofcorrectagedocumentation,without the need for a formal record application.However, an applicationand/or other appropriate documentationmay be required by the RecordsCommitteewheneverithasreceivedinformationcreatingsomereasonabledoubtastothecorrectnessoftheofficialresult.


RULE 262RULES APPLICABLE TO ALL RECORDS

1. TheRecordsCommitteeshall investigateeveryperformancesubmittedforrecordapprovalandshallrecommendapprovalorrejectiontotheappropriatesportcommittee.

2. No record shall be accepted unless it has first been approved by theappropriate sport committee. No application for a record shall berecommendedforapprovalbytheRecordsCommitteeunlessthecommitteehasreceivedallpertinentrequiredinformation,ascalledforbytheapplicationorbytheserules.

3. CreditforRecords:(a) No record shall be acceptable unless it is made in a bona fide scratch

running competition, or a bona fide handicapor scratch competition in afield event, open to two or more clubs, schools, colleges, or otherorganizations, which has been fixed and advertised before the day ofcompetition,andwhichisincludedintheprintedprogramtogetherwiththenames of the entrants for the events. A record may be accepted in ahandicap race, provided the performance is set in a race inwhich (1) allcompetitors start from the same line, (2) no one has started before thecompetitorclaimingtherecord,and(3)theraceistimedinaccordancewithRule165.4.Atleastthreecompetitors,andinrelaysatleasttwoteams,shallbe bona fide and have participated in the event in which the recordpurportedlywasestablished.Infieldevents,ahandicapcompetitionmaybecombinedwith thescratchcompetition. InMen’sandWomen’sTrackandField,LongDistanceRunning,RaceWalkingandMastersTrackandField,norecordshallbeacceptableunlessitwasmadeinaneventthathadbeensanctionedbyUSATF,amemberorganizationofUSATForanothermemberFederationofIAAFbycompetitorseligibletocompeteunderIAAFRules.

(b) Fortrackeventsover10,000metersandroadeventsuptoandincludingtheMarathon, multiple events may be contested simultaneously. The athletemustcompletethedistanceenteredinorderforanyintermediatetimetobeconsideredasarecord.

(c) ForraceslongerthantheMarathon,anathletemaycompeteatadistanceshorterthanthestatedracedistancebutlongerthantheMarathondistance.The athlete shall be eligible for records of any standard distance that iscompleted, even if the stated racedistance is not completed.Similarly, aracedirectormayofferseveralultramarathonoptionswithinthesameracewitheachbeingconsideredabonafidescratchcompetition.

NOTE: In meets within allied members of USATF or other recognized organizations, marks made in competition open to two or more athletic organizations may be considered for record listing.

4. WindReadingRequirements:(a) For all outdoor records up to and including 200 Meters and 200 Meter

Hurdles (Youth Athletics) and for the Long Jump and Triple Jump, thecomponent of the wind velocity in the direction of the running shall bemeasured by an approved mechanism that accurately determines such


component.Thiswindinformationshallbeprovidedontherecordapplication.Anon-mechanicalwindgaugeisrequiredforanyperformancesubmittedforratificationasaWorldRecord.Iftheaveragevelocityofthewind,measuredinthedirectionoftherunningbehindthecompetitor,exceeds2.0meterspersecondtherecordwillnotbeaccepted,exceptinthecombinedevents,aspersubparagraph(b)below.

(b) TheconditionsforrecognizingaCombinedEventsrecordshallhavebeen

compliedwithineachoftheindividualevents,exceptthat,ineventswherewind velocity ismeasured, theaverage velocity (i.e., the sumof thewindvelocities,asmeasuredforeachindividualevent,dividedbythenumberofsuchevents)shallnotexceedplus2.0meterspersecond.

5. Norecordshallbeacceptedunlessthecourse,distance,orheighthasbeencheckedwithacertifiedsteel tapeorbargraduated incentimeters,orbyanapprovedscientificapparatus.Inthecaseofroadrecords,thecoursemustbecertifiedbeforetheraceandmustmeetcertificationstandardsasstatedinRule240.Thosestandardsmayincludetherequirementofasteeltapemeasurement.

6. Noperformanceshallberecognizedasarecordifithasbeenaccomplishedinorduringamixedcompetitionofmenandwomen,except trackeventslongerthan10,000metersorinroadraces

NOTE: For Masters exception, see Rule 320.8.

7. Records made in heats or qualifying trials, in deciding ties, in any eventwhichissubsequentlydecreedvoidundertheprovisionsofRule125.9,Rule146.4, Rule 146.5 or Rule 146.6 or in individual events in the combinedevents, regardless of whether the competitor completes the combinedeventscompetition,maybesubmittedforratification.

8. Intrackeventsof10,000metersorlessandinfieldevents,whentwoormorecontestantsrecordthesameperformanceduringasinglecompetition,eachsuchcontestantshallbeentitled to the record. In road racesor racesover10,000metersonthetrack,onlywinningcontestantsareentitledtotherecord.

9. When a competitor is disqualified or otherwise is not entitled to a recordperformanceinthatcompetition,anothercompetitormaybegivencreditforthe same record if he/she was not disqualified and was in all respects(includingconformitywiththeappropriaterulesoftimingand/ormeasurement)entitledtosuchrecord.

RULE 263RULES APPLICABLE TO TRACK EVENTS

1. OutdoortrackrecordsmaybemadeonlyonatrackwhichconformstoRule160,withorwithoutaroof,isnotbankedandiscomposedofasubstanceonwhichnormal runningspikescanbeused. Indoor runningandwalkingrecordsmaybemadeonanytypeofsurfaceprovideditisindoors.IndoorRecordsmaybemadeontrackswhichconformtoRules211and212.Otherrecordsmaynot.


2. No record claimed for any event in which time is taken shall be allowedunlessithasbeentimedinaccordancewithRule165.Formanualtimes,thewatchesoftheOfficialTimersshallbeexhibitedtotheChiefTimerand/ortheRefereeforconfirmationofthetimerecorded.TimesrecordedbyapprovedfullyautomatictimingdevicesshallbeinaccordancewithRule165.11.

3. Whenthetimetakenforalongerdistanceisbetterthan,orasgoodas,therecord for a shorter distance, the time for the longer distance shall berecognizedastherecordfortheshorterdistance.

4. Anathletemaysetandobtaincreditforanynumberofrecordsinthesamerace.Anathleteshallnot,however,becreditedwitha recordatashorterdistanceifheorshedidnotfinishtheraceoverthefulldistanceforwhichtheracehadbeenscheduled,exceptasprovidedinRule262.3(c).

5. Forracesuptoandincludingthe880yards,onlyperformancestimedbyanapprovedfullyautomatictimingdeviceshallbeapprovedasrecords.

6. Therecordforanovaltrackeventmustbemadeinalanewheretherunninglineradiusdoesnotexceed50m,exceptwherethebendisformedwithtwodifferentradii,oneofwhichmayexceed50maslongasitdoesnotaccountformorethan60degreesofthe180-degreeturn.

7. Foroutdoorrecords,intrackeventsof200metersorlonger,thetrackmustnotexceed440yardsincircumference,andtheracemusthavestartedonsomepartofthecircumference,exceptintheSteeplechaseeventwherethewaterjumpisplacedoutsideanormal400mor440yd.track.

8. For indoor records, in trackeventsof200metersor longer, theoval trackmay not have a nominal length of more than 201.2m, 220 yards, incircumference.Arecordperformancemaybemadeindoorsonanovaltrackwithanominallengthlessthan200mprovidedthatthedistanceruniswithinpermittedtoleranceforthedistance.

9. Norecordmaybeacceptedwheretherunnerinaraceruninlaneshasrunonorinsidetheinnercurvedborderofthelane.

10. (a) Recordsfor10,000metersorashorterdistancecontestedonatrackcanbesetonlyonatrackwhicheither:i. complieswithRule160.3,or

ii. hasbeenmeasured20cmfromthewhitelineinaccordancewithRule160.2,providedthatthecurveshavebeenmarkedwithconesorflagscomplyinginsizeandplacementwithRule160.3.

(b) Recordsfordistanceslongerthan10,000metersmaybeacceptedas trackrecordsprovidedtheinsideofthetrackismarkedwithawhiteline andwithconesorflagscomplyingwithRule160.3(b).


(c) Records fordistances longer than10,000metersmadeon tracks thatdonot complywithRule160.3maybeacceptedas road recordsprovided they meet all the requirements of Rule 265, including those pertaining to coursemeasurement.

11. ForOpenMen'sandWomen'srelayevents,recordsshallberecognizedintwocategories.ThefirstshallbeforOlympic,PanAmerican,andNationalteamsofficiallyrepresentingtheUSAininternationalcompetition,andteamscomposedofUScitizenscompetinginsanctioneddomesticorinternationalevents.Recordsshallalsoberecognizedforthesamedistancesestablishedbyrelayteamsrepresentingasingleathleticcluborschoolteam.However,wherethesingleclubor teamrecord isasuperiormark, thatrecordaloneshallberecognized.

NOTE 1: For Masters relay record requirements, see Rule 332.2(f) NOTE 2: Pursuant to IAAF Rules, a World Record in a relay may be made only

by a team whose members are citizens of a single member country of the IAAF.

RULE 264RULES APPLICABLE TO FIELD EVENTS

1. NorecordclaimedfortheHammer,Discus,Shot,Javelin,orWeightshallbeallowedunlessithasbeenmadewithanimplementthatcomplieswiththespecifications for theofficial implementsadoptedby the IAAFandUSATF.Theimplementmustbecertifiedastoweight,measurement,andmaterialonthedateofcompetition.Theimplementshallbeimpoundedandre-certifiedaslegalassoonaspossiblefollowingthethrowexceptinCombinedEvents.

2. Measurementsforrecordsinfieldeventsshallbemadebythreefieldjudges,includingtheChiefFieldJudgeof thatevent,under thesupervisionof theFieldEventRefereeorHeadFieldJudgeandshallbemadeusingacertifiedsteel tape, certified graduated bar in centimeters or approved scientificmeasuringdeviceandsubmitted inmetersandcentimeters inaccordancewithRule148.

3. Whenanelectronicmeasurementdeviceisusedforarecord,theElectronicMeasurementJudgeforthateventshallverifytheaccuracyofthesightingofthemeasurementdevice,readandverifythemeasurementasdisplayedontheelectronicrecordingormeasurementdevice,andreportthedistancetotheChiefFieldJudgeof thatevent.Threeofficialswhichshall include theChief Field Judge of that event andChief ElectronicMeasurement Judgeshallverify themark in the fieldand thedistanceas it isdisplayedon theelectronic recording or measuring device and report it to the Field EventRefereeorHeadFieldJudge.

4. The construction of the runway, landing area and/or throwing circle usedshall complywith thespecifications listed. IndoorRecordsmaybesetonrunwaysandcirclesofwoodencomposition.Otherrecordsmaynot.


5. Recordsmaybecreditedformorethanoneperformanceinacompetition,providedthateachrecordsorecognizedshallhavebeenequalorsuperiortothebestpreviousperformanceatthatmoment.

RULE 265RULES APPLICABLE TO LONG DISTANCE RUNNING EVENTS

1. (a) No non-winning performance in a road race shall be accepted as arecord unless it can be verified (independently of the primary timingsystems)thataspecifictimewasrecordedforthatparticularrunner.Ifitcannotbeverifiedthatsuchatimewasrecordedfortherunner,thenextslowerrecordedtimethatcanbeverifiedasbeingrecordedafter thatrunnerfinishesmaybeassignedtothatrunner.

(b) NoperformanceshallbeacceptedasanOpenAmericanrecordunless it was timed in accordance with Rule 165. Net timing provided by a transponder system shall not be accepted for any record set in road events,exceptasdescribedinRule265.10.

2. AwinningperformanceinaraceshallbetimedinaccordancewithRule165.The winner of each sex division shall be considered to have awinningperformance.

3. Apostvalidationmayrequirearemeasurementiftheoriginalmeasurementhasnotmetthecriteriaestablishedbythevalidationchairman,approvedbytheexecutivecommitteeoftheRRTC,andpubliclyavailableontheUSATFwebsite.

4. Fortrackrecordsatdistanceslongerthan10,000meters, lapsheetsmustbekept.Suchlapsheetsmustrecordthetotalelapsedtimefortherecordapplicant for each lap. Only laps for which a time was recorded will becountedashavingbeencompleted.Eachtimeentrymustbeinitialedbytherecorder,thelapsheetsmustbeverifiedandsignedbytheracedirector,anda legible photocopy (NOT the original copy) of the lap sheets mustaccompanytherecordapplication.

5. Forallroadrecords:(a) Thecoursemustnothaveanetdecrease inelevation fromstart to finish

exceeding1partperthousand(i.e.,1mperkm).

(b) The start and finish of the racemust lay nomore than 50% of the racedistanceapartasmeasuredalongthestraightlinebetweenthem.

(c) Thecoursemustbeverified(i.e.re-measured)aslateaspossiblebeforetherace, on the day of the race or as soon as practical after the race, inaccordancewithRule240.3.

6. For all women's road running records, except Masters records, separaterecordsshallbekeptforwomen-onlyandmixedcompetition.


7. In all events that are defined by time, distances will bemeasured to thenearestlesserfullyardormeteronly.

8. A national or world's best open class performance must be validatedasfollows:(a) WitnessestotheactualracemustprovidetotheValidationChairpersonof

theRoadRunningTechnicalCouncilofUSATF,oradesignee,acompleteand precise map or description of the shortest possible route that wasavailable to the record claimant during the race andmust verify that thecoursemeasuredwasthecoursecovered.

(b) Theactualcoursemustbeevaluatedandapprovedasaccuratebyanexpertdesignated by the Validation Chairperson of the Road RunningTechnicalCouncil.

9. Forroadrecords,acompletesetof lapsheetsmustbekeptforanyeventthatisruninthreeormoreloopsofthesamecourse.Themaintenanceanddispositionofsuchlapsheetsshallbethesameasindicatedinparagraph4,above.

10. Properly rounded net times provided by transponders may be used forAmerican Masters LDR records provided: the competitor wins his/herdivisionasdefinedfortheMastersagegroupslistedinRule320beginningat age 40 and only including other record eligible competitors; thetranspondermatdefiningthestarttimeisplacedcompletelybeforethestartline; and the transpondermat defining the end time is placed completelyafterthefinish.

RULE 266RULES APPLICABLE TO RACE WALkINg EVENTS

1. Racewalking performancesmay be accepted as records only ifmade incompetitionlimitedtoracewalkers.

2. Separaterecordsshallbekeptfortrackandroadcourses.Recordssetonatrackshallmeetallstandardsapplicabletotrackrunningevents.Recordssetonroadcoursesshallmeetallstandardsapplicabletoroadrunningevents,including standards pertaining to the measurement and certification ofcourses.ThemaximumcircuitlengthshallbethesameasthoseapplicabletoChampionships.SeeRule232.5(a).

3. For records, track races require five Judges and road races require aminimumofsixjudges,asprescribedinRule230.1(e).AtleasthalfofthesejudgesshallhaveNationalorhighercertification,andat leastoneofthesejudgesmusthaveMasterorIAAFcertification.


RULE 267EVENTS IN WHICH RECORDS ARE RECOGNIZED

National records shall be recognizedonly in the events listed in this rule. Theeventsaresetforthherebysportcommittees.

MEN'S TRACk ANd FIELdOUTDOOR EVENTS

Track Events 100Meters 1500Meters 110MeterHurdles 200Meters 2000Meters 400MeterHurdles 400Meters 3000Meters 3000MeterSteeplechase 800Meters 5000Meters 1Mile 1000Meters 10,000Meters

Field Events HighJump TripleJump ShotPut DiscusThrow LongJump PoleVault HammerThrow JavelinThrow 56-lb.WeightThrow

Combined Events Decathlon Pentathlon WeightPentathlon

Relay Events 400Meters(4x100) 3200Meters(4x800) 800Meters(4x200) 6000Meters(4x1500) 1600Meters(4x400) 440MetersShuttleHurdles(4x110)

1600MetersSprintMedley(400-200-200-800or200-200-400-800)4000MetersDistanceMedley(400-800-1200-1600or800-400-1200-1600

or1200-400-800-1600or1200-800-400-1600)4MileRelay(4xmile)

INDOOR EVENTSTrack Events

50Meters 400Meters 1500Meters 55Meters 500Meters 2000Meters 60Meters 600Meters 3000Meters 200Meters 800Meters 5000Meters 300Meters 1000Meters 1Mile 50MeterHurdles 55MeterHurdles 60MeterHurdles

Field Events HighJump TripleJump ShotPut LongJump PoleVault 35-lbWeightThrow

Combined Events Pentathlon Heptathlon


Relay Events 800Meters(4x200) 3200Meters(4x800) 1600Meters(4x400) 6000Meters(4x1500) 1600MetersSprintMedley(400-200-200-800)

4000MetersDistanceMedley(400-800-1200-1600,1200-400-800-1600,or800-400-1200-1600)

JUNIOR RECORDS - OUTDOORTrack Events

100Meters 800Meters 3000Meters 200Meters 1,000Meters 1,500Meters 400Meters 1Mile 5,000Meters 110MeterHurdles 400MeterHurdles 10,000Meters 3000MeterSteeplechase

Field Events HighJump TripleJump ShotPut DiscusThrow LongJump PoleVault HammerThrow JavelinThrow

Combined EventDecathlon

Relay Events 400Meters(4x100) 1600Meters(4x400)

JUNIOR RECORDS - INDOORTrack Events

60Meters 200Meters 400Meters 800Meters 60MeterHurdles 1000Meters 1500Meters 1Mile 3000Meters 5000Meters

Field Events HighJump PoleVault LongJump TripleJump ShotPut

Combined EventHeptathlon

WOMEN'S TRACk ANd FIELdOUTDOOR EVENTS

Track Events 100Meters 1500Meters 100MeterHurdles 200Meters 2000Meters 400MeterHurdles 400Meters 3000Meters 2000MeterSteeplechase 800Meters 5000Meters 3000MeterSteeplechase 1000Meters 10,000Meters 1Mile



Combined Events Decathlon Pentathlon Heptathlon WeightPentathlon

Relay Events 400Meters(4x100) 3200Meters(4x800) 800Meters(4x200) 6000Meters(4x1500) 1600Meters(4x400) 4Mile(4xmile)

800MetersSprintMedley(100-100-200-400)1600MetersSprintMedley(400-200-200-800or200-200-400-800)4000MetersDistanceMedley(400-800-1200-1600or800-400-1200-1600or1200-400-800-1600or1200-800-400-1600)

INDOOR EVENTSTrack Events

50Meters 400Meters 1500Meters 55Meters 500Meters 3000Meters 60Meters 600Meters 5000Meters 200Meters 800Meters 1Mile 300Meters 1000Meters 50MeterHurdles 55MeterHurdles 60MeterHurdles

Field Events HighJump TripleJump ShotPut LongJump PoleVault 20-lbWeightThrow

Combined EventPentathlon

Relay Events 800Meters(4x200) 3200Meters(4x800) 1600Meters(4x400) 6000Meters(4x1500)

4000MetersDistanceMedley(400-800-1200-1600,1200-400-800-1600,or800-400-1200-1600)

JUNIOR RECORDS - OUTDOORTrack Events

100Meters 1500Meters 1Mile 200Meters 3000Meters 100MeterHurdles 400Meters 5000Meters 400MeterHurdles 800Meters 10,000Meters 2000MeterSteeplechase 3000MeterSteeplechase



Combined Events Decathlon Pentathlon Heptathlon

Relay Events 400Meters(4x100) 1600Meters(4x400)

JUNIOR RECORDS - INDOORTrack Events

60Meters 20Meters 400Meters 800Meters 60MeterHurdles 1000Meters 1500Meters 1Mile 3000Meters 5000Meters

Field Events HighJump PoleVault LongJump TripleJump ShotPut

Combined EventsPentathlon

RaceWalking

MEN'S ANd WOMEN’S EVENTSOutdoor Track Events

3000Meters 25,000Meters 100,000Meters 5000Meters 30,000Meters 100Miles 10,000Meters 35,000Meters 1Hour 15,000Meters 40,000Meters 2Hours 20,000Meters 50,000Meters

Outdoor Road Events 5km 25km 50km 10km 30km 100km 15km 35km 100Miles 20km 40km

Indoor Track Events 1Mile 3000Meters 5000Meters 2Miles 10,000Meters

Junior Outdoor Track Events 3000Meters 15,000Meters 25,000Meters 5000Meters 20,000Meters 1Hour 10,000Meters

Junior Outdoor Road Events 5km 15km 25km 10km 20km


Men's Long Distance RunningWomen's Long Distance Running

Masters Long Distance Running (Men and Women)Track Events

15,000Meters 100,000Meters 1Hour 20,000Meters 200,000Meters 2Hours 25,000Meters 10Miles 12Hours 30,000Meters 50Miles 24Hours 50,000Meters 100Miles

Road Events 4Miles 15km 10km 5km 20km 10Miles Half-Marathon 8000Meters 25km Marathon 10km 30km 50Miles 12Hours 12km 50km 100Miles24Hours

Road and/or Track Events 1000Miles 48Hours 144Hours

MASTERS TRACk ANd FIELd

1. AlleventslistedinRule3312. AlleventslistedinthisruleforMen’sRaceWalking.3. AdditionaleventforIndoorTrackandField:Mile.4. AdditionaleventsforOutdoorTrackandField:Mile,3000Meters.NOTE: See Rule 320.8 for additional requirements.

yOUTh AThLETICSAlleventslistedinRule301

RULE 268NOTEWORTHY PERFORMANCES

1. A performance may be recorded as a "Noteworthy Performance" if soapprovedbytheappropriatesportcommittee.

2. Aperformancemadeindoorsonatrackmeasuringmorethan220yards,ifotherwiseeligibleforindoorrecordlisting,andifitisequaltoorbetterthanthe American or All-Comers Record in such event, may be listed as aNoteworthyPerformance,ifsoapprovedbytheappropriatesportcommittee.


ARTICLE VISPECIAL PROGRAMS

SECTION IYOUTH ATHLETICS


1. (a) ArticlesI(Section1)andArticlesII-VoftheRulesofCompetitionofUSATFandClassificationsshallapplytoYouthAthleticscompetition,excepttotheextentthatsuchrulesareinconflictwiththisArticleVI,SectionI.Ifthereisaconflict,ArticleVISectionIshallsupersedeanyotherprovisionsoftheUSATFRules.AllathletesmustbemembersofUSATFtoparticipateintheAssociationChampionship.IftheAssociationstartswithpreliminarymeets,athletesmustbeUSATFmembersatthepreliminaryroundofcompetition.

(b) Theprogramisdividedintosixdivisionsforboysandsixdivisionsfor girls.Theathlete’syearofbirthshalldeterminethedivisioninwhichthe athleteshallcompete.Witheachsucceedingyeareachdivisionshallbe adjustedasshowninthetablebelow:

(2013) (2014) (2015) (2016)8andunderDivision 2005+ 2006+ 2007+ 2008+9-10Division 2003-2004 2004-2005 2005-2006 2006-200711-12Division 2001-2002 2002-2003 2003-2004 2004-200513-14Division 1999-2000 2000-2001 2001-2002 2002-200315-16Division 1997-1998 1998-1999 1999-2000 2000-200117-18Division 1995-1996 1996-1997 1997-1998 1999-2000

(c) Athletesmustbeatleastseven(7)yearsofageonDecember31ofthe current year to compete at the Youth Athletics or Junior Olympic NationalChampionship.

(d) Athleteswhoarestilleighteen(18)yearsofagethroughthefinaldayof the National Junior Olympic Track and Field Championships shall be eligible to compete in the 17-18 year old division through thatmeet. Thisextendedeligibilitydoesnotapplytocrosscountryevents.

(e) Competitorsmustcompete in theirowndivisionsonly.Noathletemay competeinyoungerorolderdivisionsinindividual,relay,orteamevents.

(f) Intrackandfield,acompetitorinthe8andunder,9-10or11-12year olddivisionsmayenteramaximumofthreeevents.Competitorsinthe 13-14,15-16or17-18yearolddivisionsmayenteramaximumoffour events. These limitations include relays, but not combined events or roadraces.Entryinarelay,eitherasaprimaryoranalternatemember, willbeconsideredanentryforthepurposeofthisrule.


(g) Participation in Youth Athletics Championships and Junior Olympic programsshallberestrictedtoUnitedStatescitizens,alienslivinginthe UnitedStates,andforeignexchangestudents.

(h) AYouthAthletemustcompeteintheAssociationofresidenceinwhich they permanently reside. ‘Permanent Residency’ is defined as the addressofresidenceoftheyouthathlete’sparent/legalguardianonthe dayofthecloseofregistration.Proofofresidencycanbeprovidedby TaxStatements,orutilitybillsattheplaceofresidency.Youthathletes can compete in their Association of Permanent Residency as an unattachedathleteorasamemberofaclubandrepresentthesaidclub bywearingateamuniformandparticipatingonarelay.Thefollowingare exceptionstothisrule:

i. Athletesthatlivewithonecustodialparent/legalguardianinthesummerinone Association and another custodial parent/legal guardian in anotherAssociationduringtheschoolyear,shallbeconsideredpermanentresidentsof both Associations. These athletes may choose to only have onemembershipnumberunderoneAssociation,butwillhave the right to runwith a different club in the residence of summer and have all rights andprivilegesofthatAssociation.Proofoflegalguardianshipmayberequestedfor proof of residency. It shall be the sole responsibility of the applyingathlete tosecureand furnishallnecessarydocumentation tosubstantiateanyrequestforconsiderationofanapplicationofthisrule.

ii. Athletes that have no parent/legal guardian residing in anAssociationmaycompeteinthatAssociationfor‘justcause’withtheapprovalofboththeYouthChairandMembershipChairofboththeAssociationof‘PermanentResidency’and the association of ‘Non-Residency’. Non-Residence athletes my notrepresentacluborwearaclubuniformintheAssociationof‘Non-Residency’.

iii. Athletesthathavenoparent/legalguardianresidinginanAssociationmaycompete in a bordering Association for ‘just cause’ with the approval inwriting of both the Youth Chair and Membership Chair of both theAssociation of ‘Permanent Residency’ and the Association of ‘Non-Residency’,andplacedonfileintheNationaloffice.

(i) Proof of date of birth shall be submitted to the athlete’s Association immediately after becoming a USATF member. All athletes shall be requiredtohave“ProofofAgeVerified”priortocloseofregistrationofthe firstlevelofcompetition,whetheritistheAssociationChampionshiporthe PreliminaryQualifyingMeet,andatallYouthAthleticscompetitionsabove thislevel.Theformofproofshallbeacopyofabirthcertificate,passport, certifiedbaptismal record,driver's license,orUnitedStatesgovernment identification.Where the issuing Association has validated the athlete's competitionentryformormembershipcardwith"ProofofAgeVerified,"or otherwordingtothateffect,thevalidatedentryformormembershipcard becomesacceptableproofofage.Whenusingon-lineregistration,“Proof ofAgeVerified”mustbedownloadedfromtheUSATFmembershipdata basepriortocloseofregistrationofthefirstlevelofcompetition.Letters fromschoolorrecreationofficesshallnotbeconsideredasproof.


(j) Penalties may be considered by Associations and by the National AthleticsBoardofReviewforparticipationbyanathleteinanimproper agedivision.Thesepenaltiesmaybeappliedtoathletes,coaches,and clubsinvolved.

(k) Inorder topromoteparticipation inYouthAthleticsCompetition,entry fees shouldbe kept as lowaspossible. TheNationalYouthAthletics Division may set maximum fees for Youth Athletics competitions at Association,Regional,andNationallevels.

2. NationalChampionships(a) The National meets shall be under the guidance of the Youth Athletics

DivisionthroughitsChair.

(b) TheDivision'sChairordesigneeshallserveas theRefereeatallNationalmeets.TheRefereeshallbeaNationalorMastercertifiedofficial.

(c) TheUSATFNationalJuniorOlympicCrossCountrymeetshallserveastheYouthAthleticsNationalChampionships.

(d) In track and field, National Championships shall be contested on a 400metertrackwithnofewerthaneightlanesandhavingaraisedinnercurbinconformancewithRule160.3(a).

(e) Afinishrecordingsystem,asdescribedinRule165,producingaphotographorimagedepictingplaceandtimeshallbeusedforalleventscontestedonthetrack.

(f) Approved measuring equipment shall be used to verify the legality ofthrowingimplementstobeusedinthecompetition.

(g) Throwingimplements,startingblocks,andrelaybatonsshallbefurnishedbythemeethost.

3. AssociationandRegionalChampionships(a) The meets shall be under the guidance of the Youth Athletics Division

through their respective Youth Chairs (Association Championships) andRegionalCoordinators(RegionalChampionships).

(b) TheChampionshipsshallbecontestedinaccordancewithRules300.2,(e),(f) and (g).Where possible, themeet should be contested on tracks thatcomplywithrule300.2(d).However,trackswithoutacurbmayhaveconeslaidoutasdescribedinRule160.3providedthetrackhasbeenmeasured20cmfromthewhitelineinaccordancewithRule160.2.

(c) TheAssociationYouthChairorRegionalCoordinatorortheirdesigneeshallserve as the Referee of their respective meets. The Referee shall be acertified official for Association Championships and a National orMasterCertifiedofficialforRegionalChampionships.

(d) Regional Championships and, whenever possible, AssociationChampionships,shallbefullyautomaticallytimed.Ifthefullyautomatictimerfailsorisnotused,allaffectedmeetresultsshallclearlyindicateanytimesthatarenotfullyautomatic.


4. Regions Associations 1. Adirondack,Connecticut,Long Island,Maine,NewYork,and

NewEngland 2. Mid-Atlantic,NewJersey,Niagara,andThreeRivers 3. Georgia,NorthCarolina,PotomacValley,SouthCarolina, andVirginia 4. Florida 5. Kentucky,LakeErie,Michigan,Ohio,andWestVirginia 6. Alabama,Southern,andTennessee 7. IllinoisandIndiana 8. Dakotas,Iowa,Minnesota,Nebraska,andWisconsin 9. Arkansas,MissouriValley,Oklahoma,andOzark 10. Arizona,Border,Colorado,NewMexico 11. Montana,SnakeRiver,UtahandWyoming 12. Gulf,SouthTexas,Southwestern,andWestTexas 13. Alaska,InlandNorthwest,Oregon,andPacificNorthwest 14. CentralCalifornia,andPacific 15. Nevada,SanDiegoImperial,HawaiiandSouthernCalifornia 16. NationalJuniorOlympicsChampionshipHostAssociation,the

DepartmentofDefenseDependentSchools (DODDS)EuropeandPacific

RULE 301TRACK AND FIELD EVENTS

TheeventslistedbelowareincludedintheNationalChampionships.(Combinedevents,wheredifferentfromthosedescribedinRule200,areheld intheeventorder indicated. Weights of implements are identical to those applicable toindividualeventsintherespectiveagegroups.)

8 ANd UNdER dIVISION100MeterDash 1500MeterRun LongJump200MeterDash 4x100MeterRelay ShotPut(2kg)400MeterDash 4x400MeterRelay MiniJavelin(300g)800MeterRun

9-10 dIVISION100MeterDash HighJump Triathlon:ShotPut(6lb.)200MeterDash LongJump HighJump400MeterDash ShotPut(6lb.) 200Meter(G)800MeterRun MiniJavelin(300g) 400Meter(B)1500MeterRun 4x100MeterRelay1500MeterRaceWalk 4x400MeterRelay


11-12 dIVISION100MeterDash 80MeterHurdles(30") 4x800MeterRelay200MeterDash LongJump Pentathlon:80MeterHurdles400MeterDash HighJump ShotPut(6lb.)800MeterRun ShotPut(6lb.) HighJump1500MeterRun Discus(1kg) LongJump3000MeterRun MiniJavelin(300g) 800MeterRun(G)1500MeterRaceWalk 4x100MeterRelay 1500MeterRun(B) 4x400MeterRelay

13-14 dIVISION100MeterDash 4x800MeterRelay Discus(1kg)200MeterDash 100MeterHurdles(B-33") PoleVault400MeterDash 100MeterHurdles(G-30") Javelin(600g)800MeterRun 200MeterHurdles(30") Pentathlon:100mH1500MeterRun HighJump ShotPut(B4kg/G6lb)3000MeterRun LongJump HighJump3000MeterRaceWalk TripleJump LongJump4x100MeterRelay ShotPut(B-4kg) 800MeterRun(G)4x400MeterRelay ShotPut(G-6lb.) 1500MeterRun(B)

15-16 dIVISION100MeterDash 110/100MeterHurdles (Boys39"-Girls33")200MeterDash 400MeterHurdles (B-36",G-30")400MeterDash HighJump Javelin(B800g-G600g)800MeterRun PoleVault Hammer(B12lb-G4kg)1500MeterRun LongJump Decathlon(B)3000MeterRun TripleJump Heptathlon(G)2000MeterSteeplechase ShotPut(B12lb-G4kg)3000MeterRaceWalk Discus(B1.6kg-G1kg)4x100MeterRelay 4x400MeterRelay 4x800MeterRelay

17-18 dIVISION100MeterDash 110/100MeterHurdles (Boys39"-Girls33")200MeterDash 400MeterHurdles (B-36",G-30")400MeterDash HighJump Javelin(B800g-G600g)800MeterRun PoleVault Hammer(B12lb-G4kg)1500MeterRun LongJump Decathlon(B)3000MeterRun TripleJump Heptathlon(G)2000MeterSteeplechase ShotPut(B12lb-G4kg)3000MeterRaceWalk Discus(B1.6kg-G1kg)4x100MeterRelay 4x400MeterRelay 4x800MeterRelay


RULE 302REGULATIONS AND SPECIFICATIONS

1. general Noathletemaybeadvancedinthecompetitionwithouthavingsuccessfully

qualifiedthroughrequiredqualificationrounds.

2. Track Events(a) Inone-daymeetsat theAssociation level,alleventsequal toor longer in

distancethan200metersmayberunastimedfinals.

(b) TheGamesCommitteemayelect,ineventsof800metersandlonger,andallrelays,touseaqualificationmethodbaseduponplaceandtimeinordertoeliminatequalificationroundsbeyondone.

(c) InAssociationandregionalmeetswhereallroundsareheldononeday,andthecompetitors inthe100,200,orhurdlesadvancedirectlytoafinal, thefinalmayberunatthetimeofthescheduledpreliminary.

(d) Forthe8andunder,9-10,11-12and13-14yearolddivisions,nopenaltyshallbeimposedforthefirstfalsestart,buttheStartershalldisqualifytheoffenderoroffenders for thesecond falsestart.Falsestartsarecalledonindividuals,notonthefield.

NOTE: 15-16 and 17-18 year old age divisions follow Rule 162.13.

(e) Startingblocks:Athletesinthe15-16and17-18yearolddivisionsshall,inaccordancewithRules161,berequiredtousestartingblocksandacrouchpositionforalleventsuptoandincludingthe400MeterRunsandthefirstlegofallrelayswherethatlegdoesnotexceed400meters.Forathletesinthe9-10,11-12and13-14yearolddivisions,thegeneralrulesregardingtheuseofstartingblocksandstancearewaived;theuseofstartingblocksandstanceiswithinthediscretionofthecompetitor.

(f) In sprint relays, the outgoing runners may place a suitable material asdeterminedbymeetmanagementonthetrack.Ifotherthanadhesivetape,then it must bemade clear in themeet information (passport) andmeetmanagementmustsupplythesuitablematerialtobeusedtoallteams.

(g) The"honestparticipation" ruleprovided inRule142.3and .4shallnotbeapplicabletoYouthAthletics.

(h) Whenever possible, and especially at Regional and National meets, lanestaggerswithonecompetitorperlaneshallbeusedasfollows:

800mRun,4x800mRelay One-turnstagger 4x400mRelay Three-turnstagger

3. Relays(a) Theprocedure for entering a relay is given in theYouthGuide. Failure to

complywiththeproceduremayresultindisqualification.

(b) ARelayteamshallconsistoffour(4)members.


(c) ParticipationofrelayteamsshallbelimitedtothoseclubsthatholdavalidclubmembershipinUSATF.

(d) Allparticipantsshallwearatopofthesamecolor.AtRegionalandNationalChampionships,allparticipantsshallwearatopofasamecoloraswellasshortsofasamecolor.TheGamesCommitteeshallassignanindividualtoreviewcolorsofteamuniformsintheclerkingarea.

(e) Anathletemaydropanindividualeventtocompeteonarelayaslongastheathletehasnotcompetedinanyroundofthatevent.A‘noshow’doesnotconstituteadrop in thatevent.Achange formmustbesubmittedatregistration1hourpriortothescheduledstartoftheeventbeingdropped.

youth Athletics Nationals and Junior Olympics(f) AnyathleteenteredandlistedintheUSATFmembershipdatabasewiththe

club in the same division/sex is eligible for that relay team roster. Thedeadlineformembershipentryistheentrydeadlineofthemeet,whetheritis the Association championship or preliminarymeet, as specified in theentrymaterialbutnotlaterthanthefirst(1st)roundofcompetition.

(g)Relay team entry requires a minimum of 4 and a maximum of 6 listedeligibleathletes.

(h) Allcompetitorslistedontheofficialon-linerosterareeligibletocompeteifthey are entered in the meet in individual events or other relays. If anindividualisnotenteredinthemeetbyeitheroftheabovemethodsstatedabove,thatindividualshallbeenteredintheon-lineentryas‘other’intheeventsection.Anadditionalcostequaltothecostofasingleevententrymaybechargedforeachmemberenteringbythismethod.

yOUTh AThLETICS NATIONALS(f) AnyathletelistedintheUSATFmembershipdatabasewiththeclubinthe

samedivision/sexiseligibleforthatrelayteam.

JUNIOR OLyMPICS(g) ToenterarelayintheJuniorOlympicsarelayrosterisrequired.

(h) TheprocedureforsubmittingarelayrosterisgivenintheYouthGuide.Therelayrostermustbesubmittedbytheentrydeadlineofthemeet,whethertheAssociationchampionshiporpreliminarymeet,asspecifiedintheentrymaterialbutnotlaterthanthefirst(1st)roundofcompetition.

(i) Anyathletelistedontheclub’srelayrosterinthesameagedivision/sexiseligibleforthatrelayteam.

(j) Allcompetitorslistedontheofficialrosterareeligibletocompeteiftheyareenteredinthemeetinindividualeventsorotherrelays.Ifanindividualinnotentered in the meet by either of the above methods stated above, thatindividualmustcompleteandsubmitanentryformplacingtheword“roster”intheeventsection.Anadditionalcostequaltothecostofasingleevententrymaybechargedforeachmemberenteringbythismethod.


4. hurdle and Steeplechase Specifications(a) Hurdlespecificationsareasfollows:

OUTdOOR EVENTS

distance division hurdles height To First Interval To Finish

80m 11-12GB 8 30" 12m 7.5m 15.5m

100m 13-14Girls 10 30" 13m 8.0m 15.0m

100m 13-14Boys 10 33" 13m 8.5m 10.5m

100m 13-14/15-16G 10 33" 13m 8.5m 10.5m

110m 13-14/15-16B 10 39" 13.72m 9.14m 14.02m

200m 13-14B&G 5 30" 20m 35m 40m

400m 15-16/17-18G 10 30" 45m 35m 40m

400m 15-16/17-18B 10 36" 45m 35m 40m

INdOOR EVENTS

distance division hurdles height To First Interval To Finish

50m 11-12GB 4 30" 12m 7.5m 15.5m

55/60m 11-12GB 5 30" 12m 7.5m 13m/18m

(b) The Steeplechase distance for 15-16 and 17-18 year old Divisions is2000meters.

NOTE: For steeplechase course and hurdle specifications, see Rule 169.2 and Rule 169.3.

5. Field Events(a) Measurementsshallbeinaccordancewiththegeneralrulesofcompetition

ofUSATF.

(b) Thehorizontaljumpsandthrowsmaybecontestedusingflights.Flightswillbecomposedonthebasisofthesubmittedqualifyingmarksandshallbearrangedwiththehighestqualifyingflightcompetinglast.

(c) AtmeetsotherthanAssociation,RegionalandNationalChampionshipstheGamesCommitteemayusea four-attemptrule in lieuof threepreliminaryandthreefinalattemptsforfinalistsinthehorizontaljumpsandthrows.Useof the four-attempt option must be stated prior to the beginning of thecompetition.

(d) IntheLongJump,morethanonetake-offboardmaybeusedbetween1mand4.5mbehindthelandingarea.Inthetriplejump,morethanonetake-offboardmaybeusedbetween7and13mfromthelandingarea.(Suggestions:15-16/17-18Boysat10m;15-16/17-18Girlsat8m;13-14BoysandGirlsat7m).Thetake-offboardmayconsistofmaterialotherthanwood.Morethan


onetake-offboardmaybeusedwithan indicator (suchasorangecones)placedatbothsidesofthetake-offboard.Eachjumpermustdeclarepriortoeachjumpwhichboardhe/shewilluse.

(e) IntheShotPut,Discus,andHammera34.92degreesectorshallbeused.SeeRule187.22.

(f) The number of spikes and/or cleats on shoes for the javelin shall not belimitedwheretherunwayhasanaturalorAstroturf-typesurface.

(g) Privately owned javelins shall be exempt from the loss-of-identity rule(Rule187.10).

(h) IntheJavelinThrow,themeasurementofthethrowshallbemadefromthenearestedgeofthefirstpointofcontactmadebythejavelininthesectortotheinsidecircumferenceofthearcorfoulline,measuredalongalinefromthecontactpointofthetip,tail,orgriptothecenterofthecircleofwhichthearcisapart.

(i) In order to stage a Youth Athletics hammer or discus competition aprotectivecageisrequired(seeRule190).Ifthereisnocageorthecageisinsuchconditionthatitisnotconsideredsafebytheappropriaterefereeorhisdesignee,thentheeventsshallnotbeheld.

(j) IntheHighJumpandPoleVaultanathletemaybeassistedinestablishingthelocationofmarkspriortothestartofcompetition.Rule181.3willapply,exceptthatnomorethanthreemarksmaybeused,andsuchmarkscannotexceed3inchesinlength.

(k) InthePoleVault,movementoftheuprights,Rule183.1(a),shallbelimitedtotheareabetween45cmand80cmfromthestopboardinthedirectionofthelandingsurface.

(l) Thepracticeof“tapping” (physicallyassisting)vaultersduring theirwarm-upsisprohibited.

(m) Acompetitorshallnotuseatrainingpole,apolewhichisimproperlymarkedorapoleratedbelowhis/herweightduringwarm-uporcompetition.Priortowarm-up,thefieldeventRefereeordesigneeshallinspecteachpoletobeused in competition to verify that the poles are legal equipment. Thecompetitor’sweightshallbeatorbelowthemanufacturer’spolerating.Itistheresponsibilityofthecoachorparenttoverifythecompetitorwillusealegalpoleratedatorabovehis/herweight.

NOTE: The manufacturers shall include on each pole a pole rating that shall be a minimum of 3/4 inch in a contrasting color located within or above the top hand hold position with the position being determined by the manufacturer.

(n) In the National Youth Athletics Championship and the National JuniorOlympics Championship the starting heights in the High Jump and PoleVault shall be 10cm and 30cm, respectively, below the Youth OutdoorPerformance Standard established by the Youth Athletics Division at theUSATFAnnualMeeting.IntheRegionalJuniorOlympicsChampionshipsthestartingheightsintheHighJumpandPoleVaultshallbe20cmand60cm,


respectively, below the Youth Outdoor Performance Standard. Incrementincreases inallstatedChampionshipsshallbe5cmintheHighJumpand15cminthePoleVault.

(o) WhenaHighJumporPoleVaultcompetitor isexcusedtoparticipate ina

running event, a reasonable time limit shall be establishedby theGamesCommitteeordelegatedtotheaffectedFieldEventJudge.Notimelimitshallbe imposed on competitors excused from throwing or horizontal jumpingevents,exceptthatthecompetitormustreturnbeforetheconclusionofallotherpreliminaryattemptsifexcusedduringthepreliminaries,orbeforetheconclusionofallotherfinalattemptsifexcusedduringthefinals.Failuretoreturnwithintheallocatedperiodshallresultinforfeitureofmissedattempts.In both the preliminaries and the finals, the head event judgemay allowattempts to be taken in succession before a competitor is excused, andmake-upattemptsmaybetakeninsuccessionandoutoforderuponlegallyreturningtotheevent.IntheHighJumpandPoleVault,ifthecompetitorhasfailedtoreturnintheallottedtime,andallotherremainingcompetitorshavepassed,failedorclearedtheexistingheight,thecrossbarshallberaisedtothenextheightandthejudgewillautomaticallypasstheexcusedcompetitortothenewheight.

(p) In the High Jump and Pole Vault, a competitor who has passed threeconsecutive heights after the competition has begunmaybepermitted awarm-upjumpwithoutthecrossbarinplace.Onesuchjumpmaybetakenforeachthreepassedheightsandshallbetakenasearned,notcumulatively.

(q) AttheNationalJuniorOlympicChampionship,whenthefieldofpolevaultcompetitors is reduced to 50% of the original number of vaulters, a 20minutewarmupperiodmaybeallowedforall remainingcompetitorswhohavenotyetenteredthecompetition.Nocrossbarwillbeallowedduringthewarmupperiod.After the20minuteperiod, anyathletewhohaspassedthreeconsecutive incrementswillbeallowedonerunthrough,without thebar,attheheightatwhichtheyenterthecompetition.

6. Combined Events(a) Rule200shallbefollowedunlessotherwiseprovidedherein.

(b) Boyshurdleracesshorterthan110metersarescoredfromthemen's110MeterHurdlestables.Girlshurdleracesshorterthan100metersarescoredfromthewomen's100MeterHurdlestables.Timesforthe11-12Boys'80MeterHurdlesshallbemultipliedby1.13priortoenteringthetables;forthe11-12Girls'80MeterHurdles,multiplyby1.07.

(c) Itissuggestedthateven-numberedlanesbeusedforhurdleevents.

(d) TheincrementsforthePoleVaultwillbe15cmandtheHighJump5cm.Awarm-upjumpwillbepermittedwithoutthecrossbarinplaceattheheighttheathleteisenteringthecompetition.

(e) Theheptathlonmustbecontestedovertwodays.

(f) Ifgroupsaredrawn inaccordancewithRule200.5, thesegroupingsshallcontinue throughout the competition unless the Referee shall believe itdesirabletorearrangeanygrouporgroups.


(g) Inthe800meterrun,themaximumnumberperheatshallbe12.Whenthenumberofcompetitorsexceedsthenumberoflanes,theexcesscompetitorsshallsharetheeven-numberedlanesstartingfromlane8workingintolane2.Inthe1500meters,themaximumnumberperheatshallbe24.

(h) AttheNationalJuniorOlympicChampionship,whenmorethanoneflightisrequiredintheLongjump,ShotPut,DiscusandJavelin,aminimumof20minutesshouldbeallowedbetweenflights.

RULE 303REGULATIONS FOR LANES AND HEATS

1. Themethodofadvancementinallmeetsshallbepublishedpriortothestartofthemeet.Anychangestotheprintedmethodshallbeannouncedpriortothecompetition.Heatsshallbeformedaccordingtothefollowingregulations:(a) Thedeclaredcontestantswillbeassignedtopreliminaryheatsintheorder

inwhichtheirnamesarelistedontheperformancelist,workingfromlefttorightandthenrighttoleft.Theonlyexceptioniswhenthisprocedurewouldcauseunequaldistributionofmembersfromthesameclub.Inthisevent,theslower athlete should be moved to another heat, interchanged with acompetitorwiththenearestcomparabletimeaslistedinthatheat.

(b) Ineventsrunentirelyorpartiallyinlanes,onlyoneparticipantshalloccupyalane,exceptasprovidedin(c),below.

(c) The 800Meters and the 4x800Meter relay shall be run with a one-turnstagger.Themaximumnumberinallheatspriortothefinalshallbe12.Whenthe number of competitors exceeds the number of lanes, the excesscompetitorsshallsharetheeven-numbered lanesstartingfromlane8andworkingintolane2.Eight(8)competitors(9ona9-lanetrack)shalladvanceto the final of the 800Meters. At Association andRegionalmeets, timedfinalsmayberunwithnomorethan12persection.

(d) AttheNationalYouthAthleticsandNationalJuniorOlympicsChampionship

inthe8andunder,9-10,and11-12Divisions,the800MeterRun,withoutregardtothenumberofathletesentered,shallbecontestedastworoundswiththetop8timesadvancingtothefinal.

(e) Inthe8andunder,9-10,and11-12divisions,eventsof1500mandlongershall be contested as timed finals, with no more than 18 participantspersection.

(f) Ineventsof2000morlonger,timedfinalsshallberunwithnomorethan24participantspersection.

(g) Informingheatsforeventsrunpartiallyorentirelyinlaneswherehandtimingisused,theguidelinesinRule166.1throughRule166.5shallbefollowed.

(h) Whenfullyautomatictiming(FAT)isused,thefollowingtablemaybeused:


EIGHT LANES FAT ONLY No. Trial No. Semi- No. No. inNo. of Entries heats No. Qualifying Finals Qualifying Final 1to8 0 - 0 - 1to89-16 0 - 2 3+next2 8 besttimes17-24 0 - 3 2+next2 8 besttimes25-32 0 - 4 1+next4 8 besttimes33-40 0 - 5 1+next3 8 besttimes41-48 0 - 6 1+next2 8 besttimes

No. Trial No. Semi- No. No. inNo. of Entries heats No. Qualifying Finals Qualifying Final 49-56 7 3+next3 3 2+next2 8 besttimes besttimes 57-64 8 2+next8 3 2+next2 8 besttimes besttimes65-72 9 2+next6 3 2+next2 8 besttimes besttimes73-80 10 2+next4 3 2+next2 8 besttimes besttimes81-88 11 2+next2 3 2+next2 8 besttimes besttimes

NINE LANES FAT ONLY

1to9 0 - 0 - 1to910-18 0 - 2 3+next3 9 besttimes19-27 0 - 3 2+next3 9 besttimes28-36 0 - 4 1+next5 9 besttimes37-45 0 - 5 1+next4 9 besttimes46-54 0 - 6 1+next3 9 besttimes55-63 0 - 7 1+next2 9 besttimes64-72 8 3+next3 3 2+next3 9 besttimes besttimes73-81 9 3 3 2+next3 9 besttimes82-90 10 2+next7 3 2+next3 9 besttimes besttimes91-99 11 2+next5 3 2+next3 9 besttimes besttimes


(i) Thefollowingprocedureshallbeusedinformingheats:i. Weighplacefirst.

ii. Weightimesecond.

iii. Seedeachgroupofplacewinnersasaunitbytheir times.Seedwinners,thenseedsecondplaces,etc.Worklefttoright,thenrighttoleft.

iv. If members from same club cause unequal distribution, adjust per Rule303.1(a).

v. Ifallheatsdonothaveanevennumberofcompetitors,drawbylottoanassignedheat.

vi. Heatorderisdrawnbylot.

(j) Thefollowingprocedureshallbeusedinassigninglanes:i. Inthefirstround,laneswillbedrawnbylot.

ii. Forallotherrounds,threedrawswillbemade:a. ThefirstdrawisforthosepreferredlanesasdeterminedbytheGames

Committee, for a number equal to and not exceeding one-half thenumber of lanes used, for the highest ranked competitors in the racebasedontherankedlistforformingheatsfortheround.

b. The second draw is for those preferred lanes as determined by theGamesCommittee, foranumberequal toandnotexceedingone-halfthosecompetitorsremainingafterthefirstdraw.

c. The third draw is for the remaining competitors in the race and theremaininglanes.

(k) Whereotherthaneightorninelanesexist,modifyproceduresasappropriate.

2. UnlessotherwiseprovidedbytheGamesCommittee:(a) Whenever the number of entries or scratches reduces the number of actual

participants in any heat or roundof heats so as to eliminate the element ofcompetitionorcreatesasituationwherebythenumberofheatscanbereduced,theRefereeordesigneeshallredrawinthebestinterestofthecompetition.

(b) In the Association or Regional Championship, whenever the number ofcompetitors reporting for an eventmakes heats, as required in thisRule,unnecessary,theeventmayberunasafinalatthetimeintheprogramsoscheduledfortheheats.

3. In theevent thatunderparagraph1(h), for thosequalifying forsucceedingroundsbymethodofbesttimes,atiecausesmorequalifiersthanavailablelanes,theRefereeshalldetermineifarun-offamongthoseaffectedshallbeconducted.Ifnorun-offisconducted,thoseaffectedareeliminated.

4. IntheNationalYouthAthleticsChampionships,eventsof100metersto800meters inclusive, and relays up to and including the 4 x 400meters, thefastesteighttimesfromthepreliminaryroundshalladvancetothefinals.


5. AttheAssociation-levelmeet,iftheGamesCommitteedeterminesthatthereare an insufficient number of seed times and/or a majority of the timessubmitted are believed to be inaccurate, the following proceduremay beusedintheinterestoffaircompetition:(a) Forpreliminaryroundsonly,bothheatandlaneassignmentsshallbedrawn

by lot. Advancement from the preliminary round shall be done by timewithoutconsiderationofplace.

(b) Allotherrounds,includingtimedfinals,willadheretotheestablishedrulesforformingheatsandadvancement.

RULE 304NATIONAL CROSS COUNTRY PROGRAM

1. general TheYouthAthleticsDivisionshallconductcrosscountryforalldivisionsinthe

USATF Youth Athletics program. Divisions shall be as set forth in Rule300.1(b). National Championships may be conducted as directed by theCrossCountrySubcommitteeuponapprovaloftheYouthAthleticsDivision

2. distances The8andunderdivisionshall runapproximately2km.The9-10and11-12

divisionsshallrunapproximately3km.The13-14divisionshallrunapproximately4km.The15-16and17-18divisionsshallrunapproximately5km.

3. Course(a) Thecoursemustbeclearlymarked,preferablywithredflagstoindicatealeft

turn,yellowflagstoindicatearightturnandblueflagstoindicatecontinuingstraightahead.Allflagsmustbevisiblefromadistanceof125m.

(b) Thereshallbenoturnwithin400mofthestart.Therunningpathshallbewideenoughtoallowseveralrunnersabreastduringmost,ifnotall,ofthedistance.

4. Placing Computerized transponders may be used to record the finish place of a

runnerincrosscountry.Abibtransponderortwotranspondersperrunner,oneattachedtoeachshoeorfoot,mustbeused.Withthiscondition,thefinishplacerecordedbythechipsystemshallbetheofficialorderoffinishfortherunnersinthecompetition.Therefereehastheauthoritytoruleonmattersofatimingirregularityorotherirregularities.

5. Scoring A teamshall becomposedof from five toamaximumof eightmembers.

Teamscoringshallbebyplace,inaccordancewithRule7.

6. Uniform SeeRule253.

7. Competition Numbers Competitionnumbersshallbewornchest-highinfront.


RULE 305JUNIOR OLYMPICS PROGRAM

1. general(a) The Youth Athletics Division shall conduct the Junior Olympics athletics

program of USATF. Junior Olympicmeets shall be solely sanctioned andconductedundertheaegisofUSATFanditsprocedures.ThereshallbenodualsanctioningofJuniorOlympicmeetsofUSATF.

(b) AllofthecompetitionsshallbeconductedexclusivelyundertheauspicesofUSATF. ("Exclusive USATF auspices" means that direction, publicity,promotion,rules,andawardsmustbeentirelyUSATF.)

(c) There will be competition for boys and girls in preliminary meets and inAssociation,RegionalandNationalChampionshipsinagedivisionsbyyearof birth. Events andagedivisions are the sameas for the regularUSATFYouthAthleticsNationalChampionshipsprogram.

(d) An Association is allocated, by agreement with other Associations in itsRegion,acertainnumberofathletesandrelayteamsfromtheAssociationleveltotheRegionallevelthroughtheAssociationChampionships.

(e) TheYouthAthleticsExecutiveCommitteemayadvanceanyathleteintotheNationalJuniorOlympicsmeetbecauseofextraordinarycircumstances.Therequest must be made through the Regional Coordinator in writing, whomustsubmitittotheYouthAthleticsChairperson.

(f) With the approval of theAssociation, athleteswhomiss theirAssociationChampionshipsbecauseofextraordinarycircumstancesmaybeadvancedto theRegionalmeetso longassuchadvancementdoesnotdisplaceanathletewho competed in the Associationmeet and does not exceed theAssociation'sallocationtotheRegionalmeet.

2. Track and field qualifying procedures(a) An athlete canmiss the Association Championship but not the Regional

Championship,becauseofparticipationinaUSATFculturalexchangetrip.Theseexceptionsmustbeworkedoutwiththeathlete'sRegionalcoordinatorbeforethemeettakesplace.

(b) Athleteswho compete in the Junior National Championships,World YouthTrackandFieldTrialsorUnitedStatesOlympicSelectionCompetitionmaybeenteredintheNationalJuniorOlympicmeetwithouthavingtocompeteintheAssociationorRegionalmeetprovidedthattheymeettheYouthAthleticsagelimits.Acquisitionof thewaiverandcompletionof theentry to theNationalmeetmustbemadepriortotheRegionalmeetviatheRegionalcoordinator.

(c) AthletesfromtheDepartmentofDefenseDependentSchools(DODDS)maybeenteredintheNationalJuniorOlympicChampionshipwithouthavingtocompeteinaRegionalmeet,providedthattheymeettheYouthAthleticsagerequirements.TheymustenterthroughtheAssociationhostingtheNationalJuniorOlympicChampionship.

(d) TrackandfieldshalladvancefiveindividualsandfiverelayteamsfromeachRegionaltoNational.Theseshallbethetopfivefinishersineachevent.The


combined events shall advance the top two placed individuals and anyotherswhomeet a performance standard at theRegionalChampionship.Theperformancestandardforalleventsistheaverageofthe8thplaceinthelast three National Junior Olympic Championships. The host Associationshallqualifyalikenumber.

(e) AnAssociationshallbeallowedtoadvancealternate(s)fromtheAssociationto the Regional level, subject to the Association's filing deadline for theRegionalmeet.

(f) AthleteswhotieforfifthplaceattheRegionalTrackandFieldmeetshallbeadvancedtothenationalJuniorOlympicChampionships.

3. Cross country qualifying procedures WhereanAssociationholdspreliminarymeets,thesewillserveasqualifiers

foritsChampionships;AssociationChampionshipsarequalifiersforRegionalChampionships,andtheRegionalsarequalifiersfortheNationals.(a) It issuggestedthat30 individualandfiveteamsadvancefrompreliminary

meets to Association meets and a like number of individuals and teamsadvancefromAssociationmeetstoRegionalmeets.ThesenumbersmaybeadjustedbytheAssociationchairandRegionalcoordinatorrespectivelyforthepurposeofaccommodatingtheirlocalsituations.

(b) Teams must represent current USATF member clubs; and athletesrepresenting clubs must be registered members of said clubs prior toparticipationintheirAssociationChampionships.

(c) Allmembersof thesameclub listedonthe teamdeclarationrosterat theAssociationfinalsareeligibletocompeteontheclub'steam(minimumof5,maximumof8) in thenext roundofQualificationsuptoand includingtheNationalChampionshipsaslongastheteamqualifies.Inordertodeclareateam,aclubmustenteraminimumof5andamaximumof8athletesbytheentrydeadline.Thecompositionoftheteamateachroundcanchangeifyousubmitachangeformattheregistrationatpacketpickupat least2hoursprior to the race and any athlete changed must be listed on thedeclarationroster.

(d) A region, through a unanimous vote of Associations in the region, shalldetermine the procedure for qualifying from the Regional to the NationalJuniorOlympicscrosscountrychampionships.Theregionsmayvoteforone,butnotboth,ofthefollowingmeansofqualifying:(i)qualifythetopfiveteamsandthetop30individualsfromtheregionalmeet,or(ii)qualifythetoptwoteamsandthetop15individualsdirectlyfromtheAssociationChampionship.

(e) ThenumberofqualifiersfromRegionalmeetsisfixedandnoalternatesmayadvance. Individuals finishing in the top 30 places and who are alsomembers of the qualifying teams are not displaced so that additionalfinishersbeyondthirtiethmaynotadvance.Anyteammayadvanceifithasfiveormoreindividualsplacinginthetop30intheRegionalmeet.Noteamfinishingbeyondfifthplacemayadvancebasedsolelyuponeitherorbothofthefirsttwoteams'choosingnottoadvance.

(f) Athleteswhocompete intheirstatehighschoolorcollegiatechampionshipseriesmaybeadvancedintotheirRegionaliftheirAssociationmeetdateisinconflict with their school competition. Conflictmeans bothmeets are held


within48hoursoftheother.ATeammayalsobeadvancedprovidedthatallalternateslistedonthedeclarationRosterwerealsoinconflictwiththeschoolcompetition;therefore,nothavingaminimumof5athletestoparticipate.ThisRoster must have been submitted by the Registration Deadline of theAssociationmeetandnoadditionalnamescanbeadded.ThefinaldecisionsonthegrantingofthiswaiverwillbemadebytheRegionalcoordinator.

4. Theentry informationprocedureandawards informationcan found in theYouthGuide.

RULE 306SPECIAL EVENTS AND PROGRAMS

1. general(a) The National Youth Athletics Division may supplement existing programs

withanyapprovedeventitdeemsinitsbestinterest.

(b) TheYouthAthleticsDivisionshalldeterminethemethodand/orthenumberof qualifiers in special events andprograms and list that information in aguidedesignedtoservesucheventorprogram.

2. Pilot Programs or Competitions(a) RegionalYouthAthleticsindoormeetsmaybeheldandshallbeawardedby

thoseAssociationdelegatesrepresentedineachYouthAthleticsRegion.

(b) TheNationalYouthAthleticsDivisionmayadoptotherpilotprogramsinTrackandField,RaceWalking,CrossCountry,orLongDistanceRunning.

SECTION IIMASTERS ATHLETICS


1. ArticlesIthroughVIIoftheRulesofCompetitionofUSATFshallbefollowedunlessotherwiseprovidedinthisArticleVI,SectionII(includingSectionsII-AandII-B).

2. Thereshallbethefollowingagedivisionsforindividualcompetition(five-yearagegroups):


AgES MEN WOMEN 30-34 M30 W30 35-39 M35 W35 40-44 M40 W40 45-49 M45 W45 50-54 M50 W50 55-59 M55 W55 60-64 M60 W60 65-69 M65 W65 70-74 M70 W70 75-79 M75 W75 80-84 M80 W80 85-89 M85 W85 90-94 M90 W90 95-99 M95 W95 100+ M100 W100

3. There shall be the following age divisions for team and relay competition(ten-yearagegroups):

AgES MEN WOMEN 30+ M30 W30 40+ M40 W40 50+ M50 W50 60+ M60 W60 70+ M70 W70 80+ M80 W80 90+ M90 W90

4. The age of a competitor on the first day of the meet determines thecompetitor'sdivisionforindividualevents.

5. Theageonthefirstdayofameetoftheyoungestmembershalldeterminetheagedivisionofateaminateameventorrelay.

6. Theagedivisionofanindividualisnotaffectedbytheagedivisionofateamorrelayforwhichtheindividualcompetes.

7. TheMeetorRaceDirectorshallhavetheauthoritytorequestproofofage

and/oramedicalcertificateattestingtothecompetitor'sphysicalabilitytocompete.Inaddition,eachcompetitorshallsigna"holdharmless"release.

8. Amixedeventcontainingmaleandfemaleparticipantsisallowed.Mastersrecordsmaybemadeinmixedageand/ormixedsexcompetitions.


SECTION II-AMASTERS TRACK AND FIELD AND RACEWALKING


1. Rules330through333applytoNational,Regional,andAssociationMastersChampionships. Meet Directors of non-championship events are alsoencouragedtofollowtheserules.

2. The Masters Track and Field Committee shall conduct and supervise aprogramfortrackandfieldandracewalkingforallathletesovertheageof35.ThecommitteemayconductChampionshipsforathletesaged30through34.

3. In all National, Regional and Association Masters Championships, theremustbeafullcomplementofindividualevents,byfive-yearagedivisions,forbothmenandwomen.Thereshallbeaminimumofthreeprizesperdivisionfor US citizens in each event. In the National and Regional OutdoorChampionships,ribbonsorequivalentarerecommendedforUScitizensinplaces4-6.InallNationalChampionships,duplicatesforallawardsshallbeprovided for non-US citizenswho place 1-6. In Regional Championships,equivalentawardsshallbeprovidedfornon-residentswhoplace1-6.

RULE 331MASTERS TRACK AND FIELD CHAMPIONSHIPS

1. ThestandardChampionshipeventsare:(a) NationalIndoorTrackandField 60Meters,200Meters,400Meters,800Meters,1500Meters,3000Meters,

60MeterHurdles,800MeterRelay,1600MeterRelay,3200MeterRelay,3000MeterWalk,HighJump,PoleVault,LongJump,TripleJump,ShotPut,WeightThrow,SuperweightThrow,Pentathlon

(b) NationalOutdoorTrackandField 100 Meters, 200 Meters, 400 Meters, 800 Meters, 1500 Meters, 5000

Meters, 10,000 Meters, 80/100/110 Meter Hurdles, 200/300/400 MeterHurdles, 2000/3000Meter Steeplechase, 5000MeterWalk, 10,000MeterWalk,400MeterRelay,1600MeterRelay,3200MeterRelay,ShuttleHurdleRelay,High Jump,Pole Vault, Long Jump, Triple Jump,Shot Put,DiscusThrow,JavelinThrow,HammerThrow,WeightThrow,Pentathlon

NOTE:ForeventsinthePentathlon,seerule200

(c) RegionalandAssociationIndoorTrackandField ThesameeventsasthoseconductedintheNationalIndoorTrackandField

Championships.TheSuperweightThrowandPentathlonareoptional. Forthe racewalk, the1500Metersmaybesubstituted for the3000Meters inAssociationChampionships.

(d) RegionalandAssociationOutdoorTrackandField Thefollowingeventsshallbeheld: 100 Meters, 200 Meters, 400 Meters, 800 Meters, 1500 Meters, 5000


Meters,80/100/110MeterHurdles,200/300/400MeterHurdles,5000MeterWalk, 400MeterRelay, 1600MeterRelay, 3200MeterRelay,High Jump,PoleVault,LongJump,TripleJump,ShotPut,DiscusThrow,JavelinThrow,HammerThrow

Thefollowingeventsmaybeheld: 10,000Meters,2000/3000MeterSteeplechase,ShuttleHurdleRelay,10,000

Meter Walk, Weight Throw, Superweight Throw, Pentathlon, Heptathlon,andDecathlon

NOTE: For combined events, see Rule 200

(e) NationalDecathlon/Heptathlon SeeRule200.

(f) NationalThrowsChampionships ThrowsPentathlon-SeeRule201. UltraweightPentathlon-SeeRule203. SuperweightThrow

(g) NationalIndoorHeptathlon Thecompetitionconsistsofseveneventsinthefollowingorder: Firstday60Meters,LongJump,ShotPut,HighJump Secondday:60MeterHurdles,PoleVault,1000M(M)/800M(W)

2. There shall be clubChampionships atNational Indoor andOutdoor TrackandFieldChampionships.TheremaybeclubChampionshipsatRegionalandAssociationChampionships.Scoringshallbeinthefollowingmanner:(a) NationalChampionship:Scoring in individualeventsshallbe ineach five-

yearagegroup,ineach10yearagegroupinrelayevents,andshallbeeight(8)pointsforeachfirstplacescored,six(6)pointsforeachsecond,four(4)pointsforthird,three(3)pointsforfourth,two(2)pointsforfifth,andone(1)pointforsixth.Scoringinthedifferentagegroups,forbothmenandwomen,shallbeaddedtogethertodetermineclubchampions.Awardsshallbegiventothetopthreeclubs.

(b) RegionalandAssociationChampionships:Scoringformenandwomenmaybeseparateortogetherandmaybeinthefollowingagecategories:30-39,40-49, 50-59, 60 & over. The scoring method shall be described in theentrymaterial.

3. Whenitisnotfeasibletoholdaneventasastandardchampionshipevent,

the Sport Committee may authorize the elimination of that event or thesubstitutionofacomparableevent. Inaddition, theSportCommitteemayauthorize the substitution of OneMile for 1500Meters, either indoors oroutdoors.Ineithercase,theeliminationorsubstitutionmustbereflectedintheentryformandapplytoallagegroups.


RULE 332COMPETITIVE RULES AND STANDARDS FOR

MASTERS TRACK AND FIELD

1. general(a) There shall be no Regional Championship restrictions to any Masters

competitorinvolvingeligibilitytocompete.

(b) Wherethenumberofentrantswarrantsit,finalsmaybeconductedformultipleagesand/ormixedsexessimultaneously,subjecttothefollowingrestrictions:i. Ineventsstartinginlanes,allcompetitorsinagivenagedivisionmuststart

incontiguouslanes.

ii. Inthethrowingevents,thegroupsthatareconsolidatedgroupsshouldallusethesameimplementweight.Forexample,M60andM65maycompetesimultaneouslyintheshotput,sincebothgroupsusea5kgshot,butM65andM70shouldnotcompetesimultaneouslysinceM70usesa4kgshot.

iii. In field events, each consolidated flight should contain no more than12competitors.

(c) Every Championship event, including combined event championships, willuse the implementweights, hurdleheights and spacings, and race lengthsapprovedbyWMAasofJanuary1ofthecurrentyear.AspecificationwillbeconsideredtohavebeenapprovedbyWMAwhenithasbeenpublishedinthemostrecentIAAF/WMAHandbookapprovedbytheIAAFandWMACouncils.Inthecaseofanewimplement,thismustincludecompletespecifications.Forthose events included in combined events, this must also include revisedscoringtables.IfWMAapprovesaspecificationchangepriortoJanuary1withaneffectivedateafterJanuary1,theMastersCommitteemayadoptthenewspecificationwithaneffectivedateofeither (1)January1priortotheWMAeffectivedate,(2)thesamedateastheWMAeffectivedate,or(3)theJanuary1aftertotheWMAeffectivedate,andpublishsuchdateintheseRules.

2. Track(a) InordertocompletetheNationalTrackandFieldChampionshipswithinthe

schedule,theMastersTrackandFieldCommitteemayadoptandpublishatable for advancement to replace that of Rule 166.1(h), as long as theprinciples for advancement are maintained: advancement is primarily byplace; and at least two, and preferably three or more, competitors willadvanceonplacefromanyheattothesubsequentround.

NOTE: For indoor meets, the minimum number of athletes advanced by place may be reduced.

(b) When an individual or relay team, having qualified for a subsequent round,voluntarily withdraws for any reason, the next ranked original non-qualifier, ifchecked in with the clerk, and only that non-qualifier, shall be advanced toparticipateinthatsubsequentround.Thisprocedureiscontinuedasrequired.TheprovisionsofRule332.2(a)shallnotapply.Therefereemayreformtheheats.

(c) No penalty shall be imposed for the first false start, but the Starter shalldisqualifytheoffenderoroffendersonthesecondfalsestart.Falsestartsarecalledonindividuals,notonthefield.


NOTE: In practice, when one or more competitors makes a false start, others are inclined to follow and, strictly speaking, any competitor who does so has also made a false start. The Starter should charge only the competitor or competitors who, in the Starter's opinion, were responsible for the false start. This may result in more than one competitor being charged with a false start. If the unfair start is not due to any competitor, no competitor shall be charged.

(d) Thegeneralruleregardingtheuseofstartingblocksandstanceiswaived.Theuseofblocksandstanceiswithinthediscretionofthecompetitor.

(e) Ineventsof1500metersor longer, timed finals shallbe run. Ineventsof2000metersorlonger,thenumberofparticipantspersectionislimitedbyRule166.1(c).Thetotalnumberinthe1500metersandanyracewalkshouldnotexceed24.Forseedingoftimedfinals,seeRule166.4

(f) Relayteamsaredefinedasfollows: Club:InaccordancewithRegulation4-B,allmembersmustberesidentin

the Association in which the club is registered (or meet the residencyexceptionofRegulation4-B).

Non-Club:Anyteamnotmeetingtheclubdefinition.Non-clubrelayteamsaredefinedas:i. Association:AllmembersmustholdcurrentUSATFmembershipinthesame

Association,or

ii. Region: Allmembersmust hold current USATFmembership in the sameUSATFMastersregion,or

iii. Unrestricted: Any relay team that does not meet one of the threedefinitionsabove.

ClubandNon-Club relay teamsshallbeseparatedivisions.AtAssociation,Regional,andNationalTrackandFieldChampionships,andallothermeets,each relay team must meet one of the definitions above, or be a foreignnationalteamasguestcompetitorsintheNon-ClubDivision.AteammeetinganyoftheabovedefinitionsmaysetaMastersrecord.Separaterecordsshallbemaintainedintherelaysfor(1)Clubteamsand(2)Non-Clubteams.

(g) AtNationalTrackandFieldChampionships,theathletesadvancedtothefinalin every event shall consist of at least 2/3rds who are USA affiliated asdeterminedbyWMA.Ifadjustmentsareneededtomeetthisrequirement,thenthe reduction inguest finalistsshallbedeterminedbyperformancewithnoconsiderationtoplace.ThoseUSAaffiliatedathletesthatwereadvancedtothefinalsbyplaceshallretaintheirpositionandtheadditionalUSAaffiliatedathletesthatwillbeaddedtothefinalshallbeselectedbyperformancewithnoconsiderationtoplace.Thenumberof finalistsshallnotbe increasedtoincludeadditionalnon-USAaffiliatedathletefinalists.

(h) Combined event scoringwill use currentWMAscoringprocedures,WMAAgeFactorsandIAAFscoringtables.

NOTE: Age factors for ages 30 to 39 are published in Masters Age-Graded Tables.


(i) Inallhurdleraces,competitorsshallhurdlewithacontinuousmotionsuchthatbothfeetshallbeoffthegroundatleastforaninstant.

(j) Shuttle Hurdle Relay consists of four same-sex members competing in10-yearagegroups (30-39,40-49,50-59,etc.) running theOutdoorShortHurdles in adjacent lanes in opposite directions using the same hurdleheight, spacing, and distance as determined by the age of the youngestteammember. After the race start, each teammembermust be in a setposition when they start and shall start only after the incoming teammember’s torso passes their respective start line. No baton or otherexchange is required. Otherwise, all individual hurdle rules apply to eachhurdler.

(k) ThetableswhichfollowshowWMAracespecifications:

hURdLE hEIghTS ANd SPACINgS Ages distance height # To 1st Between to Finish

WOMEN'S INdOOR 30-39 60m 0.840m (33") 5 13.00m 8.50m 13.00m 40-49 60m 0.762m (30") 5 12.00m 8.00m 16.00m 50-59 60m 0.762m (30”) 5 12.00m 7.00m 20.00m 60&up 60m 0.686m (27") 5 12.00m 7.00m 20.00m

MEN'S INdOOR 30-49 60m 0.991m (39") 5 13.72m 9.14m 9.72m 50-59 60m 0.914m (36") 5 13.00m 8.50m 13.00m 60-69 60m 0.840m (33") 5 12.00m 8.00m 16.00m 70-79 60m 0.762m (30”) 5 12.00m 7.00m 20.00m 80&up 60m 0.686m (27") 5 12.00m 7.00m 20.00m

WOMEN'S OUTdOOR ShORT 30-39 100m 0.840m (33”) 10 13.00m 8.50m 10.50.m 40-49 80m 0.762m (30”) 8 12.00m 8.00m 12.00m 50-59 80m 0.762m (30”) 8 12.00m 7.00m 19.00m 60&up 80m 0.686m (27”) 8 12.00m 7.00m 19.00m

MEN'S OUTdOOR ShORT 30-49 110m 0.991m (39") 10 13.72m 9.14m 14.02m 50-59 100m 0.914m (36") 10 13.00m 8.50m 10.50m 60-69 100m 0.840m (33") 10 12.00m 8.00m 16.00m 70-79 80m 0.762m (30”) 8 12.00m 7.00m 19.00m 80&up 80m 0.686m (27") 8 12.00m 7.00m 19.00m

WOMEN'S OUTdOOR LONg 30-49 400m 0.762m (30") 10 45m 35m 40m 50-59 300m* 0.762m (30”) 7 50m 35m 40m 60-69 300m* 0.686m (27") 7 50m 35m 40m 70&up 200m* 0.686m (27") 5 20m 35m 40m

MEN’S OUTdOOR LONg 30-49 400m 0.914m (36”) 10 45m 35m 40m 50-59 400m 0.840m (33") 10 45m 35m 40m 60-69 300m* 0.762m (30") 7 50m 35m 40m 70-79 300m* 0.686m (27") 7 50m 35m 40m 80&up 200m 0.686m (27") 5 20m 35m 40m


*The locations for the hurdles in the 300m event are the same as those of the last seven hurdles of the 400m event. They are not same as the high school 300m hurdle race, which useseight hurdles. The locations for the hurdles in the 200m event are the same as those of

the last five hurdles of the 400m event.

WOMEN'S STEEPLEChASEAll 2000m 0.762m (30") See Rule 169

MEN'S STEEPLEChASE30-59 3000m 0.914m (36") See Rule 16960&up 2000m 0.762m (30")

3. Field(a) TheproceduressetforthinRule180.7shallbeappliedwhentherearemore

than12competitorsinfieldevents.

(b) When a vertical jumps group of competitors is sufficiently large and/ordiverseinability,theheadjudgeandthejumpsrefereemayhavetheoptionof dividing the group into two simultaneous competitions. The sameprogressionofincrementsshallbeused.

(c) In the High Jump and Pole Vault, a competitor who has passed threeconsecutiveheightsafterthecompetitionhasbegunmaybepermittedawarmupjumpwithoutthecrossbarinplace.Onesuchjumpshallbeallowedforeachthreepassedheightsandmaybetakenonlyasearned,notcumulatively.

(d) IntheHighJumpandPoleVault,Masterscompetitorsareallowedtotouch

thelandingareabeforeclearingthebar,butmaynotusethelandingareatoanyadvantageasdeterminedbytheFieldJudge.

(e) Rule181.7appliestoanycompetitorwhohaswonanagedivision,subjecttothefollowing.ForanyheightsnotannouncedbytheChiefJudgeatthebeginningofthecompetition,onlyacompetitorwhohaswonanagedivisionmay jump or vault. Any such additional heights will be in the normalsequenceofraisingthebar.

NOTE: For example, assume the Chief Judge announces ..., 1.80m, 1.85m, 1.90m,... at the beginning of the competition. If competitor A wins at 1.80m, with B and C in another age group, and requests 1.88m, the bar will first be raised to 1.85m for B and C, then 1.88m for A only, then 1.90m, etc.

(f) Privately owned implements shall be exempt from the loss of identityrule(Rule187.10).

(g) TheWMAspecificationsforthrowingimplements,includingtheSuperweight,areshowninthefollowingtable:

WMA IMPLEMENTSAges Shot discus hammer Javelin Weight

WOMEN30-49 4 kg 1 kg 4 kg 600 g 9.08 kg (20 lb)50-59 3 kg 1 kg 3 kg 500 g 7.26 kg (16 lb)60-74 3 kg 1 kg 3 kg 400 g 5.45 kg (12 lb)75+ 2 kg 0.75 kg 2 kg 400 g 4 kg (8.8 lb)


MEN Ages Shot discus hammer Javelin Weight 30-49 7.26 kg (16 lb) 2 kg 7.26 kg (16 lb) 800 g 15.88 kg (35 lb)50-59 6 kg 1.5 kg 6 kg 700 g 11.34 kg (25 lb)60-69 5 kg 1 kg 5 kg 600 g 9.08 kg (20 lb)70-79 4 kg 1 kg 4 kg 500 g 7.26 kg (16 lb)80&up 3 kg 1 kg 3 kg 400 g 5.45 kg (12 lb)

SUPERWEIghT Ages Weight

WOMEN 30-49 15.88kg (35 lb) 50-59 11.34kg (25 lb) 60-74 9.08kg (20 lb) 75 & up 7.26kg (16 lb)

MEN 30-59 25.40kg (56 lb) 60-69 20.00kg(44 lb) 70-79 15.88kg (35 lb) 80 & up 11.34kg (25 lb)

RULE 333MASTERS RACE WALKING CHAMPIONSHIPS

1. Outdoors MastersracewalkingChampionshipsmaybeheldatanydistanceof1500

metersor longerandmaybeconductedwiththeOpenChampionships.A5000MeterWalkisaChampionshipeventintheNationalOutdoorTrackandFieldChampionships,heldinadditiontothe5000MeterWalkChampionshipconductedinaccordancewiththelistinRule25.1(a).

2. Indoors The 3000 Meter Walk is an event in the National Indoor Track and

FieldChampionships.

Forrecordrequirements,SeeRule266. ForChampionshipmeetrequirements,SeeRules25.2through25.4.

3. Team Championships Inracewalkingevents,exceptthoseconductedaspartoftheMastersTrack

andFieldChampionship,teamchampionshipsshallbeconductedin10-yearagedivisionsformenandwomen.Foralldivisions,thenumberofentriesforeachteamshallbeunlimited,thenumberofdeclaredteammembersshallbeuptofive(5),andthree(3)individualsshallscore.TeamChampionshipsattheAssociationlevelareoptional.


SECTION II-BMASTERS LONG DISTANCE RUNNING


1. TheMastersLongDistanceRunningCommitteeshallconductandsuperviseaprogramforlongdistancerunningforallathletesovertheageof40.

2. All long distance running races with masters athletes are encouraged tofollow the rules for Masters Long Distance Running Championshipswheneverpossible.

3. Acompetitormaybeaskedtoprovidehis/her legaldateofbirthwhenhe/she registers for a USATF sanctioned competition. In the case that acompetitorclaimsarecordorreceivesprizemoneyforanyage-dependentevent,he/shemaybe required topresentproofofage.The formofproofunlessotherwisespecified,shallbeacertifiedcopyofabirthcertificateorapassport.OnceanathletehasdeclaredabirthdateforU.S.competition,theathletemaynotsubsequentlychangethatbirthdatetogainanadvantageinadifferentagegroup.Intheeventthatanactualbirthdateisunascertainableforaforeigncompetitor,he/sheshallcontacttheembassyintheUSofthecompetitor’scountryofcitizenshiporbirthanddeterminethebestmethodforageverification.Thismethodmay include issuanceofanewpassport,certifiedbirthcertificateorcourtorderverifyingtheageoftheindividual.Theobligationtoobtainageverificationdocumentationisontheathlete.

RULE 341MASTERS LONG DISTANCE CHAMPIONSHIPS

1. Team Championships in cross country shall be conducted in 10-year agedivisions,40+,50+,60+and70+,formenandwomen.TeamChampionshipsinthesesamedivisionsmaybeconductedinotherMasterslongdistanceevents.An80+divisionformenand/orwomenmaybeaddedatthediscretionoftheGames Committee. The maximum number of entries per team shall beunlimited.InAssociationchampionships,themaximumnumberofentriesforateam,andthenumberofmembersofeachteamtofinishforscoringmaybedeterminedbytheGamesCommittee.

Teamscoringforcrosscountryshallbeasfollows:• M40+,M50+andM60+five(5)individualsshallscorewithamaximumofnine

(9)individualsdeclaredperteam;

• M60+andabove,andallwomen’steamsthree(3)individualsshallscorewithamaximumoffive(5)individualsdeclaredperteam.

TeamscoringforroadracingChampionshipsshallbeasfollows:• Allteams,menandwomen,inall10-yearagedivisions,three(3)individuals

shallscorewithamaximumoffive(5)individualsdeclaredperteam


2. MastersChampionshipsmaybeheldatanydistanceofonemileorlongeroffthetrack(i.e.,road,trail,mountainorcrosscountry),andatanydistancelongerthan10,000metersonthetrack.

3. ChampionshipsmustbesanctionedbyUSATF,androadcoursesshouldbecertified prior to bid submittal and must be USATF-certified prior to therunningoftheevent.

4. Theageofthecompetitoronthedayofthestartoftheracedeterminestheagedivision.Arunnermaycompeteinayoungerdivisionasateammember.If he/she runs on a younger team, the runner may still compete as anindividualinhis/hertrueagedivisionifbothdivisionsarerunsimultaneously.OnlyabirthcertificateoraU.S.passportwillbeacceptableasproofofage.

5. Competitors inaChampionshipmustbecurrentmembersofUSATF.OnlyU.S.citizensshallbeallowedtowinUSATFmedalsandotherChampionshipawardsortoscoreonateam.

6. InMastersLDRchampionships,tobeeligibleforindividualorteamscoringorawards,abib,suppliedbythegamescommitteewhichidentifiesgenderandagegroup,shallbewornontheback.

7. If a Masters Championship is part of a larger event, Championshipcompetitorsshallbeeligibleforawardsintheirdivisionsoragegroupsinthenon-championshipevent.

8. TeamsshallrepresentcurrentmemberclubsofUSATF,verifiedthroughthenationaloffice.USATFAssociation,Regional,orNational“all-star”teamsarenoteligibletocompeteinMastersLongDistanceRunningTeamcompetition.TeammembersshallbeaffiliatedwiththeclubtheyarerepresentingontheirUSATFmembershiprecordpriortoenteringthecompetition.Oneathleteperteam(i.e.,ClubM50+team)whoisanon-residentmemberofanAssociationiseligibletocompeteforateaminthatAssociation.

9. For teamscoring,seeRule7.Unless theChampionshipeventhas issueditemssuchaslettersordistinguishingnumberstoidentifyteams,seeRule253forapparelrequirementsinteam-scoredChampionships

10. AneventchosenasaMastersLongDistanceRunningChampionshipshalluse a transponder timing system as the primary timing and recordingsystem.Inaddition,afullyautomatictimingcameraorvideosystemplacedon the finish line must be used to validate places, times and possiblerecords.Non-championshipeventsmayuse"selecttiming"tovalidatetimesandrecords.Fortranspondertiming,FATcamera,videotimingrequirementsandtimingpractices,seeRule165.Forrecords,seeRule265.1.

11. RegulationUSATFmedalsshallbeawarded to first,second,and thirdplaceindividuals in each age division and to the declared members of the first,secondandthirdplaceteamsineachteamdivision.RegulationUSATFmedals


mayalsobeawardedtotheoverallfirst,second,andthirdplaceage-gradedindividuals for each gender.Championship patchesmay be awarded to thewinnersofeachagedivisionandtothedeclaredmembersofthewinningteamineachteamdivision.


ILLUSTRATIONS


EXAMPLEOFAPPROVEDHURDLE

FIgURE 1


NOTE:This diagram is an illustration of the approximate location of starting lines and barrier locations based on an inside water jump. The specific locations will change depending on the given track layout, particularly for an outside water jump.

FIgURE 2


FIgURE 3 – STEEPLEChASE BARRIER

FIgURE 4 – WATER JUMP


�

FIgURE 5 – POLE VAULT BOx ANd LANdINg AREA


FIgURE 6 – TAkE-OFF BOARd ANd PLASTICINE BOARd

FIgURE 7 – ENd VIEW OF CROSSBAR

(a)

(b)


FIgURE 8 – LAyOUT OF CONCENTRIC CIRCLES FOR dISCUS ANd hAMMER

34.92

34.92


FIgURE 9 – LAyOUT OF ShOT STOPBOARd

FIgURE 10 – dISCUS

1.15m-1.21m(±0.01m)inlength


FIgURE 11 – JAVELIN RUNWAy ANd LANdINg SECTOR(NOT TO SCALE)


FIgURE 12 – IAAF hAMMER/dISCUS CAgE LAyOUTS


FIgURE 13 – ALTERNATE LAyOUTS USINg PRE-2004 CAgES


FIgURE 14 – hAMMER hANdLE

110 mm maximum length

NOTE: The hammer handle may have any configuration that meets the specifications (Rule 191.7). This includes all configurations in this figure and variants thereof.


FIgURE 15 – WEIghT hANdLE

HANDLE FOR WEIGHT WITH FILLED HEAD

Inside measurements= 160 mm max,

100 mm min


100 mm min


100 mm min


100 mm min

Handle with internal braceHandle without internal brace

(all sides must be equal)


100 mm min


100 mm min

Two long sides= 190 mm max,

100 mm min

3rd side =100 mm minimum

Two long sides= 190 mm max,

100 mm min

3rd side =100 mm minimum Inside measurements

= 190 mm max,100 mm min


100 mm min

HANDLE FOR WEIGHT WITH ALL-METAL HEAD

Handle with internal brace

Handle without internal brace(all sides equal)

Handle without internal brace(2 equal sides longer than 3rd side)


FIgURE 16 – MINI JAVELIN


SPECIAL SECTIONADAPTATIONS TO

USA TRACK & FIELD RULES OF COMPETITIONFOR INDIVIDUALS WITH DISABILITIES

INTROdUCTIONThissectioncontainsasummaryofadaptationsandmodificationstoUSATrack& Field rules for competitions for individuals with disabilities. In this countryessentially all competitions for athletes with disabilities use the rules of theInternationalParalympicCommittee (IPC)Athleticssection. In theUSthereareonlyafewexceptionstotheIPCrules,involvingJuniorcompetitions,whicharenotedinthissection(andareidentifiedbybeinginitalicsandwithinparentheses).TheIPCrulesarebasedonIAAFrules,thereforetheyalsoarecompatiblewiththeUSATrack&Fieldrules.TheIPCrulesmakemodificationsonlyasnecessarytoaccommodatetheparticularmethodofcompetitionforeachtypeofdisability.The following selected rule modifications have been reprinted, using thenumberingoftheUSATFrulebook,withpermissionfromtheIPCAthletics.ForacompletesetofthefinalapprovedIPCrulesmodifications,includingadministrativerulesandguidelinesfor2013,visittheIPCwebsite(http://www.paralympic.org/Athletics/Rulesandregulations/Rules).

Withregardtoathleteswithdisabilitiesenteringopencompetitions,pleasereferto the “USATF Policy and Procedures for Evaluation of Requests forAccommodationsPursuant to theAmericanswithDisabilitiesAct” (http://www.usatf.org/about/legal/policies/ADA.asp).

Insituationswhereanathletewithlegprosthesesentersanopencompetitionatthe local level,at the timeof thiswriting the researchappears to indicate thatsuchprosthesesarenotinviolationofRule143.3.

Mostrulemodificationscitedbelowareassociatedwithanotationofdisabilityclass;e.g.,“ClassesT32-34,T51-54”.A letterprefixspecifiesTrackevents (T),Fieldevents(F)orCombinedevents(P).Thenumbersindicatetheparticulartypeandlevelofdisability.

NUMBERS IN ThE LOW TEENS INdICATE BLINd AThLETES:Class11: Nolightperceptionineithereyeuptolightperception,butinabilityto

recognizetheshapeofahandatanydistanceorinanydirection.

Class12: Fromability to recognize theshapeofahandup tovisualacuityof2/60and/orvisualfieldoflessthan5degrees.

Class13: Fromvisual acuityof above2/60up to visual acuityof 6/60and/orvisualfieldofmorethan5degreesandlessthan20degrees.

(NOTE: All classifications in best eye with best correction; i.e., all athletes who use contact or corrective lenses must wear them for classification, whether they intend to compete wearing them or not.)


NUMBERS IN ThE 20S INdICATE AThLETES WITh INTELLECTUAL dISABILITIES:AthleteswithActivityLimitationsthatresultfromanIntellectualImpairmentandmeetallstandardsbelow:A. Significantimpairmentinintellectualfunctioning.Thisisdefinedas2

standarddeviationsbelowthemean,thatis,aFullScaleIQscoreof75orlower.

B. Significantlimitationsinadaptivebehaviorasexpressedinconceptual,social,andpracticaladaptiveskills.

Thisisdefinedasatleast2standarddeviationsbelowthemeanofeither

a). one of the following 3 types of adaptive behavior: conceptual, social, orpracticalskills,or

b). an overall score on a standardized measure of conceptual, social andpracticalskills.

C. Intellectualdisabilitymustbeevidentbeforeage18.

NUMBERS IN ThE 30S INdICATE AThLETES WITh CEREBRAL PALSy:Class31: Severe tetraplegic (quadraplegic)/triplegic – requires use of power

wheelchair,morespasticityprevalent.

Class32: Severe tetraplegic-wheelchair, may propel wheelchair with legs orarms,betterupperextremity rangeofmotionandcoordination thanClass31,moreathetosispresent.

Class33: Weaktetraplegic,triplegicormoderatehemiplegic–wheelchair.

Class34: Paraplegic:goodupperextremitystrengthandcontrol–wheelchair.

Class35: Paraplegic,moderatehemiplegic,mayambulatewithoutwheelchairinregularanddailyactivities.Mayormaynotuseassistivedevicesasambulatory support. NDSA defines assistive devices as ambulatorysupportdevicessuchascrutches,walkersorcanes.Bracesarenotconsideredassistivedevices.

Class36: Tetraplegic athetoid - severe triplegic, usually ambulates withoutwalkingaids,athetosismoreprevalent.

Class37: Moderatehemiplegicormoderatetominimaltetraplegic.

Class38: Minimallydisabledgroup.

NUMBERS IN ThE 40S INdICATE AMPUTEES:Class42: Singleabovekneeamputationorequivalent.

Class43: Doublebelowkneeamputationorequivalent.


Class44: Singlebelowkneeamputationorequivalent.

Class45: Doublearmamputation(eitheraboveorbelowtheelbow)orequivalent.

Class46: Singlearmamputation(eitheraboveorbelowtheelbow)orequivalent.(Class40isDwarfs)

NUMBERS IN ThE 50S INdICATE AThLETES WITh SPINAL CORd INJURIES. AThLETES ARE dIVIdEd By ThEIR PhySICAL LEVEL OF FUNCTION. TRACk hAS FOUR LEVEL OF FUNCTION, LISTEd FROM WEAkEST TO STRONgEST:

ClassT51:Theseathleteshavenohandfunction,areunabletousethemusclesthatstraightentheirelbows,andtheirhandsremainincontactorcloseto thepushing rimwith thepower coming from their elbow flexion.Neurologicallevel:C6

ClassT52:Theseathleteshave limitedornohand function.Power forpushingnowcomes fromelbowextension,wrist extensionandactivechestmuscles. Their headmaybe forcedbackwards (by theuseof neckmuscles),producingslightuppertrunkmovementseventhoughtheydonothaveuseoftheirtrunkmuscles.Neurologicallevel:C7-C8.

ClassT53: These athletes have normal or nearly normal upper limb function.Thereisnoactivetrunkmovement,althoughthetrunkmaymovewiththepushingaction;otherwisethetrunkisusuallylyingonthetuckeduplegs.Theytendtointerruptpushingmovementstosteer,thenhavedifficultyresumingthepushingposition.Whenbraking,thetrunkstaysclosetothepushingposition.Neurologicallevel:T1-T7.

ClassT54:Theseathleteshavenormalupperlimbfunctionaswellasbackwardmovementof the trunk,oftenwith rotationmovementsof the trunk.They may use the trunk movements to steer around curves, andusuallydonothavetointerruptthepushingstrokeratearoundcurves.Whenstoppingquickly, thetrunkmovestowardanuprightposition.They are able to use their abdominals for power, particularly whenstarting,butalsowhenpushing.Neurologicallevel:T8-S2.

Allathletescompeteinthe100m,200m,400m,800m,1500m,5000m,and10,000m.Relaysincludethe4x100mand4x400m.

FIELd hAS NINE FUNCTIONAL CLASSES, FROM WEAkEST TO STRONgEST:ClassF51:Theseathleteshavenogriporabilitytoextendthearmorusetheir

trunk or legs. They use resin or adhesive substance for grip. Thediscusisthrownwithaflattrajectory.Theirotherimplementisa“club”thatishookedbetweenthefingersandthrownforward,orbackwardovertheirhand(usingstrongelbowflexors).Neurologicallevel:C6.

ClassF52:These athletes have difficulty with gripping, but are able to extend


theirarm.(Nouseoftrunkorlegs.)Shot:Theyareunabletoformafist,andthereforedonotusuallyhavefingercontactwiththeshotatthereleasepoint.Discus:Theyhavedifficultyplacingthefingersovertheedgeofthediscus,butmaydosowiththeaidofcontracturesorspasticity.Javelin:Theyusuallygraspthejavelinbetweenthefingers.Neurologicallevel:C7.

ClassF53:Theseathleteshavenearlynormalgrip,nouseof trunkor legs. OrtheyhavehandfunctionofF52withtrunkmuscles.Shot:Usuallyagoodfistcanbemade,sotheyareabletousesomespreadingofthefingersandcan “grasp” the shotwhenputting.Discus: Theyhavegood finger function tohold thediscus,andmaybeable to impartspintothediscus.Javelin:Theyusuallygripthejavelinbetweenthethumb and index finger. They have the ability to hold the javelinbecauseoftheabilitytousehandmusclesthatspreadandclosethefingers.Neurologicallevel:C8.

ClassF54:These athletes havenormal or nearly normal hand function, but nosittingbalance,ortheyhavehandfunctionofF53withtrunkmuscles.Theyputtheshot,andthrowthediscusandjavelin.Usuallytheyholdontopartofthechairforbalancewhilethrowing.Someathletesinthisclass will have normal hand function, but no functional trunkmovements. Others will have some trunk movements, but handfunctionsuchasF53.Neurologicallevel:T1-T7.

ClassF55:Threetrunkmovementsmaybeseeninthisclass:1)offthebackofthe chair (in an upward direction); 2)movement in the forward andbackwardplane;and3)sometrunkrotation.Theyhavefair togoodsittingbalance.Theydonothavefunctionalhipmovement,sodonothave the ability to lift the thigh upward in sitting. They may havestiffnessoftheirspinethatimprovesbalance,butreducestheabilitytorotatethespine.Withtheshotandjavelin,theytendtouseforwardandbackwardmovements,whereaswiththediscustheypredominantlyusearotarymovement.Neurologicallevel:T8-L1.

ClassF56:These athletes also put the shot and throw the discus and javelin.They have very good balance and movements in the forward andbackwardplane,withgoodtrunkrotation.Theycanlifttheirthighsoffthe chair and press the knees together. Some have the ability tostraightenandbendtheirknees.Neurologicallevel:L2-L5.

ClassF57:Theseathletesalsohavetheabilitytomovesidetoside,sotheycanthrowacrosstheirbody.Theyusuallycanbendonehipbackwardtopushthethigh intothechair,andcanbendoneankledownwardtopushdownwiththefoot.Neurologicallevel:S1-S2.

ClassF58:Asittingclass,butnotmore than70points in the lower limbs.Areunabletorecoverbalanceinchallengedstandingposition.Athletesinthis class choosing to compete standing rather than seated areclassifiedasClass42-44,dependingonleveloffunction.


Athletescompete intheshotput,discus, javelinandclub.AllclassesF51-F58throwfromathrowingcircle2.135mto2.50mindiameter.Theirchairsaretieddownwithvarioustypesofstrapsandhookstoassurethechairdoesnotmoveduringtheirthrow.Itisnotnecessaryforthefieldchairtohavewheels.Throwingcagesareadvisableforthediscusandclubtoprotectothers.

Thefollowingarethe2013rulemodificationstoIAAF/USATFrulesforcompetitionsforathleteswithdisabilities,basedontheIPCrules.Therulenumbersnotedreferto the USATF Rule Book. (Further modifications applicable only to US JuniorcompetitionsandWTFUSArulesforathletesunderage14areinparenthesesanditalicized. Full USAWTFUSA rules and exceptions that cover all athlete withdisabilitiesdivisionsare availableon theWASUSA.orgwebsite - http://www.WASUSA.org.)

SECTION I – OFFICIALSRule 129: Starter and Recall Starters

Rule 129.3 (Classes T32-34, T51-54)Add:Note2:Inwheelchairracesof800morlongerthestarterhastheauthoritytorecallaraceforarestartifacollisioninvolvingathletesintheraceoccursinthefirst50m. This does not reduce or remove the authority of the Referee to takeappropriateactiononreportsreceivedfromumpiresduringthisportionoftherace.

SECTION II - gENERAL COMPETITION RULESAdd: Rule 141: Age groups

Rule 141.1 (All Classes)ThefollowingagegroupsarerecognizedbyIPCAthletics:

(a) JuniorMalesandFemales:Anyathleteof18or19yearson31stDecemberintheyearofthecompetition.

(b)YouthBoysandGirls:Anyathleteof16or17yearson31stDecemberintheyearofthecompetition.

(c) Under16BoysandGirls:Anyathleteof14or15yearson31stDecemberintheyearofthecompetition.

(d)Under 14 boys and girls: Any athlete of 11,12 or 13 years on the 31stDecemberintheyearofcompetition.)

(e) Under 11 boys and girls: Any athlete of 7,8,9 or 10 years on the 31stDecemberintheyearofcompetition.)

Note: An athlete must be 14 by 31st December in the year of competition to compete in a senior event.

Rule 143: Clothing, Shoes and Number Bibs

Rule 143.1 (Classes F32-34, F51-58)Add:Note:Infieldeventsclothingmustbeclosefitting,andnotbeloose,sothattheviewofthejudgesisnotimpeded.


Rule 143.4 (Classes T32-34, T51-54, F32-34, F51-58)Add:Note1:Everyathletemustbeprovidedwithanadditionalnumberbibtobewornvisiblyonthebackofthechairorthrowingframe.

Rule 143.4 (Classes T32-34, T51-54)Add: Note2: Ineventsof800mor longer (including the4x400mrelay), thesenumbersshallbewornonthehelmet.

Add: Rule 143.12 (Classes T/F35-38, T/F42-46)Athletesmaywearaprostheticororthotic inorder toensureboth legsareofequallength.

Prosthetic/sororthotic/sarerequiredtocomplywithIPCAthletics“spirit”oftheinfluence of technology on equipment guidelines contained in Article 3.5:Technology&Equipment[intheIPCAthleticsrulebook].

Prosthetic(s)ororthotic(s)shouldbereviewedbytheTechnicalOfficialresponsibleforcheckingathleticequipmentat IPCAthleticsApprovedCompetitions.TheyshouldadvisetheIPCAthleticsTechnicalDelegateregardinganyequipmentthattheybelievemaybreachtheguidelinescontained inArticle3.5: Technology&Equipment prior to the commencement of the respective event. The IPCTechnicalDelegatecanrulewhetherornottheequipmentcanbeusedduringtherespectiveevent.

Add: Rule 143.13 (Classes T42-44)In track events athletes in Sports Classes T42-44 must use leg prostheses.Hoppingisnotallowedintrackevents.

Add: Rule 143.14 (Classes F42-44)In field events athletes in Sports Classes F42-44, the wearing of prosthesesisoptional.

Add: Rule 143.15 (Class T/F11)AthletesinClassesT/F11mustwearapprovedopaqueglassesoranappropriatesubstituteinalltrackand/orfieldevents.Theopaqueglassesortheirsubstitutemustbeapprovedbytheresponsibletechnicalofficial.Whentheathleteisnotcompeting,theopaqueglassesortheirsubstitutemayberemoved.

Add: Rule 143.16 (Classes T32-34, T51-54)Thewearingofhelmets iscompulsory inall individualandteamtrackracesof800morlonger,includingthe4x400mrelayandinallroadraces.(USexceptionforJuniors:Competitorsinallwheelchairtrackeventsshallwearan approved (safety certification) helmet no matter the distance of the eventwhentheyareinthetrackvenue.)

Rule 144: Assistance to Athletes

Add: Rule 144.3(j) (Classes T/F11-12, F31-32, F51-53, F54)Guide-runnersforClassesT/F11-12athletes,andGuidesforathletesinClasses


F31-32,F51-53will bepermitted toaccompanyathletesonto thecompetitionarea.ClassF54athletes thatcanshowamedicaldocument,approvedby theeventmedicalcommittee,mayalsobeaccompaniedbyaguide.Guide-runnersor Guides must be clearly identified by wearing a distinctively colored vestprovidedbytheLocalOrganizingCommittee.

Add: Rule 144.3(k) (Classes F31-32, F51-53)Athletes in Classes F31-32, F51-53 are permitted one Guide per event whocanassist:

(a) officialstoensuretheathletetransferssafelytothethrowingframe,and

(b) assistathletestostrapthemselvestotheirthrowingframe. The Guide must withdraw from the competition area once they have

completedthesetasksandmust followanydirectivesfromtheofficialsoftheeventwhiletheyareinthecompetitionarea.

Note: Strapping: If used must be only to the frame with non-elastic material.

Add: Rule 144.3(l) (Classes T11-12)AthletesinClassesT11-12areencouragedtoprovidetheirownGuide-runners.Howevertheorganizersshouldprovideanappropriateguide-runneriftheneedhas been indicated on the entry form in advance following the “request for aGuide-runner”requirementsoftheLocalOrganizingCommittee.

Add: Rule 144.3(m) (Classes T11-12)The method of guidance for athletes in Classes T11-12 is the choice of theathlete.Theathletemaychoosetouseanelbowlead,atetherortorunfree.Inaddition, the runnermay receive verbal instruction from theGuide-runner. Theguideisnotallowedtouseabicycleorothermechanicalmeansoftransport.

Add: Rule 144.3(n) (Classes T11-12)TheGuide-runnerisnotallowedtopullorpropeltheathleteinClassesT11-12inordertogainanadvantageatanystageduringtherace.

Add: Rule 144.3(o) (Classes T11-12)Whetherornotatetherisbeingused,athletesinClassesT11-12andtheirGuide-runnersmustnotbemorethan0.5mapart,except:

(a) UnderexceptionalcircumstancesatthediscretionoftheTechnicalDelegate(orReferee),or

(b) During the last 10m of an event the 0.5m rule does not apply providedinterferencedoesnotoccur.

Add: Rule 144.3(p) (Classes T11-12)Forracesfurtherof800morlongerathletesinClassesT11-12areallowedtousetwo (2) Guide-runners. However, only one (1) interchange of Guide-runners ispermittedforeachathleteperrace.Theinterchangemusttakeplacewithoutanyhindrance to other athletes, and must take place only on the straight. TheintentiontointerchangeGuide-runnersmustbenotifiedinadvancetotheRefereeandTechnicalDelegate.The technicalofficialswilldetermine theconditionsoftheinterchangeandwillcommunicatetheseinadvancetotheathletes.


Add: Rule 144.3(q) (Classes F11-12)AGuidemay bring athletes to the throwing circle or runway. TheGuidemayassist the athleteby orienting themwith the throwing circle or on the runwaybefore each attempt. The Guide must leave the circle or runway before theattemptbegins.Acousticorientation ispermittedbefore,duringandaftereachattempt.Athletesmayonlybeguidedfromthecircleorrunwayaftertheofficialshavedeterminedwhetherornottheattemptwasavalidone.Note: If the official in charge of the event decides that a Guide who is providing acoustic orientation is in an unsafe location then the official has the right to require the Guide to move.

Add: Rule 144.3(r) (Class F11)ForathletesinClassF11,acousticsignalsarepermittedduringtheLongJump,Triple Jump and High Jump. However, no visual modification to the existingfacilityispermitted.Ineventswhereacousticassistanceisbeingusedcompletesilenceshallberequestedfromspectators.Note: Whenever possible, to ensure silence, events in which acoustic assistance is being used should not be timetabled together with other running events.

Add: Rule 144.3(s) (Class F12)Forathletes inClass12,visualmodificationof theexisting facility ispermittedduringfieldevents(i.e.,Paint,chalk,powder,cones,flags,etc.)atthediscretionoftheTechnicalDelegateorReferee.Acousticsignalsmayalsobeused.

Add: Rule 144.3(t) (Classes T20, T35-38, T42-T46)Some athletes in Classes T20, T35-38 and T42-46 may require their startingblockstobesetforthem,ortheirrunwaymarkerstobeatapresetdistancefromthetake-offboard,priortothecompetition.TheTechnicalDelegate(orReferee)will provide the appropriate athletes with a document on which to showtheirrequirements.Note: IPC Athletics recognizes the special needs of deaf-blind athletes, and is keen to encourage and facilitate their participation in competition. In cases where deaf-blind athletes are competing in an event, some “common sense” modification to current IPC Athletics Rules may be necessary. Such modification should only be permitted with the prior approval of the Technical Delegate. In principal, no rule modification that disadvantages any other athlete will be allowed.

Rule 144.7 (Classes T11-T12)Add: Note: Ineventsof800mandabove,peopleother thanofficialsmaycallintermediate times from an area inside the competition area that has beendesignatedforthatpurposebytheappropriatereferee.

Rule 145: disqualification

Add: Rule 145.4 (Classes 51-58)Athletesmustensurethaturineisnotallowedtodrainfromstoragedevicessuchaslegbagsontothecompetitionorwarmupareas.Failuretodosomayresultindisqualification.


SECTION III - TRACk EVENTS

Add: Rule 158: Wheelchair Track (Classes T32-34, T51-54)

Rule 158.1Thewheelchairshallhavetwo(2)largewheelsandone(1)ortwo(2)smallwheels.The small wheel(s)must be at the front of the chair. (Note that in ParalympicGames,IPCWorldChampionshipsandIPCRegionalChampionshipswheelchairsshallhavetwolargewheelsandone(1)smallwheel.)

Rule 158.2 (a) Nopartofthebodyofthewheelchairmayextendforwardbeyondthehubof

thefrontwheelandbewiderthantheinsideofthehubsofthetworearwheels.

(b) Themaximumheight fromthegroundof themainbodyof thewheelchairshallbe50cm.

(c) Nopartofthewheelchairmayprotrudebehindtheverticalplaneofthebackedgeofthereartires.

Rule 158.3 (a) Themaximumdiameterofthelargewheelincludingtheinflatedtireshallnot

exceed70cm.

(b) Themaximumdiameterofthesmallwheelincludingtheinflatedtireshallnotexceed50cm.

Rule 158.4Onlyoneplain,round,push-rimisallowedforeachlargewheel.Note: This rule may be waived for persons requiring a single arm drive chair, if so stated on their medical and Games identity cards or at the discretion of the Technical Delegate (or Referee) in consultation with the Chief Classifier.

Rule 158.5Nomechanicalgearsorleversareallowedtopropelthewheelchair.

Rule 158.6Onlyhandoperated,mechanicalsteeringdevicesareallowed.

Rule 158.7Inallracesof800morover,theathletemustbeabletoturnthefrontwheel(s)manuallybothtotheleftandtotheright.

Rule 158.8Theuseofmirrorsisnotpermittedinwheelchairtrackorroadraces.

Rule 158.9WheelchairswillbemeasuredandinspectedintheCallRoomandmustnotleavethatareabeforethestartoftheevent.Wheelchairscanbere-examinedbytheofficialsbeforeoraftertheevent.


Rule 158.10Athletesmustensurethatnopartoftheir lower limbscanfall tothegroundortrackduringtheevent.

Rule 158.11Itistheresponsibilityofthecompetitortoensurethewheelchairconformstotherequirementsstipulatedabove.Noeventshallbedelayedwhileanathletemakesadjustmentstothewheelchair.

Rule 158.12ItshallbetheresponsibilityoftheTechnicalOfficials(i.e.,JudgesandReferees)toruleonthesafetyofthewheelchairandtheathleteusingit.

ForClassT32,Rules158.1-12applytothisclasswiththefollowingexceptiona) In all competitions the wheelchair configuration may have two (2) large

wheelsandamaximumoftwo(2)smallwheels.b) The athlete may propel the chair with the feet and can do so forward

orbackward.c) Class2lowerathletesareexemptfromanyrulesinsistingthatnopartofthe

limbsshouldfalltothegroundortrackduringanevent.d) Mirrorsareallowedonthechair.

IfaT32competesinahigherclass,theseexceptionstothisruledonotapply.

Rule 161: Starting Blocks

Rule 161.2 (Classes T35-38, T42-46)Inthefirstlinereplace“areto”with“may”inrelationtotheapplicationofthisruletoathletesinClassesT35-38andT42-46.

Add: Note 3:A four-point stance is not requiredby athletes in anyof theseClasses. It isacceptableforarmamputeeathletesorthosewithshortarmstousepadsonwhichtoreststumpsatthestartortoimprovebalance.Padsmustbecompletelybehindthestartlineandnotinterferewithanyotherathlete.Thepads should be a similar color to the track or of a neutral color. As per Rule144.2(u),someathletesinClassesT35-38andT42-46mayrequiretheirstartingblocks tobeset for themprior to thecompetition.TheTechnicalDelegate (orReferee)willprovidetheappropriateathleteswithadocumentonwhichtoshowtheirrequirements.

Rule 162: The Start

Rule 162.5 (Classes T11-13, T20, T35-38, T42-46, T51-54)Add:Note:Whereacompetitorhasahearingimpairment,aflagorothervisualdevicemaybeusedaswellasapistoltosignalthestart.Insomecircumstances,forathleteswithbothavisualandahearingimpairment,anofficialmaytouchanathletetosignalthestart.

Rule 162.7 (Classes T32-34, T51-54)Replacewith:Afterthe“OnYourmarks”command,anathleteshallapproachthe


startline,assumeapositionentirelywithinhisallocatedlaneandbehindthestartline. At the “Set” command, an athlete should immediately take up his finalstartingpositionretainingthecontactofthefrontwheelwiththegroundbehindtheline.

Rule 162.15 (Classes T32-34, T51-54)Add:Note2:AsperRule129.3(Note2),inwheelchairracesof800morlongerthestarterhastheauthoritytorecallaraceforarestart(butisnotobligedtodoso)ifacollisioninvolvingathletesintheraceoccursinthefirst50m.ThisdoesnotreduceorremovetheauthorityoftheRefereetotakeappropriateactiononreportsreceivedfromumpiresduringthisportionoftherace.

(USexceptionforJuniors:ForallU11andU14classathletescompetingintrackthezerofalsestartruleisamendedtoallowonefalsestartonthefieldbeforeanathleteisdisqualified.)

Rule 163: The Competition

Add: Rule 163.15 (Classes T32-34, T51-54)During wheelchair races propulsion by any other method except the athletepushingonthewheelsorpush-rimswillresultindisqualification.

Add: Rule 163.16 (Classes T32-34, T51-54)Duringwheelchairracesanathletecomingfrombehindinanattempttoovertakecarriestheresponsibilityofensuringfullclearanceofthechairbeingovertakenbeforecuttingacross.Theathletebeingovertakenhastheresponsibilitynottoobstructorimpedetheincomingathleteoncethefrontwheel(s)oftheathleteareinsight.

Add: Rule 163.17 (Classes T11-12)Athletes in Class 11 compete accompanied by a Guide-runner for all trackevents.Inthe100m,200mand400meventseachathleteandGuide-runnershallbeallocatedtwolanes.Thestartlinesinastaggeredstartwillbethoseforlanes1,3,5,7etc.Thisrulealsoappliesto800meventsstartedinlanes.

Class12athleteshavetheoptionofbeingaccompaniedbyaGuide-runnerforalltrack events. In the 100m, 200m and 400m events each athlete and Guide-runnershallbeallocated two lanes.Thestart lines inastaggeredstartwillbethose for lanes1,3,5,7etc.This rulealsoapplies to800meventsstarted inlanes.

(USexceptionforJuniors:USAINTERPRETATIONOFTHEFINISHRULE:Thereisconfusionintheinterpretationofthefinishin-laneruleanditsexceptions.ToclarifythisrulefortheUSA,athletescompetinginsinglelane,in-laneracesthatfinishwithatleast1footin-laneormorethanone-halfoftheirwheelchairinlanewillnotbedisqualified,iftheydonotimpedeanotherathlete.Athletesallowedtouse2lanesmustfinishintheirlane.)


Rule 164: The Finish Line

Add: Rule 164.5 (Classes T32-34, T51-54)Inwheelchairracestheathletesshallbeplacedatthefinishintheorderinwhichtheaxeloftheleadingwheelreachestheverticalplaneoftheneareredgeofthefinishlineasdefinedabove.

Add: Rule 164.6 (Classes T11-12)In races for athletes in Classes T11-12 competing with a Guide-runner, theathletemustcrossthefinishlineinfrontoftheGuide-runnerortheathletewillbedisqualified.Note: As per Rule 144.2(p), athletes in Classes in T11-12 and their Guide-runner must not be more than 0.5m apart, except during the last 10m of an event.

Add: Rule 164.7 (Classes T32-34, T51-54)Eventtimelimits:Inwheelchairracesof1,500morlonger,officialsmayconcludetheeventandclearthetrackaftertheagreedtimelimithasexpired.Anyathletewhohasnotcompleted thesetdistancewhenanevent isconcludedshallbeshownintheofficialresultsas“DNF”(Didnotfinish).Therefereehastheauthoritytoremoveanyathletewhohasbeenlapped.

Rule 165: Timing

Rule 165.4 (Classes T32-34, T51-54)Add:Inwheelchairracesthetimeshallbetakentothemomentatwhichtheaxeloftheleadingwheeloftheathlete’schairreachestheverticalplaneoftheneareredgeofthefinishline.

Rule 166: Seedings, draws and Qualifications in Track Events

Rule 166.1(a) (Classes T11-13)Add:Note2:TrackeventsinClassesT11-13shouldhavethefollowingmaximumnumbers(exclusiveofguides)assuminganeight-lanetrack:

Event T11 T12 T13

100m 4 4 8

200m 4 4 8

400m 4 4 8

800m 4/5* 5* 8

1,500m 6 8 10

5,000m 10 10 20

10,000m 10 10 20

*=dependingonstartingarrangements.


Rule 170: Relay Races

Add: Rule 170.0 Relay team composition(ClassesT11-13)TherelayteammustincludeaminimumofoneClass11andoneClass12runner.TherelayteamshallhavenotmorethanoneClass13runner.(ClassesT33-34)TherelayteammustincludeatleastoneathletefromClassT33.(ClassesT35-38)CanincludeamaximumoftwoClassT38athletes.(ClassesT42-46)CanincludeamaximumoftwoClassT46athletes.(ClassesT51-52)MustincludeatleastoneClassT51athlete.(ClassesT53-54)MustincludeatleastoneClassT53athlete.

Rule 170.6 (Classes T11-13, T32-34, T51-54)Add:Note:ForwheelchairrelaysandrelaysforClassesT11-13(i.e.,involvingGuide-runners),where it is required for the relay toberun in lanes,eachteamshallbeallocatedtwoadjacent lanes.Theathletesmayuseeitherof their twoallocated lanes. The lines on the inner of the two allocated lanes shall beextendedacrosstheouterofthetwoallocatedlanestomarkthedistancesofthestages(i.e.,exchangezones)andtodenotethescratchlines.Changeswilltakeplaceasforlanes1,3,5and7.Theextensionofstartandexchangeboxlanesshouldbedonewithtapeofthesamecolorastheexistinglanemarkings.

Rule 170.12 (Classes T32-34, T51-54)Add: Note: Inwheelchair relaysof4x100mand4x400mmembersofa team,otherthanthefirstathlete,maycommencepushingnotmorethan20moutsidethetake-overzone.Adistinctivemarkshallbemadeineachlanetodenotethisextendedlimit.

Rule 170.17 (Classes T32-34, T42-46, T51-54)Add: Forwheelchair relays (T33-34,T51-54)andamputee relays (T42-46) thetake-overshallbebyatouchonanypartofthebodyoftheoutgoingathlete.Thefirsttouchmustbewithinthetake-overzone.

Add: Rule 170.25 (Classes T11-13)(a) EithertheathleteortheGuide-runnercancarrythebaton.

(b) The baton exchange may take place between either Guide-runners orathletes without restriction, except that the conditions of the method ofguidanceasperRule144.2(p)mustbemet (i.e.,athleteandGuide-runnermustbewithin0.5mofeachother).

(c) TheGuide-runnermustbebehindtheathleteatthemomentofenteringtheexchangezone.

(d) Afairexchangeisestablishedwhenthebatoncarrierpassesthebatontothebatonreceiverwithinthetake-overzone.

(e) The outgoing athlete and their Guide-runner must both be inside theexchangezoneatthemomentwhenthebatonisexchanged.

(f) Oncetheoutgoingrunner leaves the take-overzone, theycannot re-enterthetake-overzonetoreceivethebaton(i.e.,theygotooearly).


(g) OneGuideperexchangezonewillbeallowedonthetracktohelpwiththepositioningofanyClassT12athletecompetingwithoutaGuide-runner.TheGuidemustremaininapositionthatdoesnotinterferewiththeconductoftherace.

SECTION IV - FIELd EVENTS

Add: Rule 178: Specific Field Rules

Rule 178.1 (Classes F31-34, F51-58)Throwingframespecifications:

(a) Themaximumheightofthethrowingframe,includingthecushion(s)usedasaseat,shallnotexceed75cm.

(b) Footplatesifusedareforsupportandstabilityonly.

(c) Footplatestobeplacedonthegroundandtosecurethecontactfootareallowed, but should not provide height advantage. The height of thesefootplatesmustnotexceed1centimeter.

(d) Sideandback rests for safetyandstabilitymaybeattached to the seat.Theymustbenonflexibleandnon-movable.

(e) Theframemayhaveaholdingbar.Theholdingbarmaterialmaybemadeofmetal,fiberglass,orsimilarmaterialwithoutcurvesorbendsandshouldnotcontainsprings,jointsorarticulation.Thecrosssectionalprofileshouldbecircularorsquare,notovalorrectangular.Thepointwheretheholdingbarisfixed(joined)tothechairmustcontainnoleversorhingesthatcouldassistwithpropulsionoftheimplement.

(f) Nopartoftheframeincludinganyholdingbarshallbemoveableduringthethrowingaction.

(g) Adaychairthatsatisfiesthesecriteriaisacceptable. Note: Fiberglass can be rigid, flexible and brittle; only rigid fiberglass holding bars will be permitted.

Rule 178.2 (Classes F31-34, F51-58)

Throwing frames will bemeasured and inspected in the Call Room or at thecompetition area prior to the commencement of the event. Once it has beenmeasuredandinspected,anathlete’sthrowingframemustnotbetakenfromthecompetition area before the start of the event. Throwing frames can bere-examinedbytheofficialsbefore,duringoraftertheevent.Note: Measurement will always take place without the athlete sitting in the frame.

Rule 178.3 (Classes F31-34, F51-58)It is the responsibility of the athlete to ensure that the frame conforms to therequirementsstipulatedabove.Noeventshallbedelayedwhileaathletemakesadjustmentstotheirthrowingframe.


Rule 178.4 (Classes F31-34, F51-58)AllSecuredthrowingeventsshouldbeconductedfromacircle,diameter2.135mto2.50m,intoasectorasdescribedinRule187.Movableplatformscanbeusedat thediscretionof theTechnicalDelegate (orReferee).Theplatformdoesnothave tobea fullcircle,but in thesecircumstances the frontarcorsemi-circlemust be designed to give the same effect of throwing from a circle, diameter2.135mto2.5m,andnotaltertheangleofthesector.

Rule 178.5 (Classes F31-34, F51-58)Whenpositioningandsecuringthethrowingframeinsidethecompetitionareaallparts of the throwing frame, holdingbar and footrestsmust remain inside theverticalplaneoftherimofthecirclethroughoutthetrial.Theleadingedgeoftheholdingbarmustbepositioned in the lineof theverticalplaneof the throwingcircle. (NotethattheIPChasconfirmedthat ifanathlete’sfeetarefastenedtofootplates thatareoff theground,anypartof the foot thatprotrudes fromtheplatecanbeoutsidetheverticalplaneofthecircleaslongasthefootdoesnottouchtheground.)

Rule 178.6 (Classes F31-34, F51-58)A reasonable timewill bepermitted for an athlete’s frame tobeplaced in thecircle before the commencement of their first trail. This time should notnormallyexceed:

(a) 2minutesforClassesF32-34andF54-58,or

(b) 3minutesforClassesF31andF51-53.

Note: While the responsibility for tying down rests with officials and volunteers, the Technical Delegate (or Referee) will issue specific interpretations at each competition that ensures athletes do not engage in time-wasting tactics.

Rule 178.7 (Classes F31-34, F51-58)Ifaholdingdeviceshouldbreakorfailduringtheexecutionofathrow,thentheoverseeingofficialshould:

(a) iftheathletedoesnotfoul,offertheathletetheoptionofre-takingthattrial(i.e., iftheathleteishappywiththedistanceandtheyhaven’tfouled,thentheathletehastheoptionofcountingtheaffectedtrial),or

(b) if the athlete fouls, then the trail should not be counted and the athleteshouldbeallowedtoretaketheaffectedtrail.

Add: Rule 179: Secured Throwing Technique, Lifting and Fouling

Rule 179.1 (Classes F31-34, F51-58)Athletes can use their leg or legs during the throwing action, providing theymaintainasittingposition.Note:Theintended“sittingposition”isforatleastonebuttocktobeincontactwiththeseatoftheframewherebytheathletewouldbeable tobalance if theywereasked to lift their feetoff theground. (Note: Thedefinitionof“buttock”hereisthedictionarydefinition,whichis“eitherofthetwofleshymoundsabove the legsandbelow thehollowof theback.” Itdoesnotreachdowntothekneejointaswassuggestedinpreviousversionsoftherules.)


Athletesalsohavetheoptionoffinishingthethroworputinanuprightpositionprovidingthey:

(a)Maintain a sitting position on their throwing frame until the first forwardmovementthatresultsinthereleaseoftheimplement(i.e.,anypreliminaryswingsorrockingmovementsmustbedonefromasittingposition).

(b)Maintain foot contact with the ground inside the circle until after theimplementhasbeenreleased.

Note (i): The intended “foot contact with the ground” is for at least the ball of the foot to be in contact with the ground or footplate inside the circle. The contact foot can turn as per an “able-bodied” active foot action, but it cannot lift or step until the throw has been released. Note (ii): Some athletes can not get in a position with the foot flat on the surface due to their physical impairment and in those cases it will not be deemed a breach of the rule.

(c) Thecontactfootmaybesecuredtothegroundbystrappingorafootplate,butthethicknessoftheplatemustbe≤1cm,sothatitdoesnotprovideaheightadvantagetotheathlete.Anyfoot-securingdevicemustonlybeatgroundlevelandmustnot increasetheheightofreleaseoftheimplement(e.g.,bythrowingoffraisedfootplates).

(d) Thenon-contactfootisfreetomovewithinthethrowingareaasdefinedbytherulesoftheevent(i.e.,theathletemaystepintothethrowwiththenon-contactfoot).

Note (i): If an athlete presents with an anatomical limitation that prevents adhering to the above requirements (e.g., a bilateral amputee), then an assessment will need to be made by the Technical Delegate (or Referee) in consultation with the Chief Classifier (if available) that the athlete is throwing within the spirit of the rules. Note (ii): For Classes F32-34 and F51-58, from start to finish the movement of the shot shall be a straight, continuous putting action.

Rule 180: general Conditions (Field Events)

Rule 180.1 (Classes F31-34, F51-58)Inrelationtosecuredthrowingevents,thesecondsentenceofthisruleshouldbedeleted.

Add: Rule 180.4(i) (Classes F11-12)DuringJumpEvents,athletesinClassF11canbeaccompaniedontothefieldofplaybytwo(2)personsto:

(1) actasacaller(i.e.,insteadofmarkers)toprovideacousticorientationduringtheapproachrunintheHighJump,LongJumpandTripleJump,and/or

(2) assistinpositioningtheathleteontherunway.

Duringthrowingevents,athletesinClassF11canbeaccompaniedontothefieldofplaybyone(1)persononlytoactascallerand/orguide.

InClassF12,onlyone(1)personcanaccompanyanathleteontothefieldofplay


toactascallerand/orguideforalljumpingandthrowingevents.Note 1: the caller must stand in a position that does not hinder the officials. The caller must not run alongside or behind the athlete during a trial.Note 2: Some Class 20, 35-38 and 42-46 athletes may require assistance in setting their runway markers prior to the competition. This would also apply to the javelin. The Technical Delegate (or Referee) will provide the appropriate athletes with a document on which to show their requirements.

Rule 180.4 (Classes F31-34, F51-58)Add: Note 1: In competitions other than Paralympic Games or WorldChampionships,theTechnicalDelegate(orReferee)maydecide,inco-operationwith the Competition Organizers, to stage six (6) throws consecutively. TheTechnicalDelegate(orReferee)may,toguaranteeaquickconductoftheevent,alsodecidethisinacompetitionwithmorethaneight(8)athletes.Inthatsituationallathleteswillhavesix(6)attempts.TheTechnicalDelegate(orReferee)maynotdecidethisincompetitionswherethefirstthreerounds(preliminaryrounds)areheldintwoormoreflights.Note2:Duringsecuredthrowingevents,noreversalofthrowingorderwilltakeplaceafterthe3rd,4thor5throunds,except:

(a) wherethefirstthree(3)roundsareheldintwoormorepools(flights).Insuchcircumstances the final three (3) rounds will be held in reverse order ofperformanceuptothatpoint.

(b) in competitionswhere the Technical Delegate (or Referee) decides not tostagesix(6)attemptsconsecutively(seepreviousNote).

Rule 180.19 (Classes F11-12)Add: Note 4: In field eventswhere athletes receive assistance from callers orguides, the time allowed shall begin from the moment when the officialresponsibleissatisfiedthattheathletehascompletedtheprocessoforientation.Shouldanyathleterequestverbalconfirmationofthestartingofthetimingclock,anofficialshallgivesuchconfirmation.

Note5:Iftheathletelosesorientationandrequirestobere-oriented,theclockshallbestoppedandonlyrestarted(toincludeanyelapsedtimealreadyrecorded)onceorientationhasagainbeencompleted.

Add: Rule 180.21 (Classes F42-44)Athletes in Classes F42-44 may use a running, hopping or standing start injumpingevents.

Add: Rule 180.22At all IPC Athletics recognized competitions, the Local Organizing Committeemay use the IPCCombinedClass Procedures and Tables to stage combinedclassevents(i.e.,includingmorethanoneClassinanevent).Note: For information regarding IPC Athletics Combined Class Procedures and Tables, please refer to the IPC Athletics website http://www.paralympic.org/Athletics/Rulesandregulations/Rules.


(USexceptionforJuniors:AllWheelchairathletescompetinginwheelchairsmaycontestfieldcompetitionsonaflatgrassyareawithoutapadorcageanddonotrequireatoeboard.)

Rule 182: (A) Vertical Jumps - high Jump

Rule 182.3 (Class F11-12)Add:Note2:Athletes inClassF11maytouchthebarasanaid toorientationbeforecommencingtherunup.If,onsodoing,theathletedislodgesthebar,thiswillnotcountasanattempt.

Add:Note3:AthletesinClassF12mayplaceanappropriatevisualaidonthebar.

Rule 184: horizontal Jumps - general Conditions

Rule 184.3 (Classes F11-12)Add:Note:ForathletesinClassesF11andF12,thetakeoffareashallconsistofa rectangle1.00mx1.22m,asdepicted in thediagrambelow,whichmustbepreparedinsuchaway(byuseofchalk,talcumpowder,lightsand,etc.)thattheathleteleavesanimpressionontheareawithhis/hertakeofffoot.

Recommended minimum width of the landing area is 3.50 m.

SCRATCH LINERule 184.6 (Classes F11-12)Add:Note:Forpurposesofsafety,itisstronglyrecommendedthattheminimumdistancebetween theaxisof the runwayand thesidesof the landingareabe1.75m.Ifthisrecommendationcannotbemet,theTechnicalDelegateorRefereemayrequireadditionalsafetymeasures.


Rule 184.8 (Classes F11-12)ForathletesinClassesF11andF12replaceRule184.8with:“Alljumpsshallbemeasured from the nearest impression left by the take-off foot to the nearestbreak in the landing area made by any part of the body of the competitor(includingshoesanduniform).Whereanathletedoesnottakeofffromthetake-offarea,butbeforeit,measurementwillbemadetotheedgeofthetakeoffareafurthestfromthepit.”

Add Rule 184.10 (Classes F42-44)(a) Iftheprosthesisislostduringtherun-up,thentheathletecantrytoadjust

itandcontinuewithintheallowedtime,orcontinuewithouttheprosthesis.

(b) If,intheprocessofjumping,anathletelosestheprosthesisandthemarkwheretheprosthesislandsistheclosestmarktothetake-offboardinthelandingarea,thenthatisthemarkthatthetrialwillbemeasuredfrom.

(c) If the prosthesis lands behind the closest mark in the landing area, butoutsidethelandingarea,itshallbecountedasafoulandrecordedassuch.

Rule 186: Triple Jump

Rule 186.4 (Classes F46)Replacewith:“Thetakeoffboardwillnormallybesetat9mforwomenand11mformen.”

Rule 186.4 (Classes F11-13)Replacewith:“ForInternationalCompetitionsitisrecommendedthatthetakeoffboardshallbethefollowingdistances:Class11minimum9m;ClassesF12andF13minimum11m.”Note: the exact distance from the board to pit shall be determined for each competition in consultation with the Technical Delegate or Referee.

Rule 187: Throwing Events - general Conditions

Rule 187.1(b) (Classes F32-34, F51-58)Add:Note:Astopboardisunnecessaryforallathletescompetingfromframes.

Rule 187.1(c) (Classes F31-34, F51-58)Replacewith:“toucheswithanypartoftheirbodythetopoftherim,anyholdingdeviceoutsidetheverticalplaneoftheedgeoftheCircle,orthegroundoutsidethecircle.”

Rules 187.3(a) (Classes F51-53)Add: Note 2: Athletes inClasses F51-53 (i.e., quadriplegic athletes)may usestrappingoragloveontheirnon-throwinghand,andcananchor/attachthathandtothethrowingframeorthrowingpole.Add:Note3:ClassesF32-34andF54-58mustnotusegloves.


Rule 187.5 (Classes F31-34, F51-58)Add: Note: This rule shall be waived for competitors using an IPC Athleticsapprovedholdingdevice.

Rule 187.11Add: Implementsusedat IPCAthleticsrecognizedcompetitionsmustcomplywith IAAF specifications. Only implements that hold a current valid IAAFcertificateofapprovalmabeusedat thesecompetitions. Appendix I lists theimplementweightstobeusedby:

(a) “OpenAge”athletesforeachoftheIPCAthleticsclassesat IPCAthleticsrecognizedcompetitions.

(b) “UnderAge”athletesforeachoftheIPCAthleticsduringeventsfor“UnderAge”athleteswithdisability(AWDs)fortherespectiveagegroupsrecognizedbyIPCAthleticsasdefinedinRule141.

(c) for“UnderAge”groupsU/14andU/11recognizedbyWSUSA. Rule 187.18 (Classes F32-34, F51-58)Add:

(a) IPC Athletics approved holding device must be used to conductsecuredthrowingeventsatIPCAthleticsrecognizedcompetitions.

(b) AtParalympicGames,IPCWorldAthleticsChampionshipsandIPCAthleticsRegional Championships the interior of the Throwing Circle should beconstructedofconcrete,asphaltorasimilarnon-slipperymaterial.

(c) WhereaportableIPCAthleticsApprovedHoldingDevicesisbeingusedthesurfacemustprovidesimilargriptoaconcretethrowingsurface(e.g.coatedingrittypaintORcoveredin“grittytape”).

(d) MovableplatformscanbeusedatthediscretionoftheTechnicalDelegate.Theplatformdoesnothavetobeafullcircle,butinthesecircumstancesthefrontarcorsemicirclemustbedesignedtogivethesameeffectofthrowingfromacircle,diameter2.135mto2.5mandnotaltertheangleofthesector.

Note: For information regarding IPC Athletics approved holding devices, please refer to the IPC Athletics website http://www.paralympic.org/Athletics/Rulesandregulations/Rules.

Rule 187 (Classes F31-34, F51-58)AddatendofRule187:Note:Therulesfortheclubthrowarethesameasthoseoftheseateddiscus(i.e.,substitute“Club”for“Discus”throughoutRule187).

Rule 188: Putting the Shot

Rule 188.2 (Classes F32-34, F51-58)Add:Note2:Fromstarttofinish,themovementshallbeastraight,continuousputtingaction.


Rule 189.1: Throwing the discus

(US exception for Juniors: Note: The discus shall not be released from anoverhandthroworfromapositionthatbeginsatornearthemidlineofthebody[i.e.,aFrisbeethrow].)

Rule 193.1(c): Throwing the Javelin

(USexceptionforJuniors:ForageclassesU/11andU/14,athrowthatlandsflatortailfirstwillnotbecalledafoulthrowbutwillbemarkedattherearofthegrip(ifflat)andatthepointwherethetailhits(iftailfirst).Forallolderagegroupsatip-firstlandingisrequired.)


SECTION V - COMBINEd EVENTS COMPETITIONS

Add: Rule 199: Format of IPC Athletics Pentathlons

Rule 199.1 (Classes P11-13, P33-34, P35-38, P42, P44, P46, P51, P52-53, P54-58)ThePentathlonconsistsoffiveeventswhichshallbeheldononeday.TheeventsandtheorderwhichtheyarecontestedbytherespectiveIPCAthleticsSportsClasses at IPC Athletics Recognized Competitions are summarised in theTablebelow.

SportsClass/es Gender/s Event1 Event2 Event3 Event4 Event5

P11-13 Males LongJump Javelin 100m Discus 1500m

P11-13 Females LongJump Shot-put 100m Discus 800m

P33-34 Males&Females Shot-put Javelin 100m Discus 800m

P35-38 Males LongJump Javelin 100m Discus 1500m

P35-38 Females LongJump Shot-put 100m Discus 800m

P42 Males&Females

LongJump Shot-put 100m Discus 200m

P44 Males&Females

LongJump Shot-put 100m Discus 400m

P46 Males LongJump Shot-put 100m Discus 1500m

P46 Females LongJump Shot-put 100m Discus 800m

P51 Males&Females 100m Club 400m Discus 800m



(US exception for Juniors: The pentathlon is open to athletes ages 14 and older.)


SECTION VIII - ROAd RACES

Rule 240: Road Races

Add: Rule 241.2 (a)(iii) (Classes T11-13)Athletesandtheirguidescanreceiveassistanceattherefreshmentstations.Note: Organizers must ensure that officials are aware of the specific problems of safety presented in providing drinks to blind and partially sighted athletes, and that adequate training is given to all assistants involved.

Rule 241.2(d) (Classes T32-34, T51-54)Add:Note:Wheelchairathletesmaycarrytheirownrefreshments.

Rule 242.4 (Classes T11-13, T35-38, T42-46)Add: Note 1:Inroadraces,ambulantathletesfromarangeofClassescanstarttogether,butthefinishingorderwillbedeterminedforeachClass.Rule242.4(SportClassesT32-34&T51-54)Add: Note 2:Inroadraces,wheelchairathletesfromarangeofClasseswillstartaccordingtothedecisionoftheTechnicalDelegateorRefereefortheevent,butthefinishingorderwillbedeterminedforeachClass.Note 3: Seeding for wheelchair road races should by Class, Seed Time andGender (i.e., T54/34Males should be seeded in the front row/s, then T54/34Females, thenT52/33/51Malesand then theT52/33/51Females).ThestartofeachClassevent/divisionshouldbeseparatedby intervalsof30secondsto1minute. The seeding grid for eachClass event/division should position the #1seededathleteatthecentrepositioninthefrontrowofthegridwith#2and#3placedontheirrightandleft,#4and#5ontheirrightandleftandsoon.

Rule 243.3 (Classes “All competing Classes”)Add: TheOrganizingCommitteeshallprovidenumberedbibs thatdistinguishbetweenathletesofeachClass.

Add: Rule 243.5 (Classes T32-34, T51-54)DraftingbehindanathletefromanotherClassorGenderisprohibited.Note: Drafting is defined as seeking a performance advantage by following another athlete within a distance of less than 5m for 400m.Note: This rule does not apply to races over 800m for T53 and T54, as they are considered one class.

Add: Rule 243.6 (Classes T11-12)DuringroadracesathletesinClassesT11-12areallowedtouseamaximumoffour(4)Guide-runners.Anyinterchangesmusttakeplacewithoutanyhindrancetootherathletes,andmusttakeplaceateitherthe10km,20kmor30kmmarks.The intention to interchangeGuide-runnersmustbenotified inadvance to theReferee and Technical Delegate. The technical officials will determine theconditions of the interchange and will communicate these in advance to theathletesandtheirGuide-runners.Note: It is strongly recommended that organizers ensure that the race takes place in its entirety in good daylight conditions.


(AdditionalexceptionsforJuniors,regardingeventsandrecords:- Thesoftball throwhasbeeneliminated forallbut theU/14andU/11age

groups.- TheathletesacrossallagecategorieseligibletothrowtheclubareF31,F32

andF51only.- Thespongediscuswillbereplacedwitha0.75kgdiscus.- Terminology for records will consistently be stated as Junior National

Record,NationalRecord,AmericasRecordandWorldRecord.- JuniorNationalRecordsmustbeverifiedwithasteeltapebythreeUSATF

orhighercertifiedofficials.Inthethrowingevents,theimplementdoesnotneedtobereweighed.

- National,AmericasandWorldRecordsmustbeverifiedwithasteeltapebytheFieldRefereeorhis/herdesigneeandtwocertifiedofficials.Inthrowingeventstheimplementmustberecertified.

- JuniorNationalRecordscanbebrokenonlyattheNationalJuniorDisabilityChampionshipsoratanIPCapprovedevent,andaretobesubmittedtotheWASUSAnationalofficeviaformalapplication.)

SPECIAL OLyMPICS

The Official Special Olympics Sports Rules shall govern all Special Olympicsathleticscompetitions.Asaninternationalsportsprogram,SpecialOlympicshascreated these rulesbasedupon IAAFandUSATF rules forathletics. IAAFandUSATFrulesshallbeemployedexceptwhentheyareinconflictwiththeOfficialSpecial Olympics Sports Rules. In such cases, the Official Special OlympicsSportsRulesshallapply.Theserulesmaybefoundat:http://www.specialolympics.org/uploadedFiles/athletics.pdf.

SeetheOfficialSpecialOlympicsSportsRulesforspecialeventsforathleteswithlowerabilitylevels(e.g.,softballthrow,wheelchairslalom,motorizedwheelchairevents)andforpentathlonscoringtables.

USATrack&FieldrulesshallbefollowedforallTrackandFieldCompetitionwiththefollowingrulemodifications:

Rule 161.1 and 2Modification: Inall racesup toand including the400m, theathleteshave theoptionofusingornotusingstartingblocks.

Rule 168.1Add:Thestandardhurdleheightsandplacementsshallbe:

DistanceofRace

HeightofHurdle

DistancefromStarttoFinish

Hurdle

DistanceBetweenHurdles

DistancefromLastHurdletoFinishLine

100m 0.762m(30") 13.00m 8.50m 10.50m

110m .840m(33") 13.72m 9.14m 14.02m


Rule 182.4Add:Theminimumopeningheightforallcompetitorsshallbe1m.AnathletewithDownsSyndromewhohasbeendiagnosedwithAtlanto-axialinstabilitymaynotparticipateintheHighJumpandPentathlon.

Rule 185.1Add: Eachcompetitorisallowed3jumps(non-consecutive).Anathletemustbeabletojumpat least1m,whichisthemaximumdistancebetweenthetake-offboardandthesandpit.

Rule 188.1Add:Eachcompetitorshallbeallowed3throws(non-consecutive).Theimplementweightsshallbe:

Men8-11yearsold 2.72kg/6lbs. Women8-11yearsold 2kg/4.41lbs. Men12andolder 4kg/8.13lbs. Women12andolder 2.72kg/6lbs.

Rule 200

Add:TheSpecialOlympicsPentathlonshallconsistoffiveeventsinthefollowingorder: 100m,LongJump,ShotPut,HighJump,400m.ScoringshallbedoneusingSpecialOlympicsscoringtables.ThePentathlonshouldbecompetedasaone-dayevent,but2dayscanbeusedwiththefirstthreeeventsonthefirstdayandthefinaltwoeventsonthesecondday.

Rule 232.2Modification: Deletethesecondsentenceofthedefinition.Ineffect,thismeanstheathletedoesnothavetohaveastraightadvancinglegwhilecompeting.Add: In race walk event up to and including 400m, the competitor shall bedisqualifiedwithnopriorwarningwhen,intheopinionoftwoormorejudges,anadvantagehasbeengained.

ThefollowingarerecentlyenactedrulechangesthatsupersedethosefoundattheSOwebsitenotedabove.TherulenumbersinthefollowingrefertotherulenumbersintheSOrulesfoundattheabovewebsite.

2012-2014 Special Olympics Competition Rule Changes:ThefollowingrulemodificationsreplaceSectionsB.1.a.1,2,4,and5:

1) In running events: 100m, 200m, 400m, 100m Hurdles, 110m Hurdles,4x100m and 4x400m, the athletes have the option of using or not usingblocks. In these events the commands of the starter shall be "On yourmarks”,“Set”andwhenallathletesaresteady,thegunshallbefired.

2) In all other running events, all walking events and all wheelchair races, thecommandsshallbe“onyourmarks”and,whenallcompetitorsaresteady,thegunshallbefired.Acompetitorshallnottouchthegroundwithhis/herhand(s).

NOTE: In Special Olympic World Summer Games International competitions the commands of the starter shall be given in English.


4) a)800metersdistance:Runnerwillruninthelanesthroughthefirstturnasfar as the nearer edge of the break line where athletes may leave theirrespectivelanes.

5) a)4x400meters:(Thesecondsentenceshallreadasfollows):Thesecondlegrunnerwillstartinhis/herlaneandwillruninthelanesthroughthefirstturnasfarastheneareredgeofthebreaklinewhereathletesmayleavetheirrespectivelanes.(Theremainderofthesectionshouldremainaswritten)

ThefollowingrulemodificationreplacesSectionB.2.a.1):

a.Measurements:

1) (Replacesentencethreetoreadasfollowsandaddsentence4)Thelongestmeasurement of the three attempts shall be used for scoring. For theathleteshavingthesamebestperformancesthesecondbestandthethirdbest,ifnecessary,shallbeused.

ThefollowingrulemodificationreplacesSectionB.2.b.1):

1) Inthelongjump,anathletemustbeabletojumpatleast1meter,whichisthemaximumdistancebetweenthetake-offboardandthesandpit.

ThefollowingrulemodificationreplacesSectionB.2.e.6.b):

b)Causestheshottofallonoroutsidethelinesmarkingthelandingsector.

ThefollowingrulemodificationsshallbeplacedinSectionB.2.h(currentruleshallremainaswordedexceptasmodifiedbelow):

- Clarification andAddition: Revise specificationTables for 300 and400gMini Javelin. Add Specification Table for 500 and 600 g Mini Javelin.(SpecificationTablesleftoutforbrevity).

- ChangeB.2.h.4toreadasfollows:Thenominalminimumweightsshallbe300gforWomenandMen(8to10yearsold),400gforWomenand400gforMen (11–15yearsold),500g forWomenand600g forMen (16yearsandolder).

- ChangeB.2.h.9:Add:d)toreadasfollows:Wherethecompetitortoucheswithanypartofthebody,thearcasmarkedoranygroundbeyondthearcorthrowingbox(seejavelincompetitionlayout

- Add:B.2.h.10toreadasfollows:Themeasurementofeachthrowshallbemadefromwherethetipfirststruckthegroundtotheinsideedgeofthearc.

ThefollowingruleshallbeaddedinbothSectionB.1andSectionB.2:

B.1.e/B.2.i.Forallcompetition,theuseofawindgaugeandtherecordingofwindreadingsarenotrequired.


ThefollowingruleshallbeaddedinSectionB.2:

j. For individual field event competitions and combined events (long jump,standinglongjumpandthrows),acompetitorshallbechargedwithafoulifthe competitor does not initiate an attempt within 1 minute after thecompetitor’snamehasbeencalled,inadditiontoavisualindicationmadeby the event judge. For the High Jump, where there are three or moreathletesremaininginthecompetitionthetimeshallbe1minute.Wherethereare2or3athletesremaininginthecompetitionthetimeshallbe1.5minutes.Where there is 1 remaining athlete in the competition the time shall be 2minutes.

ThefollowingrulemodificationreplacesSectionA.21.d):

d. Women(8–11years):2.0kg

ThefollowingrulemodificationreplacesSectionB.1.a.7):

7) FalseStarts Anyathleteresponsibleforafalsestartshallbewarned.Onlyonefalsestart

per race shall be allowed without the disqualification of the athleteresponsibleforthefalsestart.Anyathleteresponsibleforfurtherfalsestartsintheraceshallbedisqualified.

USATF Open Class Adaptive Track and Field division Meet Rules(for athletes age 18 and under)

description:Male and Female minimum Open Disabled Division USATF meets whereindividualIPCathleticclassificationrulesarenotfollowed.(Theserulesalsoareuseableforhighschoolcompetitions.)

Rationale:Add two (2)adapteddivisions (Wheelchair&Ambulatory), foreachsex, to thecurrentUSATFyouthdivisions,whichwillalloweligibleathleteswithdisabilitiestoparticipateatmeetsnotfollowingindividualclassificationIPCRules.

AdaptiveTrackandFieldDivision.(1) BoysAdaptedWheelchairDivision

(2) BoysAdaptedAmbulatoryDivision

(3) GirlsAdaptedWheelchairDivision

(4) GirlsAdaptedAmbulatoryDivision

AnathletecannotcompeteinaUSATFAble-bodiedandOpenAdaptedDivisionatthesamemeet.


AdaptedTrackandFieldDivisionEligibility.(1) Allathletesages8through18withapermanent,physicaldisabilitymaybe

eligibletoparticipate.

(2) Each athlete’s physical eligibilitymust be verified by themeet organizingcommittee.Athleteswhoparticipatemustmeet allUSATFmeet eligibilityrequirements.

AdaptedTrackandFieldDivisionEvents.

Athleteswillhavetheopportunitytocompeteataminimuminthefollowingnon-IPCruleOpendivisioneventsbygender(othereventsmaybeaddedbasedonthemeetandtheathletescompeting):

(1) Ambulatory200meterrace,

(2) Wheelchair200meterrace,

(3) Ambulatory800meterrace,

(4) Wheelchair800meterrace,

(5) AmbulatoryShotput,

(6) WheelchairShotput.

Wheelchairshotputwillbedividedintotwo(2)wheelchairclassificationsbasedontheAthlete’slevelofdisability. Class1: Will be for Wheelchair athletes with any disability of the

lowerextremities. Class2:WillbeforWheelchairathleteswithdisabilitiesthataffectthelower

andtheupperextremities.

(7) Ameet’sorderofeventsshallbedeterminedbymeetmanagement.

(8) Alladaptedtrackandfieldparticipantsshallberequiredtocompeteonthesamedayofthemeetastheirotherdivisioncompetitors.

Scoring. (1) Anadaptedathletewillcompeteintheirindividualdivisionbygender.

Awards. (1) Placeswillbeawardedthesameasallothereventsdependingonthedepth

offield.Proof of Performance Submission.

(1) Dependingonthemeetqualificationrequirements,timeanddistanceresultsfor the qualifying period should be submitted (if appropriate) per theappropriatemeetProofofPerformanceform.

Finals Qualifying.(1) Dependingonmeetrequirements,thetoptimes/distancessubmittedfrom

thequalifyingperiod(ifappropriate)ineacheventbydivisionandgenderwillbeinvitedtoparticipate.

(2) Eacheventmaybecontestedasfinalsonly.Finals Awards.

(1) Medalswillbeawardeddependingonnormalmeetcriteria.


Event Rules

A. Wheelchair 200m and Wheelchair 800m Races:(OtherTrackeventsmaybecontestedifapprovedbytheMeetDirector)ThetrackeventsshallfollowallUSATFruleswiththefollowingmodifications:

1. Racing Track chair Specifications. (Normal wheelchairs are acceptable if approved by the meet director):

a. Thetrackchairshallhavetworearwheelsandonefrontwheel.b. Thetrackchairframeshallnotextendinfrontofthecenterofthefront

wheelhub.c. The track chair may have no mechanical gears or levers that would

propelthechair.d. Thesteeringmustbehandoperated.NOelectronicsteeringisallowed.e. NOpartof the trackchairor framemayprotrude to the rearpast the

furthestpointoftherearwheel.f. Athlete’slowerlimbsmustbesecuredtothetrackchair.Anytouchofthe

groundbythelowerlimbresultsindisqualificationfromtheevent.g. Competitorsareresponsiblefortheproperfunctioningofthetrackchair.

Noeventshallbedelayedforequipmentfailurepriortoevent.

2. Wheels:a. Themaximumdiameteroftherearwheelandinflatedtiredis70cm.b. Themaximumdiameterofthefrontwheelandinflatedtireis50cm.c. Eachrearwheelmayhaveonehandrim.

3. Helmet and Gloves:a. AllcompetitorsmustwearaCPSCcertifiedhelmet(Bike/Skate)b. Allcompetitorsmuststarteacheventusinggloves.

4. Athletes may only propel the chair forward by pushing on the wheels or hand rims.

5. The Start: The Center of the front axle (axle plane) may not extend over the starting line.

6. The Finish: The finish of the race occurs when the center of the front axles (axle plane) crosses the finish line.

7. Wheeling in Lane: In the 200m or any in-lane race competitors must stay in their designated lane. Touching or crossing the inner lane line in the curve for more than 10 consecutive feet results in disqualification. Crossing a lane line (inner or outer on the curve or straight) for any distance and impeding another competitor results in disqualification.

8. Passing or changing lanes: In the 800m or any race run out of lane, competitors must have full clearance of another athlete’s front wheel in order to pass or move into another lane. Failure to pass or change lanes correctly will result in disqualification.


9. The start for the 800m shall be started in lanes. Athletes shall start from the one turn stagger start lines and remain in-lane for 100m before breaking.

10. Obstruction: a. Athletes may not intentionally touch or obstruct another competitor

duringanevent.b. Anyobstructionofanotherathletemayresultindisqualification.

B. Wheelchair Shot Put:(OtherfieldeventsmaybecontestedifapprovedbytheMeetDirector)The Wheelchair Shot Put shall follow all USATF rules with the followingmodifications(note:theAmbulatoryShotPutshallfollownormalUSATFrulesfortheShotPut):

1. All competitors must put the shot from a “chair “(manual wheelchair, throwing chair, power wheelchair). Scooters and “standing chairs” will not be allowed.

2. The upper most part of the cushion/seat on any chair may not exceed 75 cm (29.5inches) above the ground.

3. The chair will be considered an extension of the athletes’ body. For example: any part of the chair touching the top of the stop board is a foul.

4. The chair may have a. Asolidverticaland/orhorizontal,non-bending,holdingbar.b. Asolidbackconnectedat90degreestotheseat.c. Non-elasticstrap(s)holdingtheathlete’sbodyand/orfeettothechair.d. Strapsconnectedtohold-downstakesinoroutofthethrowingring.

5. There will be two (2) classifications for both boys and girls.a. TheclassificationswillbeClass1andClass2. • Class 1 will be for athletes with any disability of the lower

extremities (spinal cord injury, amputation, spina bifida, cerebral palsy,orthopedicinjuries),forexample:severe,permanentinjuries intheknee,ankle,andhips.

• Class 2 will be for athletes with disability that affect lower and upper extremities (cervical spinal, cerebral palsy, muscular dystrophy,traumaticbraininjury.)

• Class2athletesareeligibletocompeteinClass1.However,ifthey choosetocompeteinClass1,theycannotcompeteinClass2.

b. Boy’sclass1willusea: 8.81lb./4.0kg.shot.c. Boy’sclass2willusea: 6lb.shot.d. Girl’sclass1and2willusea: 6lb.shot.

6. A coach may assist the athlete entering and leaving the circle.


7. The Open division Shot Put: a. Allathletesmustcompetefromachair.b. Allathletesmaycompetewithbothfeetoffthegroundorwithonefoot

onthegroundandoneonthechair.c. Atleastonebuttockcheekmustremainincontactwiththeseat(forboth

Class1andClass2seatpositions)untiltheimplementhasleftthehand.d. Once the athlete’s chair has been tied down in throwingposition, the

athletewillbepermittedallsixattemptsconsecutively,withabriefbreakbetweenattempts3and4toallowthecoachtoadjuststrappingandtalkwiththeathlete.


APPENdIx IThrowing Events – IPC Athletics Implement Weights

Note: IPC Field Event and Pentathlon point tables are available on the IPC website (http://ipc-athletics.paralympic.org/Rules/).

EVENTS FOR ThE VISUALLy IMPAIREd AThLETES (F11-13) & AThLETES WITh LEARNINg dIFFICULTIES (F20)

AgeGroup

ClassesDiscusMale

DiscusFemale

JavelinMale

JavelinFemale

Shot-putMale

Shot-put

Female

OpenF11-13&F20

2.00kg 1.00kg 800gr 600gr 7.26kg 4.00kg

U/20F11-13&F20

1.75kg 1.00kg 800gr 600gr 6.00kg 4.00kg

U/18F11-13&F20

1.50kg 1.00kg 700gr 600gr 5.00kg 4.00kg

U/16F11-13&F20

1.00kg 1.00kg 700gr 600gr 4.00kg 4.00kg

U/14F11-13&F20

0.75kg 0.75kg 400gr 400gr 3.00kg 3.00kg

U/11*F11-13&F20

0.75kg 0.75kg 300gr 300gr 2.00kg 2.00kg

* Note: Not included in IPC tables.


EVENTS FOR AThLETES WITh CEREBRAL PALSy (F31-38)

A g eGroup

Classes DiscusMale

DiscusFemale

JavelinMale

JavelinFemale

S h o t -p u tMale

S h o t -p u tFemale

C l u bMale &Female

OpenU /20&U/18

F31 NE NE NE NE NE NE 397gr

F32 1.00Kg 1.00Kg NE NE 2.00Kg 2.00Kg 397gr

F33 1.00Kg 1.00Kg 600gr 600gr 3.00Kg 3.00Kg NE






U/16 F31 NE NE NE NE NE NE 397gr

F32 750gr 750gr NE NE 1.00Kg 1.00Kg 397gr

F33 750gr 750gr 500gr 500gr 2.00Kg 2.00Kg NE






U/14* F31 750gr 750gr NE NE NE NE 397gr









U/11* F31 750gr 750gr NE NE NE NE 397gr









EVENTS FOR ThE dWARF, AMPUTEE ANd/OR LES AUTRES AThLETES

AgeGroup

ClassesDiscusMale

DiscusFemale

JavelinMale

JavelinFemale

Shot-putMale

Shot-put

Female

Open&

U/20

F40 1.00Kg 750gr 600gr 400gr 4.00Kg 3.00Kg

F42,F41 1.50Kg 1.00Kg 800gr 600gr 6.00Kg 4.00Kg

F44,F43 1.50Kg 1.00Kg 800gr 600gr 6.00Kg 4.00Kg

F46,F45 1.50Kg 1.00Kg 800gr 600gr 6.00Kg 4.00Kg

U/18

F40 1.00Kg 750gr 500gr 400gr 3.00Kg 2.00Kg

F42,F41 1.00Kg 1.00Kg 700gr 500gr 5.00Kg 3.00Kg

F44,F43 1.00Kg 1.00Kg 700gr 500gr 5.00Kg 3.00Kg

F46,F45 1.50Kg 1.00Kg 700gr 500gr 5.00Kg 3.00Kg

U/16

F40 1.00Kg 750gr 400gr 400gr 3.00Kg 2.00Kg

F42,F41 1.00Kg 1.00Kg 600gr 400gr 4.00Kg 3.00Kg

F44,F43 1.00Kg 1.00Kg 600gr 400gr 4.00Kg 3.00Kg

F46,F45 1.00Kg 1.00Kg 600gr 400gr 4.00Kg 3.00Kg

U/14*

F40 0.750gr 750gr 400gr 400gr 2.00Kg 2.00Kg

F42,F41 0.750gr 750gr 400gr 400gr 3.00Kg 2.00Kg

F44,F43 0.750gr 750gr 400gr 400gr 3.00Kg 2.00Kg

F46,F45 0.750gr 750gr 400gr 400gr 3.00Kg 2.00Kg


U/11*

F40 0.750gr 750gr 300gr 300gr 2.00Kg 2.00Kg

F42,F41 0.750gr 750gr 300gr 300gr 2.00Kg 2.00Kg

F44,F43 0.750gr 750gr 300gr 300gr 2.00Kg 2.00Kg

F46,F45 0.750gr 750gr 300gr 300gr 2.00Kg 2.00Kg


EVENTS FOR SEATEd OR SECUREd ThROWERS (F51-F58)

AgeGroup Classes Discus

MaleDiscusFemale

JavelinMale

JavelinFemale

Shot-putMale

Shot-put

Female

ClubMale&Female

Open&

U/20

F51 1.00Kg 1.00Kg NE NE NE NE 397gr








U/18

F51 750gr 750gr NE NE NE NE 397gr








U/16

F51 750gr 750gr NE NE NE NE 397gr






F57 1.00Kg 750gr 500gr 400gr 2.00Kg 2.00Kg NE

F58 1.00Kg 750gr 500gr 400gr 3.00Kg 3.00Kg NE


U/14*

F51 750gr 750gr NE NE NE NE 397gr**








U/11*

F51 750gr 750gr NE NE NE NE 397gr**








* Note: Not included in IPC tables. **Softball11”


Topic Rule Rule

AAbsenceduringcompetition 180.8(c)Adhesivetape 144.3(g),170.11;187.3AgeGroups 141 General 141 Junior 141 Masters 141,320 Youth 141,300.1(b)Announcer 134Assistance FieldEvents 144,187 General 143;144 RaceWalking 232.4 Relays 170.17,.25 RoadRaces 241.2 TrackEvents 143,144

BBandage 144.3(g),187.3(a)Banking 213.9Batons. 170Bell 131.3Bibs 143Blocks seeStartingblocksBlueFlag 251,304Bonafideeffort–seealsoDisqualification 142.3;142.4;149;163.4;262.3BreaklineseeCutInPoint 160.8(c),170,217

CCages-Throwing 187,190CallRoomJudges–duties seeClerkofCourse-DutiesCallRoomReferee–duties 125.2Cartwheelingtechnique seeShotPutCaution seeWarning Assistance 125.8,144.2 RaceWalking 230.2 RoadRace 125.9Certification Implements 139.2,148.3,187.10-14 RoadRaceCourses 240,265.3,265.5(c) Tracks 160,211,212Changeofcompetitionarea 180.1CheckMarks 163.2,170.11;180.19,180.20ClerkofCourse-Duties 138Clothing 143CombinedEvents 200,222 ConditionsforRecords 260-268 Decathlon 200

INdEx


Heptathlon 200.2,222.1 Indoors 222 Pentathlon 200,201,222 Referee 125.11,200.5,.7,.8,200.15 Restintervalbetweenevents 200.4 Scoring 200.10, Tiesinfinalclassification 200.12 TiesinTeamCompetitions 7.9(b) Timing 200.11;200.13 Throw-aThon 202 ThrowsPentathlon 201 UltraweightPentathlon 203Competingorder–FieldEvents 180.2-.3CompetitionDirector–Duties 111.5CompetitionSecretary–Duties 125.6;132Crossbars 181.1CrossCountry 15,250-254Curb 160.00 Indoors 212.2,212.10 Measuringtracklength 160.2 Replacedbycones 160.1,160.3,212.10CutInPoint(alsoseeBreakline) 160.8(c),170,217

dDecathlon 200Delaybetweentrials–FieldEvents 180.8(d)iiDiscusThrow 189 Cage 190Disqualificationfrom Competition 125.8,144.2,144.6,145,163.5 Assistance 144.2,144.3(a-c),144.4,144.6 CombinedEvents 200.7 Identificationofinfringementinresults 125.8,145,232.3(a) Misconduct 125.8,145.2,145.3,162.8,162.15 RaceWalking. 230.3 RoadRunning 241.2(c);242.6,243.4DrawCombinedEvents 200.5,302.6 FieldEvents 180.2,180.3 TrackEvents. 166,214,303Drinkandrefreshmentstations 144.9,232.4,241

EEligibility 1,2.5,3.1,4 Simultaneousentries 180.8EventPresentationManager–Duties 124

FFailure Discus 187 Hammer 187 HighJump 182.3 Javelin 187 LongJump 185


PoleVault 183.5 Shot 187 TripleJump 185,186 Toparticipate 142.3,142.4 Weight 187,191,195 Ultraweight 203FalseStart seeStartFinishline 164,213.6,244,254.2Finishofrace 164.2,212.5,245,254Fixedtimeraces 163.8FullyAutomaticTiming 165.9-.12

gGloves 187.4(b)Greencard 1.1(f),162.8,162.11,162.13Note, 162.16

hHammerThrow 187,191 Cage 190 Implementdetails 191HandTiming.. 165.5-.8Heats–seealsoDraw 166,214,303Heptathlon 200.2;222.1HighJump 181,182 Indoors 218 Ties 181.9HonestParticipation 142.3,163,302.2(g)HorizontalJumps 185;186,220Hurdles 168,301,302.4(a),332.2(i-k) Indoors 216

I Implements seeOfficialimplementsImplementsbyAgeGroup 10.2(a),11.2(a),200.14,301,332.3(g)IndoorStadium 211

JJavelinThrow 187,193 UnorthodoxTechnique 193.1(b) Validthrow 193.1,302.5(i)Judges–duties 126JuryofAppeal 27.2(a),110,119,146.6(b),146.8

k

LLanes. 160,163,211 Lanerunning 163.5 Numberoflanes 211.3-4 Indoors 212.3-4;214,1(b),214.2 Outdoors 160.1LapIndicator 131.3


LapScorer–duties 131Leavingthetrackorcourse 163.6;243.4LocationchangeinFieldEvents 180.1LongJump 185 Indoors 220

MManager Medical 110.5 EventPresentation–duties 124 Meeting–duties 111.4 Technical–duties 125Markers seeCheckMarks Track 163.2,170.11 Field 180.19,180.20Marshal–duties 133Masters–definition 141,320Measurements 148;160,181.2;185.3;187.7MeasurementJudge–duties 137,264.3Medicalexamination 144.3(f);241.1(a)Medicalstaff seeOfficialmedicalstaffMeetManager–duties 111.4Misconduct SeeDisqualificationMixedCompetition 147;320.8,332.1(b)MountainRaces 255MultiEvents seeCombinedEvents

NNationalTechnicalOfficialsNumberbibs seeBibs

OObstruction RelayRaces 170.15;170.18,217.3Note TrackEvents 163.4,212.5Octathlon 200.5Officialimplements 187.7,196Officialmedicalstaff. 144,241Officialtime 165Officialsofthecompetition 110Oralprotest 146.3,146.6OrderofEvents 125.12,166.4 OrderinFieldEvents 180.3,180.4(f)&(g),180.5(g), 180.8(a)&(c)

PParticipation“underprotest“ 146.4,146.6(b),146.7,180.4(f)Pentathlon 200;222PhotoFinish 165 RequirementsoftheSystem 165.9-12 Zerocontroloperation 165.10(a) ZerocontroltestforRecords 260.4(c)PhotoFinishJudges 128;165.9-15PlaceofCompetition-change 180.1PlasticineIndicatorBoard-specifications 185.7


PoleVault 181,183 Crossbar 181.11 Heightprogression 181.1 Indoors 219 Ties 181.9PostingBoard 230.3(g)Practicetrials 180.6,180.8,180.13Protestsandappeals Competing“underprotest” 146.4,146.6(b),146.7,180.4(f) Eligibilitytocompete 146.1 JuryofAppeal 110;146.1;146.8 Procedures 146.2-7 Rightofappeal 146.4,146.7,146.8 Timelimits 146.2,146.8

QQualifyingcompetition-FieldEvents 180.5QualifyingStandards 6.6,20.6,180.5

RRaceWalking 230-232 TransponderTiming 165.16Reactiontime 161.4 ForRecords 260.4(d)RecallStarter 129,161.4-5,162.11,.15-.16,165.10(b)Records 260-268Redcard–Referee 125.8,162.13Redcard–RaceWalking 230.3(a-c,f-g)Redflag 126.8,251RedPaddle-RaceWalking 230.3(c),230.3(e-f)Referee 125 Appointedby 10.1,11.1,12.1,27.2(b),110.3 Protests–duties 146.7Refreshments RaceWalking 232.4 RoadRaces 241.2 TrackRaces 144.9RelayRaces 170,302.3,332.2(f),332.2(j) Indoorevents 217 Records 261,262,263 Teammembership 170.18-22,170.24,302.3,332.2(f), 332.2(j)RestTimebetweenevent 200.4(c),214.2(f),Results Announcing 134 FieldEvents 9jResultcard 125.8,147,200.7 Signing 115.6;125.6 System 128.7,132.2;165.16 TrackEvents 128.7,132.2;165.16RoadRaces CourseCertification 240.3 Drinksandrefreshmentstations 241


Records 261,262,265 Safetyandmedical 241 Standarddistances 16,20 Start 242 TransponderTiming 165.16RoadRelay Baton/Sash 170.15 Distances 16.7,20.4 Records 261,262,265

SSeedingofTrackEvents 166,303, Indoors 214SeedingofFieldEvents 180.3,180.5(g)Shoes 143.3,215ShotPut 187,188 Indoors 221 Implementdetails 188Spikes seeShoesSponging 144.9;232.4;241.2Start 129,162,212.3,242,252 Commands 162.3,242.5,252.1 CrossCountry 252 Falsestart 129.2,162,242.5,252.1,302.2(d), 332.2(c) Protests 146.4,146.5 Reactiontime 161.4 RoadRaces 242 Splitstart 162.17 Startline 162.1StartCoordinator seeChiefStarter129.1StarterandRecallers–duties 129,162,200.3(c)StartingBlocks 161,302.2(e),332.2(d) Falsestartcontrolapparatus 125.3,129.5,146.5,161.4;162.12Steeplechase 169Stopboard 187.21Surveyor–duties 135

TTake-offboard 185,186Take-overzones 170TeamScoring 5.1(c),7,15.5TechnicalManager–Duties 123ThrowingEvents–GeneralConditions 187Ties CombinedEvents 200.13 HorizontalJumps 180.14 Individual 9.4,13.5(b),167,180.14,181.9,200.13 Teams 7.6(d),7.9(b) ThrowingEvents 180.14 TrackEvents 167 VerticalJumps 181.9TimeClock 180.8(d)iv.


Timing 165 Hand(HT) 165.5-8 FullyAutomatic(FAT) 165.9-12 Video 165.13-15 Transponder 165.16Timekeepers–duties 128;165,180.8(d) ChiefTimekeeper 128 Appointment 110.3 Duties 128.1;165,180.8(d)ivTrackMeasurement 160 Certification 160.9Note Inclination 160.5TransponderTimingSystem 165.16 ForRecords 265.1Trialsrecorded(FieldEvents) 126.7TripleJump 185,186 Indoors 220 Windmeasurement 136,163.10-.14;185.8

UUltraweight 196UltraweightPentathlon 202Umpires–duties 110,127,230.1(g),230.3(g),251.6-.7Uprights 9g HighJump 181.10 PoleVault 181.10

VVerticalJumps differentformat 180.7(b)Videorecording 119.4,125.5,128.9,144.3(b),150VideoTimingSystem 128.9,165.13-.15

WWarm-upatcompetitionareaWarninganddisqualification Assistance 144.2,144.3 CrossCountry 251.7 ImproperMannerorUnsporting 125.8 RaceWalking seeRedpaddle Referee 125.8 RoadRaces 125.9,241.2(c),243.4 Start 125.3,129.2,129.4,146.4,161.4,162Watches 128,144.3(i),163.8,165.5-8,245.3, 263.2Waterandsponges 144.9;232.4;241.2WaterJump 169Weight 187,195 Implementdetails 195WeightPentathlon 201Whiteflag–Judges 126.8WindGauge 163.10-14 HorizontalJumps 185.8 TrackEvents 163.10-14


Recordingvalues 163.10 WindGaugeOperator–duties 136WorldRecords 260

x

yYellowcard 125.8Yellowflag 251,304 Field-Timeallowedfortrial 180.8(d)iv TrackUmpire 127.4(b)Yellowpaddle 230.2(a)Youth 300-306

ZZerocontroltestforRecords 128.6,165.10(a),260.4(c)Zigzagdistribution-Trackheats 166.1(d)iii,303.1(a)

2013 competition rules - USA Track & Field

Documents

Transcript of 2013 competition rules - USA Track & Field